1

2
Monthly Editorial Compilation
July 2024
Topics To be Covered
1. Polity and Governance ............................................................................................... 1
1.1 Teaching Foxconn The Dignity Of Labour .................................................................................................... 1
1.2 A Tool To Ensure Complete Voter Anonymity .............................................................................................. 2
1.3 Sense Of Uncertainty: On The New Criminal Laws, State Of Preparedness ................................................. 4
1.4 Factory Accidents, A Pointer To Rusty Inspection Reform ........................................................................... 5
1.5 Computer Literacy In India Needs A Reboot ................................................................................................. 7
1.6 Far-Right Political Parties ............................................................................................................................... 9
1.7 The ANRF plan has got off on the Wrong Foot ........................................................................................... 10
1.8 The Problem Special packages ..................................................................................................................... 11
1.9 New Provisions For Police Officers ............................................................................................................. 13
1.10 NHRC Advisory for Begging Menace........................................................................................................ 15
1.11 In a time of religious polarisation, Supreme Court verdict on alimony for Muslim women is a step
forward .................................................................................................................................................. 17
1.12 Urban Naxal Bill in Maharashtra ................................................................................................................ 18
1.13 Karnataka Cabinet Clears Bill Mandating Reservation for Locals ............................................................. 20
1.14 Centralised Examinations have not Aced the Test ..................................................................................... 23
1.15 Trying Juveniles as Adults is not the Answer ............................................................................................. 25
1.16 Supreme Court to Look into Use of Money Bills to Pass Laws ................................................................. 26
1.17 Does India Have Enough Laws To Combat Superstition? ......................................................................... 29
1.18 What The Dip In India's Childhood Immunisation Numbers Means.......................................................... 31
1.19 From 'Madhya Rekha' to 'Sindhu-Sarasvati': Major shifts in Class 6 NCERT social science textbook ..... 34
1.20 The Issues With State-Sponsored Street Art ............................................................................................... 35
1.21 "Cops Can't Force...": Supreme Court Pauses Kanwar Yatra Food Stalls Order........................................ 37
1.22 Cleansing NEET: On a Recast Test ............................................................................................................ 38
1.23 The Karnataka Bill Is A Symptom Of A Larger Problem .......................................................................... 39
1.24 Fiscal Federalism: On Taxing Mineral Rights ............................................................................................ 41
1.25 Recent Legal Issues .................................................................................................................................... 43
1.26 Option or Stratagem? On Governors, Powers and Bills ............................................................................. 45

i
2. International Relations ............................................................................................ 46
2.1 Nepal And India's Special Relationship - And How It Is Getting Better ...................................................... 46
2.2 India-UK Innings Back On Track ................................................................................................................. 47
2.3 Southeast Asian Countries Looking To Join BRICS .................................................................................... 49
2.4 On The Importance Of The India-Russia Partnership .................................................................................. 51
2.5 India To Ratify High Seas Treaty: What Is The Agreement —And Its Significance? ....................................... 53
2.6 France Parliamentary Election 2024 ............................................................................................................. 55
2.7 NATO's China Syndrome ............................................................................................................................. 57
2.8 Reading the Tea Leaves ahead of China’s Third Plenum ............................................................................. 58
2.9 PM’s Visit to Austria .................................................................................................................................... 59
2.10 The Yuan Challenge: How India-Russia trade gap may threaten Rupee Internationalisation Efforts ........ 61
2.11 'Big Brother' to 'Brother', a Nepal-India Reset............................................................................................ 63
2.12 Laughter the Best Medicine in Japan: Local Government Passes New Health Law ........................................ 65
2.13 Why are Students Protesting in Bangladesh? ............................................................................................. 66
2.14 The Importance Of Both Quad and BRICS ................................................................................................ 67
2.15 The Geo-Calculus' Of The Moscow Visit................................................................................................... 69
2.16 A New Push in the Bay of Bengal .............................................................................................................. 72
3. Economy .................................................................................................................... 75
3.1 Legal Guarantee For MSP Is A Must ........................................................................................................... 75
3.2 Women Leaders In Public Finance, Gender-Responsive Budgeting Leads To Better Gender Outcomes ... 76
3.3 Steps To Turnaround Indian Horticulture Sector.......................................................................................... 78
3.4 Karnataka On Protection Of Gig Workers Rights ........................................................................................ 80
3.5 Buffer Stock For Essential Food Items ......................................................................................................... 82
3.6 The Shape of Manufacturing 3.0 for Modi 3.0 ............................................................................................. 83
3.7 Deregulation of Non-Subsidized Fertilisers.................................................................................................. 85
3.8 The Synergy between Culture and Economy................................................................................................ 88
3.9 Choosing The Right Track To Cut Post-Harvest Losses .............................................................................. 89
3.10 Nestle Adds 3 gm Sugar In Every Serving Of Cerelac Sold In India: Report ............................................ 92
3.11 Land Reforms in India ................................................................................................................................ 93
3.12 The Promise Of Parametric Insurance ........................................................................................................ 95
3.13 Benefits Of The Domestic 'Silk Route' ....................................................................................................... 97
3.14 UNION BUDGET 2024-25 ........................................................................................................................ 99
3.15 The Problem with India's Blocking of the Chinese .................................................................................. 110

ii
4. Science and Technology ......................................................................................... 114
4.1 Digital Jurisprudence In India, In An Al Era .............................................................................................. 114
4.2 Coal Gasification ........................................................................................................................................ 116
4.3 Global Planetary Defence Efforts Ahead Of Earth’s 2029 Close Encounter With Asteroid Apophis ....... 118
4.4 Glacial Geoengineering .............................................................................................................................. 121
4.5 Cave on the Moon: What this Discovery means for Space Exploration ..................................................... 122
4.6 How children win with U-WIN, govt’s new online vaccine portal ............................................................ 123
5. Environment and Geography................................................................................ 126
5.1 Court On Climate Right And How India Can Enforce It ............................................................................ 126
5.2 Breaking The Minerals Monopoly .............................................................................................................. 127
5.3 Making Sense of Assam Floods.................................................................................................................. 129
5.4 The Toll that Extreme Heat Takes on Women ........................................................................................... 132
5.5 The Issue With India’s Tree Planting Schemes .......................................................................................... 134
5.6 Why Economic Survey Argues For Climate Adaptation, Not Mitigation .................................................. 135
5.7 As Mumbai Floods Again, A Reminder Of The Need To Protect Mangroves ........................................... 137
6. Defence and Security.............................................................................................. 139
6.1 Martian Dream vs Reality ........................................................................................................................... 139
6.2 Kargil Vijay Diwas: How The Indian Army Conquered The Unkind Conditions Of Kargil ..................... 142
7. Society and Social Justice ...................................................................................... 144
7.1 Hathras Stampede Kills Over 100: Why Stampedes Take Place ................................................................ 144
7.2 Initiative By Sierra Leone To Stop Child Marriage.................................................................................... 146
7.3 Why India is Godmen’s Own Country ....................................................................................................... 147
7.4 India’s Demographic Journey Of Hits And Misses .................................................................................... 148
7.5 Demand For A Separate ‘Bhil Pradesh’...................................................................................................... 151
8. History and Art & Culture .................................................................................... 153
8.1 The Santhal Hul Rebellion: A Fight Against British Colonial Rule ........................................................... 153
9. Ethics, Integrity and Aptitude ............................................................................... 155
9.1 Robot Suicide.............................................................................................................................................. 155
9.2 Ethical Issues Involved in the Case of Trainee IAS Officer Puja Khedkar ................................................ 155
10. Important Personalities of Modern India .......................................................... 157
10.1 Lessons in Forgiveness from Mandela's Life............................................................................................ 157

iii
 1. Polity and Governance
1.1 Teaching Foxconn The Dignity Of Labour
Context:
A Reuters investigation carried out over several ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Equal Remuneration Act, 1976,
months, revealed Foxconn had a deliberate but Discrimination, China Labour Watch, etc.
unwritten code that excluded married ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Dilemma over Investment
women from jobs at the iPhone assembly plant attraction vs labour rights concerns,Factors that
in Sriperumbudur. contribute to the exclusion of married women from jobs
Recent Allegations: in India, etc.
❖ Foxconn Overview: World's largest
contract electronics manufacturer. Known for discriminatory recruitment practices and workplace
exploitation.
❖ Rationale for Discrimination: Perceived lower productivity due to family responsibilities.
➢ Belief: Married women have babies after marriage, leading to high absenteeism.
➢ Impediments: Family duties and jewelry worn by married Hindu women seen as hindrances to higher
production.
❖ Foxconn's Response: Denied allegations of employment discrimination based on marital status, gender,
religion, or any other form.
❖ India's Position: Aim to become an alternative hub to China in the supply chain for digital products such
as Apple’s iPhone.
➢ Current Production: Apple, through Foxconn, produces 9 to 14% of its iPhones in India.
➢ Concern: Potential human cost involved in this transition.
Background on Foxconn in China:
❖ Production Share: Foxconn produces nearly 90% of iPhones in China.
❖ Known Issues: Shocking labor practices.
❖ China Labour Watch Findings (2020-2023):
➢ Work Conditions: Around-the-clock labor to meet impossible production targets.
➢ Discriminatory Recruitment: Excluded ethnic minority groups: Uighur, Tibetan, Yi, Hui. Rejection of
pregnant female workers.
❖ Worker Interviewed: Nicknamed 'Hunter':
➢ Daily Tasks:
✓ Job: Attach a tiny cable to the back of an iPhone cover and screw it into place.
✓ Target: 600 phones, 1,200 screws per 10-hour shift.
✓ Conditions: Relentless pace, no rest or toilet breaks.
➢ Consequences of Falling Behind:
✓ Supervisor abuse.
✓ Loss of bonuses.
✓ Stoppage of overtime.

1
 ➢ Living and Working Conditions:
✓ Environment: Windowless conditions, compulsory living on campus due to pandemic restrictions.
✓ Worker Responses: Escape attempts (dodging guards, climbing fences), outbreaks of violence due
to unbearable work pace.
✓ Sentiment: “iPhones are made in hell,” concludes 'Hunter'.
Apple's Diversification Strategy:
❖ Opportunity for India: Apple’s shift away from China.
➢ Expected Impact: Cascading effect for new investment.
➢ Job Creation: 150,000 new jobs at Foxconn’s facilities in India.
❖ Government Dilemma: Investment attraction vs labour rights concerns.
➢ Investment Attraction: Companies invest in India for cost savings on wages.
✓ Foxconn's Wages: $200 (around Rs 17,000) per month for assembly workers in Sriperumbudur.
✓ Comparison: 20 times cheaper than wages in California.
✓ Job Creation: Thousands of jobs in India.
➢ Labour Rights Concerns: Government Responsibility to protect citizens' rights.
❖ Legal Framework: Equal Remuneration Act, 1976: No wage discrimination between men and women.
❖ Investor Responsibilities: Commitment to a basic code respecting the dignity of labour.
Conclusion:
India must balance investment attraction with safeguarding labor rights, ensuring fair treatment, and
maintaining ethical standards in its growing role as a global manufacturing hub.

1.2 A Tool To Ensure Complete Voter Anonymity

Context:
The Janata Dal (United) candidate from ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Model Code of Conduct (MCC),
Sitamarhi Lok Sabha seat, Devesh Chandra Conduct of Election Rules, 1961, Election Commission
Thakur, was in the news for 'breaching' the of India (ECI), Law Commission of India, etc.
Model Code of Conduct (MCC) no longer in ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Significance of voter secrecy in
force and rekindling interest in a dormant writ ensuring free and fair elections, Upholding the integrity
petition (W.P.). of the electoral process in India etc.
Tool To Ensure Complete Voter Anonymity:
❖ Mr. Thakur was in a spot for saying, "Those (from Muslim and Yadav communities) who want to come can
come, have tea and snacks, but don't expect any help" and thus explicitly suggesting that the two sections
should not expect him to help in the redressal of their grievances as they had not supported him in the
elections.
❖ Mr. Thakur's statement was a straightforward assertion of a transactional relationship that bordered on
defiling democratic principles.
❖ It was against the constitutional spirit behind the relationship of the citizens and their elected representatives.
❖ What it implied was that he would overlook the interest of the Muslims and the Yadavs.
❖ While the JD(U) issued statements to blunt the condemnation that came his way, the Rashtriya Janata Dal
(RJD), which had been defeated in the constituency, asserted that a leader after winning an election becomes
the representative of an area and that "he should work for everyone without categorising caste and
community".

2
The ECI's Proposal:
❖ The cardinal spirit behind an impartial election is that the voter is able to cast his vote without the fear of
retribution or feeling induced by the promise of a reward.
❖ It was in order to discourage the politics of vendetta or vote bargain that voter secrecy was embedded in
Rule 56 of the Conduct of Election Rules, 1961, enjoining the returning officer to "reject a ballot paper if
it bears any mark or writing by which the elector can be identified".
❖ Similarly, while counting, ballot papers of different ballot boxes were mixed to avoid group targeting of
voters based on the voting trends in a particular area.
❖ However, with the introduction of Electronic Voting Machines (EVMs), this 'mixing' cannot be done, which
has led to demands of introducing a totaliser to avoid identification of areas according to their voting
behaviour.
❖ The totaliser as a technique to mask booth-level voting patterns was mooted in 2007 as a solution to the
problem of post-election harassment of voters.
❖ It was examined and evolved by the authorised EVM manufacturers in consultation with the Technical
Experts Committee of the Election Commission of India (ECI), and demonstrated in 2008 before political
parties who had "no objection" to the use of totaliser.
❖ In March 2009, it was used on a trial basis in bye- elections to the Legislative Assembly of Meghalaya and
Uttar Pradesh.
❖ Thereafter, the issue has shuttled between the ECI, government, and the Courts, with the government
pussyfooting the proposal till 2014 and then not favouring it altogether.
❖ Following the Madras High Court order of August 2011 in W.P. 11919/2011 directing the government to
consider the ECI's recommendation of amending the relevant Rules for introducing the totaliser, the
government sought to ascertain the time required to fully deploy it.
❖ The EC said it would take about four months. Thereafter, there was a lull. In August 2013, the ECI again
requested the government to amend the 1961 Rules.
❖ In April 2014, W.P. 422/2014 Yogesh Gupta v. EC was filed before the Supreme Court, seeking a direction
to the EC "to declare the results of every Parliamentary Constituency as a whole and to not declare results
of every voting machine separately, so as to preserve the right of privacy in voting" since booth-wise
declaration of results provided a "tool in the hands of the political parties to intimidate the voters".
❖ In its counter-affidavit filed in June 2014, the EC reaffirmed its commitment to the totaliser whereupon the
court sought to know why amendment to Rules was required and whether the EC could issue instructions
for the use of totaliser under existing Rules.
❖ The EC reiterated that amendment of Rules was necessary.
Political Parties' Views:
❖ Meanwhile, in its 255th Report, the Law Commission of India endorsed the EC's proposal to introduce
totaliser in counting of votes.
❖ However, in its affidavit in the Yogesh Gupta matter in February 2016, the government stated that the use of
totaliser served no larger public interest.
❖ The EC expressed its "firm view" that using totalisers for counting of votes was "absolutely necessary" for
protecting the interests of the voters.
❖ It held a meeting of recognised political parties for demonstration of totaliser in March 2016.

3
❖ The Bahujan Samaj Party, the Congress, and the Nationalist Congress Party supported the use of totaliser, the
Communist Party of India (Marxist) advised a phased introduction, the CPI did not give a view, and the
Bharativa Janata Party opposed it.
Conclusion:
Ensuring voter anonymity through totalisers remains contentious, with differing political views and the need for
legal amendments to protect voters from post-election harassment.

1.3 Sense Of Uncertainty: On The New Criminal Laws, State Of Preparedness

Context:
The three new criminal laws have come into ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Crime and Criminal Tracking
force in the country, amidst widespread fears Network and Systems, Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita,
that the policing and judicial systems are not Bharativa Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, Bharatiya Sakshya
yet ready for their introduction. Adhiniyam etc.
New Criminal Laws, State of ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Challenges faced by the policing
Preparedness: and judicial systems with the implementation of the new
criminal laws etc.
❖ Barring reports of some rudimentary
training to station-house police personnel, some workshops here and there, and an upgrade to the Crime and
Criminal Tracking Network and Systems, which will help ease the filing of complaints in electronic form,
the exact level of preparedness among the upper and lower echelons of the police is unknown.
❖ Earlier the government had appointed July 1 as the day on which the three laws - the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
in place of the Indian Penal Code, the Bharativa Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita to supersede the Code of
Criminal Procedure and the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, which has replaced the Indian Evidence Act
- will come into force.
❖ It appears that the Union government decided that it is better to implement them and let the police, courts
and lawyers fumble their way towards a rough transition than await a time when everyone involved in the
administration of criminal law is brought up to speed.
❖ How much the initial period of possible confusion will last is anybody's guess.
❖ There is little doubt that more time ought to have been given to the police and legal fraternity to prepare
themselves before the codes were brought into force.
❖ The very names of the new laws appear obscure, with many questioning why there is no English equivalent
for the new codes, and why they should bear unfamiliar Hindi names.
❖ There was no change in the name of the criminal procedure code when the 1898 original was replaced with
a new one in 1973.
❖ There is also a persistent feeling that the laws were not fully debated in the legislature - even though a
Standing Committee of Parliament went into the draft and recommended some changes - or widely
discussed with civil society.
❖ There is a looming fear that some of the new provisions, especially the one relating to police custody that can
be availed of in multiple tranches, will sharply empower the police to the citizen's disadvantage.
❖ The inclusion of 'terrorism' as an offence in ordinary penal law in addition to the present special anti-
terrorism law is bound to cause confusion.
❖ The Centre's announcement that States are free to make their own amendments is fine, but there is no
assurance that such amendments will get early Presidential assent.

4
❖ Some procedural reforms such as registering FIRS regardless of jurisdiction and introduction of
videography of searches and seizures are welcome initiatives, but there is a palpable sense of uncertainty
over the overall impact of these new laws.
Conclusion:
The hasty implementation of new criminal laws has raised concerns about preparedness, potential misuse, and
the need for broader discussion and adequate training for police and legal professionals.

1.4 Factory Accidents, A Pointer To Rusty Inspection Reform

Context:
An explosion of a reactor in a chemical factory ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Directorate General Factory
in the Dombivli Maharashtra Industrial Advice Service & Labour Institutes report, International
Development Corporation (MIDC) area in Labour Organization's Labour Inspection Convention
May 2024 resulted in the loss of lives and (081), 1947, etc.
injuries to workers and people. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Recurring industrial accidents in
Factory Accidents: India, Current state of factory inspection in India, etc.
❖ It also caused damage to factories, shops and residencies in the neighbourhood.
❖ The Maharashtra government announced compensation to the kin of the deceased and funds for the treatment
of the injured.
❖ Newspaper reports show that fatal industrial accidents were frequent in 2016, 2018, 2020 and 2023.
❖ The Maharashtra government is guilty of not relocating 156 chemical factories in the Dombivli MIDC area
even after "deciding" in 2022 to relocate them to Patalganga.
❖ It is now known that the boiler in the chemical factory was not registered under the Indian Boiler
Regulations, 1950.
Poor Inspection:
❖ In 2021, in Maharashtra, 1,551 of 6,492 hazardous factories were inspected, i.e., a 23.89% inspection rate.
❖ And, 3,158 out of 39,255 registered factories were inspected, i.e., an 8.04% inspection rate.
❖ The situation is no better in two other top industrial States. In Tamil Nadu, the general inspection rate was
17.04% and the hazardous factories inspection rate was 25.39%. In Gujarat, it was 19.33% and 19.81%,
respectively.
❖ The all-India figure, of 14.65% and 26.02%, respectively, is not surprising (the data are from the
Directorate General Factory Advice Service & Labour Institutes report, 2022).
❖ The poor inspection rates could also be due to a shortage of personnel among other reasons.
❖ In Maharashtra, the appointment rate is just 39.34%; 48 out of the 122 sanctioned officers were appointed.
❖ The numbers are better in Gujarat (50.98%) and Tamil Nadu (53.57%).
❖ The all-India figure was 67.58%.
❖ Even the sanctioned posts relative to the number of registered factories have been inadequate to ensure that
every factory is inspected in a year.
❖ For example, for an all-India reach, each of the 953 sanctioned inspectors would have had to inspect 337
registered factories in a year, in 2021.
❖ The inspection rates are poor because of the heavy workload of the inspectors.
❖ An inspector in Maharashtra must inspect 818 factories in a year; 589 in Gujarat; 532 in Tamil Nadu, and
499 at the all-India level.

5
❖ The prosecution rate, i.e., the number of prosecutions decided as a percentage of total prosecutions
(including pending cases) was 6.95% in Gujarat; 13.84% in Maharashtra, and 14.45% in Tamil Nadu.
❖ As a result, inspections lose their "deterrent effect".
❖ From the data, it is clear that labour market governance through the labour inspection system is weak and
does not perform efficiently.
❖ However, employers call it pejoratively as "inspector-raj", implying harassment and prevalence of
compromising practices such as bribes.
Need for the Right Reforms in Inspection:
❖ The criticism is not without merit.
❖ Given the vast universe of inspection, the inspectors may "target" and "harass" several
factories/establishments, exhibiting state power and also attempting to secure bribes.
❖ But this cannot be universal as the statistics are telling.
❖ The president of the Maharashtra Industry Development Association has admitted, in a media report in May
2024, that in many cases, safety inspection and certification were done "on an "understanding" between
the auditors and factory owners or managers".
❖ Employers are as guilty as the labour inspectors, and tackling the "supply side" of "rent seeking" is as
important as reforming the "demand" side.
❖ Reforms of the inspection system are necessary but not of the kind initiated in most States in response to
employer criticism.
❖ Self-certification, randomised inspections, online inspections, and third-party certification have been
introduced by ruling political parties at the all-India level and in many States.
❖ These changes violate several articles in the International Labour Organization's Labour Inspection
Convention (081), 1947.
❖ According to the Convention, there must be sufficient qualified and well-provided inspectors and they shall
enter the establishments freely and without prior notice at any time to secure due compliance of the labour
laws, among others.
❖ Instead of liberalising the inspection system, governments must ensure a strong labour market governance
by implementing the provisions of the ILO Convention.
❖ Given the fast-paced changes taking place in technology, and the use of hazardous and chemical
substances, the increased need for inspection is felt.
❖ Inspectors can both "inspect" and "facilitate" due compliance of laws by providing suitable advice to
employers and unions. This is recognised by the ILO Convention.
Penalties for the Enforcer:
❖ If a firm or a trade union does not comply with laws, they are prosecuted by the state.
❖ If the state fails in its governance what is the penalty the state, viz. the government and the labour
department officials pay?
❖ Simple and meagre compensation to the victims and their families? No.
❖ There must be a penal system for the enforcers also which will pave the way for complete legal compliance.
❖ The recurrence of the same kind of industrial disasters shows a lack of learning by the government.
❖ In the name of reforms and a lean government, the state cannot abrogate its fundamental duty - to ensure
a safe working and living environment.
❖ It should carry out meaningful reforms to ensure an "efficient" and "ethical" labour inspectorate.

6
Conclusion:
To ensure safety and compliance, meaningful reforms are needed to create an efficient, ethical labour
inspectorate and penalize government failures in industrial governance.

1.5 Computer Literacy In India Needs A Reboot

Context:
As per the recently released NSS 78th round ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Computer Literacy, NSS 78th
of the Multiple Indicator Survey (conducted round of the Multiple Indicator Survey (conducted in
in 2020-21), computer literacy stands at 24.7% 2020-21), India’s Initiatives for Computer Literacy, etc.
among individuals aged 15 years and above. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Computer Literacy in India- Need,
About Computer Literacy: Challenges and Measures need to be taken, etc.
❖ Refers: Computer literacy implies the knowledge and the ability to use computers and technology
efficiently.
➢ It ensures that individuals can access and use these services effectively, enhancing their quality of life.
❖ Importance: Computer literacy is essential in today’s world as critical services such as banking, health
care and various government services have become digital.
➢ The COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the importance of computer and Internet access, from ordering
groceries and online education to managing banking and health-care services.
❖ India’s Initiative: The Indian government launched the Digital India campaign in 2015 to transform the
country into a digitally empowered society.
➢ Schools: Computer education is increasingly being integrated into the formal education system in
schools from an early age.
➢ Various Centres: Additionally, numerous skill development and vocational training programmes
are focusing on enhancing computer literacy among youth and adults, mainly targeting underprivileged
and marginalised communities to bridge the digital divide.
❖ Concerning Data: The recently released NSS data is a cause for concern and cast a shadow over the nation’s
digital aspirations.
➢ Overall Literacy: This marks an increase from 18.4% in 2017-18 to 24.7% in 2020-21.
➢ Rural Areas: It is an increase from 11.1% to 18.1%.
➢ In urban Areas: It is an increase from 34.7% to 39.6%.
✓ Rural India’s population, which is nearly 70%, will face significant disadvantages.
✓ A significant portion of the population will remain excluded from the government’s aim to
provide various public services through digital technology.
Need for Computer Literacy:
❖ Employment: As Artificial Intelligence advances, employers seek individuals who are equipped with the
capability to execute complex tasks. Hence, computer literacy can help employees develop skills that
employers are looking for.
➢ Example: The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s The Programme for
the International Assessment of Adult Competencies survey (2014-15) found that adults without
computer experience are more often unemployed, with a 52.5% employment rate, compared to 72.7% for
those with basic computer skills.

7
 ➢ A 2017 study, “Do Computer Skills Affect Worker Employment?, finds that computer skills enhance
employability and worker productivity.
❖ To Counter Inequalities: Those with better computer skills can leverage technology for personal and
professional development, while those lacking these skills face barriers, thus perpetuating economic
disparities.
❖ Overall Development: Computer illiteracy in today’s digital society can leads to limited job prospects, social
isolation, financial exclusion from online transactions and services, and restricted access to vast information
resources.
➢ South Africa validated a positive correlation between computer literacy, employment probability,
and earnings.
Challenges Associated with Digital Literacy in India:
❖ Unequal Literacy across Age Groups: The proportion of computer-literate individuals varies across various
age groups in India. As per the survey reveals, computer literacy diminishes with age, with higher rates
observed among younger demographics.
➢ Cohort Effect: This trend, common in societal contexts, reflects the disparity in computer education
accessibility between recent and older age cohorts, often referred to as a “cohort effect” or “generation
effect” in social sciences.
❖ Unequal Literacy among States: Computer literacy rates among individuals aged 20-39 years across States
shows a striking 55.1 percentage point gap between Kerala (72.7%), and Assam (17.6%).
➢ Economically disadvantaged States such as Assam (17.6%), Bihar (20.4%), Madhya Pradesh (21%),
Jharkhand (21.2%), Uttar Pradesh (22.9%), Odisha (25.1%), Chhattisgarh (26%), and Rajasthan (27.6%)
lag behind, with less than 30% proficiency in computer operation.
➢ As computer literacy is pivotal to social and economic development, the lower rates in economically
backward States exacerbate their disadvantage in benefiting from modern development.
➢ A failure to address this divide will widen the development gap across Indian States.
❖ Lack of Infrastructure and Quality Teachers: Many schools and colleges across India lack the necessary
infrastructure and qualified teachers to impart adequate computer training.
➢ This shortfall contributes to significant deficiencies in computer literacy among young students and new
graduates, which could constrain their employment opportunities.
❖ Gaps in Access: Although computer education is a part of the school curriculum, there are significant gaps in
access and instructional standards.
❖ Resistant to Learn: Among older age groups, computer illiteracy could be attributed to a lack of motivation
to learn or due to limited access to learning resources.
➢ It is a common observation that older demographics tend to exhibit less enthusiasm in embracing new
technologies.
Way Forward:
❖ Enhancement of Learning at School Level: Schools should equip students with computer skills that will
allow them to fully participate in our rapidly changing economies.
➢ School education should ensure that all graduating students possess computer literacy skills, as this
is crucial to bridge the digital divide.

8
❖ Adequate Allocation of Resources: The government should allocate resources towards the training of
computer personnel and ensure sufficient staffing levels.
❖ Targeted Programs for Older Population: For the older population outside the formal education system,
targeted programmes are essential.
➢ These should involve various institutions, including local governing bodies such as panchayats and
non-governmental organisations, to effectively reach and empower older individuals with computer
literacy skills.
❖ Monitoring & Evaluation: The government should also conduct a thorough review of such computer
literacy and develop strategies to achieve higher literacy and reduce disparities in the coming years.
Conclusion:
While India has made some progress in computer literacy, the outreach and outcomes of this mission remain
limited. Bridging the digital divide and fostering inclusive growth necessitates sustained efforts by government,
private sector, and civil society stakeholders.

1.6 Far-Right Political Parties

Context:
Europe is at an inflection point that saw the emergence of far right political parties. The recent European Union
(EU) elections saw substantial gains for ultra- ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: European Union (EU), Far-
right parties, indicating a shift in political Right Politics, Neo-Fascism, etc.
dynamics.
❖ Far-Right Politics: Far-right politics, or right-wing extremism, is a spectrum of political thought that tends
to be radically conservative, ultra-nationalist, and authoritarian, often also including nativist tendencies.
➢ Example: Italy elected Giorgia Meloni as its first far-right leader since Benito Mussolini in October
2022, precisely a century after Mussolini took power.
❖ Concerns associated with Far-Right Politics:
➢ Anti-Immigration Sentiment: The far-right’s rise is partly driven by opposition to immigration. This
sentiment is a legacy of colonialism and has been exacerbated by recent socio-economic challenges.
✓ In Europe, they oppose immigration from Africa and Asia.
➢ Integration Challenges: Prominent football players like Kylian Mbappé and Karim Benzema, symbolize
the integration issues.
✓ Recently, Kylian Mbappé stated that he doesn't want to represent a country that doesn’t correspond
to his values.
➢ Policy Implications: Far-right believers may implement stricter immigration policies, affecting migrants
and refugees and could lead to increased xenophobia and social divisions.
✓ They believe in traditional values and oppose becoming a part of organizations like the European
Union as it harms their sovereignty and impacts their resources.
❖ Neo-Fascism: It revives fascist principles, emphasizing extreme nationalism, authoritarianism,
discrimination against minorities and racial supremacy.

9
1.7 The ANRF plan has got off on the Wrong Foot
Context:
The Anusandhan National Research
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: ANRF, NRF budget , Governing
Foundation (ANRF), established to guide
Board & Executive Council, Concerns in NRF etc.
scientific research in India, lacks representation
❖ Relevancy for Mains: ANRF, Need for National
from the Indian industry and state
Research Foundation, Concerns, NRF budget , Way
universities, despite earlier promises that these
Forwards etc.
entities would play significant roles in the
foundation's structure and benefits.
Need for National Research Foundation
❖ Increase R&D Funding: India’s Gross NRF budget
Expenditure on Research and
It envisions a spending of Rs. 50,000 crore over five years,
Development (GERD) stagnated at about
out of which a major share of Rs. 36,000 crore, over 70%, is
0.7 percent of GDP, which is less as
estimated to come from non-government sources, from
compared to the 2% of the global
industry & philanthropists, from domestic as well as outside
benchmark.
sources.
❖ Strengthening the Industry-Academia
Governing Board & Executive Council
Collaborations
❖ Recently, it announced a 15-member Governing Board
❖ Develop research cells at State
and a 16-member Executive Council
University
❖ President of the Governing Board: The Governing
Concerns Board is chaired by the Prime Minister
❖ Representation is not Balanced: More ❖ Vice Presidents: Union Ministers of Science and
than 95% of students attend State Technology, and Education
universities and colleges in India, the
board and the executive council do not have any members from Central or State universities or colleges.
➢ In addition to the Principal Scientific Adviser, they are represented by people who are usually in any
high-powered committees of the Government of India — Secretaries from all science departments
(Department of Science and Technology (DST), Department of Biotechnology (DBT), Department of
Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) etc
❖ Lack of Industry Representation: Current 15-member Governing Board includes only one industrialist,
Romesh Wadhwani, an American billionaire of Indian origin.
❖ System is not free from bureaucratic hurdle
❖ Low Private Sector Investment: Only 36% of India’s research expenditure of roughly ₹1.2 lakh crore came
from the private sector in 2019-20,
➢ India’s expenditure on R&D hovers around 0.6% of Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
➢ In China, Japan, South Korea and the U.S., the private sector contributed 70% of the research expenditure.
❖ Absence of State Universities:
➢ Only academic institutions represented are the Indian Institute of Science (IISc) and the Tata Institute of
Fundamental Research (TIFR).

10
Way Forwards
❖ ANRF must:
➢ Be adequately staffed
➢ Implement a robust grant management system
➢ Have an internal standard peer-review system with an incentive for reviewers
➢ Ensure timely disbursal of research grants and student fellowships with a quick turn-around time (less
than six months) between application and fund disbursal
➢ Have a system free from bureaucratic hurdles both at the funding body and at grantee institutions
➢ Provide flexibility of spending money without following the government’s stringent general financial
rules (GFR)
➢ Permit purchases without going through the Government e-marketplace (GeM) portal.
❖ ANRF must function unlike any other current government science department: It should have more
diverse representations of practising natural and social scientists from the university system, with more women
and young entrepreneurs in its committee.
❖ Expertise in Subject: Future chief executive officer of the ANRF must have a background in both industry
and academia, and be someone who can raise money for the ANRF and understand the global innovation
ecosystem.
➢ A complete overhaul is required for the ANRF to avoid becoming like any other government
department and to bridge research and teaching in our universities.
❖ Creating a single committee: ANRF needs to avoid the confusion that can arise from multiple committees.
Therefore, creating a single committee to formulate and implement strategies on the ground is crucial.

1.8 The Problem Special packages

Context:
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Constitutional Provisions, 16th
Coalition politics is back at the union
Finance Commission, 15th Finance Commission, Vertical
level in a substantial way. Formation of
Devolution, Horizontal Distribution Parameters etc.
Coalition Government paved way for the
public discussion on demand of State- ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Federalism, 15th Finance Commission,
specific discretionary grants, or Challenges faced due to 'special packages, Federal Structure,
'Special packages' Fiscal Federalism , etc.

Federalism
❖ K. C. Wheare described the Indian Constitution as quasi-federal.
➢ Quasi Federal means a federal form of government where more power is given to the central
government than the state government.
➢ India is considered a quasi-federal or semi-federal form of government
❖ Morris Jones defined it as 'Bargaining Federalism'.
❖ Granville Austin called Indian federalism "Cooperative federalism".
➢ Cooperative federalism means a combination of cooperation and interdependence between the
Centre and the States to ensure smooth governance of the country.
❖ Chief Justice Beg called the Constitution 'amphibian', in the sense that it can move either on the federal
or on the unitary plane, according to the needs of the situation and circumstances of a case.

11
 Fiscal Federalism
❖ Fiscal federalism in India is designed to ensure the division of fiscal responsibilities and revenue sources
between the central and state governments, enabling both to perform their functions effectively.
Coalition Politics Is Back At The Union Level In A Substantial Way.
❖ Bharativa Janata Party is dependent on the Janata Dal (United) of Bihar and the Telugu Desam Party of
Andhra Pradesh for its parliamentary majority.
❖ This is in contrast to 2014 and 2019, when de facto single-party governments came to office.
❖ Formation of Coalition Government paved way for the public discussion on demand of State-specific
discretionary grants, or 'special packages'
Positive Aspect of coalition partners
❖ Check & Balance: Presence of coalition partners that can act as a check if unitary trends surge
❖ Federal tendencies bloom: When single-party dominance at the Union level fades, federal tendencies bloom
and when a single-party majority under a strong leader at the Union level prevails, federal tendencies wilt.
Need For Transparency And Stability.
❖ If a healthy federal structure is to be nurtured, the fiscal boundaries, principles of assignment of taxes, and
the basis for grants have to be transparent and objective.
❖ Asymmetric but Transparent: A federal setup can be asymmetric in a country that is characterised by
linguistic, cultural, and economic diversity.
➢ But issues of asymmetry should be addressed by means of constitutional provisions that have both
transparency and stability.
Constitution Has Provisions That Address The Issues Of Specific States
❖ Articles 371A to H: These provisions are covered in Articles 371A to H (Article 370 for the erstwhile State
of Jammu and Kashmir, of course, is abrogated).
❖ Additional grant under Article 282: They may be need-based, but the need is not the proximate reason
for granting a special package, which is an additional grant under Article 282, which falls under
'Miscellaneous Financial Provisions'
➢ Special packages are purely discretionary
✓ Result of the bargaining power of some State-level political parties that can tilt the scales of
parliamentary majority.
❖ Article 280 & Article 275: The Commission is constituted by the President every five years or earlier to
make recommendations regarding the distribution of a share of taxes collected by the Union to the States, and
how this is to be distributed among the States, as per Article 280
➢ Disbursement of grants to States in need of assistance, as provided in Article 275.
The 16th Finance Commission, which is already in existence, cannot be bypassed solely on account of partisan
political exigencies.
15th Finance Commission Recommendations (2021-26):
❖ Vertical Devolution:
➢ Share of Central Taxes for States: States are recommended to receive 41% of the divisible pool of
Central taxes.
➢ Less than the 42% share recommended by the 14th FC.

12
 ➢ Adjustment of 1%: It is to provide for the newly formed union territories of Jammu and Kashmir, and
Ladakh.
➢ Exclusions from Divisible Pool: The pool excludes costs such as tax collection expenses, cess and
surcharge, revenue from Union Territories, and National Calamity Contingent Duty.
❖ Horizontal Distribution Parameters:
Parameter Weightage (%)
Income Distance 45
Population (2011 Census) 15
Demographic Performance 12.5
State Area 15
Forest and Ecology 10
Tax and Fiscal Effort 2.5
❖
Issues
❖ Determines the Extent to which our polity is federal.
➢ Constitution has been famously described as having a quasi-federal framework.
➢ State of Rajasthan and Others v Union of India, 1977: The Supreme Court has made the succinct
observation that our polity is amphibian - it can assume unitary and federal characters depending
on whether or not there is an Emergency under Articles 352 and 356 in force
➢ It Determines the Federal Character: Prevailing political environment crucially determines whether
federal tendencies bloom or wilt.
❖ Article 282 almost a factor of four times to Article 280 & Article 275
➢ But the fact now is that the flow of discretionary grants to the States through Article 282 have far
overtaken (by almost a factor of four) that of the grants recommended by the Finance Commissions.
❖ Weaken the foundations of fiscal federalism: Acceding to demands for special packages which are raised
by State-brd parties, holding the key to parliamentary majority, will weaken the foundations of fiscal
federalism
➢ It will result in diverting national resources away from other States, which too may have pressing
needs.
➢ If this is allowed to happen, we will see the paradox of federal tendencies wilting instead of blooming
when single-party dominance fades.

1.9 New Provisions For Police Officers

Context:
The basic duties of police officers have changed with the new criminal laws, the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
(BNS) coming into effect.
About New Provisions for Police Officers:
❖ Effective: The new criminal laws have become effective from July 1. Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) have been issued by the Bureau of Police Research and Development (BPRD) to guide police officers
in implementing the new provisions.

13
Rules for Registering FIRs: ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS),
❖ Legal Boundation: The officer in-charge New Provisions for Police Officers- Rules for Registering
of a police station cannot refuse to FIRs, Rules for Videography, “eSakshya”, Provisions of
register an FIR on the basis of lack of Arrest, About Timelines, On Terrorist Acts, etc.
jurisdiction or disputed jurisdiction. He is ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS),
legally bound to register (popularly its impact on change of basic duties of police officers-
known as a zero FIR) and transfer such a provisions, Significance and Challenges, etc.
case to the respective police station.
❖ Towards Digitalisation: While information can be given orally or in writing as before, it may also be given
by electronic means which is to be taken on record by the officer in-charge if it is signed within three days
by the person giving it.
❖ Authority to Decide: While no one can stop a police officer from enquiring into the information immediately
if it is of a sensitive nature, the electronic mode by which information may be given must be decided by the
agencies, such as the Crime and Criminal Tracking Network and Systems (CCTNS) portal, the police website
or officially published email IDs.
❖ Difference from Earlier Provision: Though this practice was followed earlier too, the Bharatiya Nagarik
Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS) now has a direct provision under Section 173; non-registration of FIRs may
attract penal action under various sections.
Rules for Videography:
❖ Mandatory Provisions: The BNSS mandates videography during a search conducted by the police under
Section 185; of the scene of crime (Section 176); and of the process of conducting a search of a place or
taking possession of any property (Section 105).
❖ Need For: Since these are mandatory provisions, any negligence on the part of the police may benefit the
accused persons. Therefore, investigating officers (IOs) must be provided electronic devices and proper
training to discharge such functions.
❖ Use of “eSakshya”: It is a cloud-based mobile app, designed by the National Informatics Centre for
enforcement agencies, which allows capturing multiple photos and videos.
➢ The photographs of witnesses and selfies of IOs may be captured.
➢ Each item is geo-tagged and time-stamped to ensure the integrity of data.
➢ It is an initiative under the Inter-operable Criminal Justice System (ICJS) and this data will be
available to other agencies such as the judiciary, prosecution and cyber forensic experts.
Provisions of Arrest:
❖ Mandatory Display: Information about arrested persons is to be mandatorily displayed in police stations.
➢ Boards (including in digital mode) containing names, addresses and the nature of the offense must
be put up outside police stations and district control rooms.
❖ Section 37 of the BNSS: It requires a police officer in every police station, not below the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspector, to be responsible for maintaining and prominently displaying information about the
arrested persons.
❖ Restrictions Placed: Some restriction has been imposed on the arrest of frail or sick and elderly persons.
❖ Section 35(7): It states that the permission of an officer not below the rank of DySP is mandatory for
arresting a person charged with an offense punishable for imprisonment of less than 3 years if such person
is infirm or is above 60 years of age.

14
❖ On Handcuffing: Though the law now provides for the use of handcuffs in certain cases, the IOs must use
them cautiously.
➢ The Supreme Court has laid down that handcuffing may be done only when there is a possibility of
escaping from custody or causing harm to himself or others.
About Timelines:
❖ For Medical Examination of a Rape Victim: The registered medical practitioner is mandated under Section
184 (6) of the BNSS to forward the medical report to the IO within seven days, who shall forward it to the
magistrate concerned.
❖ On the Investigation of Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act (POCSO) Cases: It is required
to be completed within two months of recording the information of the offense.
➢ Earlier, this time limit was only for rape cases under the Indian Penal Code.
❖ Electronic Devices and Progress: A new provision under Section 193(3)(h) requires the IO to maintain the
sequence of custody of an electronic device.
➢ Though maintaining a chain of custody is important for every seizure, emphasis is laid on electronic
devices because they are sensitive pieces of evidence and more vulnerable to tampering.
➢ While every police officer is required to upgrade his skills about maintaining integrity of electronic
records, the task of the cyber expert is likely to increase with many of the mandatory provisions coming
into effect.
➢ This sub-section also imposes a duty to inform the progress of the investigation within 90 days to the
informant or victim.
On Terrorist Act:
❖ Clear Demarcation: Section 113 introduced in the BNS defines what is a ‘terrorist act’.
❖ Registration of Case: The BNS imposes the duty on an officer, not below the rank of Superintendent of
Police (SP), to decide whether to register a case under this Section or the UAPA.
❖ Guidelines and Discretion: Since, no guidelines are given to exercise this discretion, the SP may inter-alia
consider factors such as:
➢ Whether the terrorist organization is notified under the UAPA.
➢ Approximate time needed to complete investigation.
➢ The rank of the IO and the level of scrutiny required.
➢ How dangerous the accused person is.

1.10 NHRC Advisory for Begging Menace

Context:
The National Human Rights Commission ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: National Human Rights
(NHRC) of India has issued an advisory to the Commission (NHRC), Major reasons for begging, etc.
Centre, State governments, and Union ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Factors contributing to the
Territory (UT) administrations to address the persistence of begging in India, Action to Address
issue of begging and improve the lives of those Begging in India, etc.
involved.
About Begging:
❖ Begging is the practice of imploring others to grant a favor, often a gift of money, with little or no
expectation of reciprocation.

15
❖ Major reasons for begging:
➢ Lack of Income: The primary reason for begging is extreme poverty, where individuals lack the
financial means to meet their basic needs.
➢ Unemployment: High unemployment rates and lack of job opportunities force many into begging as a
last resort.
➢ Disabilities: Physical disabilities can limit employment opportunities, leading individuals to beg for
survival.
➢ Loss of Breadwinner: The death or absence of the primary earner in a family can push other members
into begging.
➢ Human Trafficking: Some individuals, especially children, are forced into begging by traffickers or
organized criminal groups.
Eight Key Areas of Action to Address Begging in India:
Area of Action Description
Identifying and Conduct a survey to create a national database of people who beg. Include details
Supporting Individuals about their physical, mental, and social background. Regularly update this
Engaged in Begging. information.
Rehabilitation Provide shelter homes with essential services like food, clothing, and healthcare.
Help people get identity cards, ration cards, and bank accounts. Offer mental
health counseling and addiction treatment services as needed.
Legal and Policy Draft a National Policy to protect those who beg. This policy should include
Framework financial assistance, job training, and ways to help people reintegrate into society.
Strengthen laws against human trafficking to prevent forced begging.
Collaboration Work with NGOs, civil society organizations, and the private sector to support
rehabilitation efforts. Encourage NGOs to help people form self-help groups to
start their own businesses.
Access to Financial Provide financial assistance to help people support themselves after
Services rehabilitation. Encourage banks to offer loans to people who have completed
training programs.
Awareness Generation Educate the public about the welfare programs available to those who beg.
Discourage giving money directly to beggars and instead, direct them to support
services. Launch campaigns to raise awareness about the dangers of forced
begging.
Education Enroll children involved in begging in government or private schools. Ensure
they receive free and compulsory education as mandated by law.
Skill Development Provide skill training to people in shelter homes based on their abilities and
interests. Partner with government- approved training centers to offer these
programs.
Conclusion:
Addressing begging requires a multifaceted approach, emphasizing identification, rehabilitation, legal support,
collaboration, financial services, public awareness, education, and skill development to reintegrate individuals
into society.

16
1.11 In a time of religious polarisation, Supreme Court verdict on alimony for Muslim
women is a step forward
Context:
In a landmark judgment, the Supreme Court has ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Section 125 of the Code of
ruled that a divorced Muslim woman can seek Criminal Code (CrPc), Shah Bano case, Shariat
alimony from her husband under section 125 Application Act, 1937, etc.
of the Code of Criminal Code (CrPc).
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Maintenance rights for Muslim
Supreme Court Verdict on Alimony for women in India, Challenges in balancing minority rights
Muslim Women: with gender equality, etc.
❖ We have travelled a significant distance from the Shah Bano case in 1985 to this verdict by the bench of
Justices BV Nagarathna and A G Masih.
❖ It dismissed the husband's petition challenging a Telangana High Court direction to pay his wife monthly
maintenance of Rs 20,000 after divorce.
❖ This is a progressive step towards the inclusion of vulnerable minority women citizens.
❖ Muslim women have suffered legal discrimination in matters of marriage and family in the absence of
reformed and codified personal laws.
Why are we celebrating this judgment?
❖ Section 125 is nothing new, it has existed since 1973.
❖ Upholding diversity and pluralism is important in a secular democracy.
❖ This includes a diversity of personal laws.
❖ But we must not confuse diversity with unjust patriarchal practices.
❖ There is nothing laudatory or "personal" about the subjugation of women and violation of their rights.
❖ The Quran emphasises maintenance to be provided to the wife after divorce.
❖ However, husbands often continue to look for loopholes.
❖ This happened in the case of Shah Bano.
❖ Her husband refused to pay the maintenance granted by the court.
❖ The conservative clergy and other leaders jumped on the bandwagon to defend personal laws and against the
imposition of secular laws on Muslims.
❖ They called it interference in Shariat and thereby, a violation of minority rights.
❖ The Rajiv Gandhi-led government came under pressure and overturned through legislation the ruling that
granted maintenance to Shah Bano.
❖ A separate Shariat-compliant law was hastily enacted to provide maintenance to divorced Muslim women.
❖ The BJP began to accuse Congress of Muslim appeasement. In a sense, the Shah Bano episode kickstarted
the politics of religious division.
❖ In seven decades since Independence, no government felt obliged to enable Muslim women to attain legal
parity with their Hindu and Christian counterparts who enjoy the protection of reformed personal laws
enacted by Parliament.
❖ No government felt the need to fulfil its constitutional obligation of upholding gender justice.
❖ As though granting legal rights to Muslim women would go against the principles of secularism!
❖ Indian Muslims are governed by Shariat Application Act, 1937.

17
❖ This law is archaic.
❖ It merely states that Shariat will decide all personal law matters for Muslims.
❖ While Muslims are ostensibly governed by Shariat, in reality, unjust and unfair practices based on arbitrary
interpretations prevail.
❖ Several important issues lack legal clarity.
❖ Patriarchal interpretations decide matters such as age of marriage, divorce, maintenance, polygamy, halala,
custody and guardianship of children, share in property and inheritance and muta marriages. Islamic concepts
of consent and mehr are diluted in practice.
❖ Muslim marriage is a contract.
❖ But most women don't possess a copy of their nikahnama and are unaware of their rights.
❖ Moreover, there is a common sense prevalent about the husband being superior in marital relationships.
Conclusion:
The recent judgment reinforces gender justice for Muslim women, challenging patriarchal norms and
highlighting the need for reformed, equitable personal laws in a secular democracy.

1.12 Urban Naxal Bill in Maharashtra

Context:
❖ The Maharashtra government has tabled a ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Maharashtra Special Public
bill, the Maharashtra Special Public Security Act, 2024, Marxism, Leninism, Maoism,
Security Act, 2024, which empowers the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act, National Security
state to label any group as illegal by Act, and Public Safety Acts, etc.
notification in the official Gazette. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Urban Naxalism, socio- economic
❖ The Maharashtra Government has cited the factors contributing to urban naxalism, etc.
growing menace of Naxalism in urban
areas as a concerning issue.
Urban Naxalism:
❖ The term "urban naxals" is loosely applied to individuals in urban areas who support and promote
Naxalite ideology through activism and advocacy, while active naxals engage in combat in the jungles and
extensive Maoist-controlled regions.
❖ Origin: The term 'Urban Naxals', which has gained currency since 2018, was first used to describe anti-
establishment protesters and other dissenters in the wake of the crackdown on left-wingers and other
liberals embroiled in the Elgaar Parishad case in Maharashtra.
❖ It is one of the two ongoing investigations related to the Bhima Koregaon violence of January 1, 2018.
❖ Controversy regarding the term: Some view it as a derogatory label used to stifle dissent, while others
consider it a valid description of those who support Naxalite ideology in urban settings
❖ Manifestation of Naxalite Ideology in Urban Settings: Some of the forms of manifestation include
publishing articles and books and organising seminars to propagate their ideology and criticise state
policies, radicalising students, establishing a network of sympathisers, acts of sabotage, targeted violence, or
symbolic attacks to disrupt state functioning, etc.
❖ Naxalism's Urban Spread: A Growing Concern: Naxalism extends beyond remote areas into urban
centres through Naxal frontal organisations.

18
Ideological Background:
❖ Ideology rooted in: The Naxalite/Maoist ideology is rooted in Marxism, Leninism, and Maoism,
advocating for a revolutionary overthrow of the existing state structure through armed struggle.
➢ It is considered that Naxals support Maoist political sentiments and ideology.
❖ Maoism: Maoism is a form of communism developed by Mao Tse Tung. It is a doctrine of capturing State
power through a combination of armed insurgency, mass mobilisation, and strategic alliances.
Key tenets include:
❖ Class Struggle: Emphasis on the conflict between the proletariat (working class) and the bourgeoisie
(capitalist class).
➢ The ultimate goal is to establish a classless society.
❖ Anti-State Sentiments: The state is viewed as an instrument of bourgeois oppression. Therefore,
dismantling the current state structure is essential for achieving true democracy and social justice.
❖ Self-Reliance and Guerrilla Warfare: Promotes self-sufficient, decentralised communes and the use of
guerrilla tactics to combat state forces, primarily operating from rural and forested regions.
Maharashtra Special Public Security Act, 2024:
❖ Objectives: Aim to address the growing menace of Naxalism in urban areas.
Some Key Provisions of the Maharashtra Special Public Security Bill:
❖ Definition of Organisation: According to the draft bill, 'organisation' is defined as any group of
individuals, whether identified by a specific name or not, and regardless of whether they operate under a
formal written constitution or not.
❖ Definition of Unlawful Activity: The bill broadly defines "unlawful activity" to include actions that
threaten public order, peace, and tranquillity or interfere with the administration of law and established
institutions.
➢ It encompasses indulging in or promoting violence, vandalism, or acts causing public fear and
apprehension.
➢ Additionally, it covers activities that encourage disobedience to established laws and authorities,
aiming to maintain societal harmony and prevent disturbances to public order.
❖ Seizure of Assets: The draft bill allows the state to seize movable property, including money, securities, and
other assets within premises.
➢ This law allows police to check premises for literature related to "urban Naxalism." If found, such
literature can be seized.
➢ Confiscated assets can be forfeited to the government if the District Magistrate or Commissioner of
Police believes they could support unlawful organisation activities.
❖ Non-bailable offences: All offences under this law will be cognizable and non-bailable and will be
investigated by a police officer, not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector.
❖ Ministry of Home Affairs (МНА) Recommendations: Urges Maoist-affected states to enact legislation
to curb unlawful activities and provides guidelines for security-related expenditure.
Criticism against the Maharashtra Special Public Security Act, 2024:
❖ Broad Definitions: Critics argue that "organisation" and "unlawful activity" are overly broad and vague,
potentially allowing for arbitrary or politically motivated targeting of individuals and groups.

19
❖ Impact on Dissent: There are fears that the act could stifle dissent and legitimate forms of protest by
categorising them as unlawful activities.
➢ The vague drafting suggests it intends to instil fear among human rights activists and restrict their
activities, potentially targeting any citizen advocating for systemic change.
❖ Curtailment of freedom of Rights: The Bill is criticised for suppressing freedom of speech and expression
and hindering non-violent protests against oppression.
❖ Overlapping Provisions: Critics argue that its provisions largely overlap with existing laws like the
Unlawful Activities Prevention Act, National Security Act, and Public Safety Acts.
❖ Legal and Human Rights Concerns: There are concerns about potential violations of due process rights,
including the right to a fair trial and protection against arbitrary detention.
Conclusion:
❖ The Maharashtra Urban Naxal Bill, 2024 represents a contentious step towards addressing perceived threats
of Naxalism in urban areas.
❖ Critics argue it risks infringing on civil liberties and stifling dissent, while proponents view it as necessary
for maintaining public order and security in the state.
❖ Its implementation and impact will likely continue to spark debate over the balance between security
measures and fundamental rights.

1.13 Karnataka Cabinet Clears Bill Mandating Reservation for Locals

Context:
Recently, the Karnataka State Employment of ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Sarojini Mahishi Report,
Local Candidates in the Industries, Factories and LPG Reforms, Article 19 of the Constitution of
Other Establishments Bill, 2024, was cleared in the India, Voluntarily Code of Conduct (VCC), etc.
Cabinet meeting chaired by Chief Minister ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Reasons for Demand Local
Siddaramaiah. Reservation, Arguments in Favor and Against
Karnataka's Local Employment Mandate: Reservation in Private Sector, etc.
❖ Management Positions: Industries, factories, and other establishments required to appoint local candidates in
50% of management positions.
❖ Non-Management Positions: 70% of non-management positions to be filled by local candidates.
Who is an Eligible Candidate?
❖ Birth and Domicile: Born in the State of Karnataka. Domiciled in the State for a period of 15 years.
❖ Language Proficiency: Capable of speaking, reading, and writing Kannada legibly. Passed a required test
conducted by the nodal agency.
❖ Educational Requirement: Secondary school certificate with Kannada as a language. Alternatively, pass a
Kannada proficiency test as specified by the nodal agency notified by the government.
❖ Training for Local Candidates: Industries and establishments, in collaboration with the government, should
train local candidates within three years.
❖ If Sufficient Local Candidates Are Not Available: Industry or establishment may apply for relaxation from
the Act's provisions to the government.
➢ After due enquiry, the government may pass appropriate orders. Orders passed by the government shall
be final.

20
❖ Compliance and Penalties:
➢ Management Positions: Percentage of local candidates should not go below 25%.
➢ Non-Management Positions: Percentage of local candidates should not go below 50%.
➢ Range of Penalties: Failure to comply may attract penalties ranging from ₹10,000 to ₹25,000.
Long-Pending Demand:
❖ Calls for 100% Reservation: Passed amid demands for 100% job reservation for Kannadigas.
❖ Kannada Organisations' Rallies: In July, Kannada organisations organised rallies across the State.
Demanded immediate implementation of the Sarojini Mahishi report.
❖ Sarojini Mahishi Report Recommendations: Suggested 100% reservation for locals in Group C and D
jobs in Central government departments and public sector undertakings (PSUs) operating in Karnataka.
What is the Local Reservation?
❖ The concept of a local reservation was born out of concerns about job shortages and the necessity for
governments to satisfy their domestic electorates.
❖ The policy states that the jobs created in a state will be offered first to those who belong to that State.
Reasons for Demand Local Reservation:
❖ Lack of opportunities: The lack of sufficient employment opportunities in the manufacturing sector has
made it difficult for surplus agricultural labor to find alternative employment.
➢ This has led to increased competition for jobs in the rural areas, further fueling the demand for local
reservation.
❖ Employment Situation: The COVID-19 lockdown exacerbated the unemployment crisis, particularly
among migrant workers in urban areas.
❖ Populist Impulse and Youth Support: Implementing local reservation measures is often seen as a populist
move to appease voters.
➢ A 2017 national survey by CSDS and Lokniti found that nearly two-thirds of the youth support job
reservation for locals.
➢ Several states, including Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, and
Karnataka, have implemented local reservation policies in the private sector.
❖ LPG Reforms and Jobless Growth: The economic reforms initiated in India in the early 1990s, known as
LPG reforms, have been criticised for contributing to jobless growth.
❖ Agrarian Distress: Years of low returns from agriculture, coupled with fractured landholdings and
inadequate non-farm incomes, have contributed to the demand for local reservation.
❖ Fear of losing out: This is not unique to India or Indian States, but is universal.
➢ It was spectacularly manifest in the Brexit vote, when Britons thought that foreigners were taking away
local jobs, and hence voted to secede from the European Union.
➢ In America too, the anti-immigrant sentiment was exploited during the recent presidential election
campaign.
Arguments Against Reservation in Private Sector:
❖ Balancing Fundamental Rights and State Intervention: Reservation in private employment creates an
unprecedented intrusion by the State government into the fundamental rights of the employers to carry on
their business and trade as provided for under Article 19 of the Constitution of India.

21
❖ Exodus of low-paid workers: There would be an exodus of low-paid workers as they would be unable to
find work unless their states of origin give them sufficient job opportunities.
❖ State Domicile Quotas and the Erosion of Common Citizenship in India: A fundamental wedge is sought
to be created between persons domiciled in different States by the statue in question which is contrary to the
concept of common citizenship provided in the Constitution of India.
➢ Dilemma of 'One Nation, One Everything' versus Regional Employment: Reservation in the Private
sector would be a direct attack on the fundamental idea of the Indian economy as one unit.
❖ Striking at the Core of Meritocracy in the Private Sector: Reservation in private sector, goes against the
fundamental principle of merit that alone drives the private sector, as opposed to the public sector, where
the governments continue to hire on the basis of an archaic flawed reservation system for their political
purposes.
➢ Giving 75 percent or above reservation goes against the supreme court's ceiling of 50 percent for
maintaining meritocracy.
Arguments in Favor of Reservation in Private Sector:
❖ Discriminatory HR Policies: A 2019 study conducted by the Azim Premji University found that the SC/ST
communities were "over-represented" in low- paying jobs and "under-represented" in high- paying
ones.
❖ Upholding Social Justice in Private Sector amid Privatization Concerns: Social justice movements have
increasingly feared that increasing privatization may lead to a complete decline of opportunities for the
historically marginalized caste groups.
❖ Global Precedents: Even in the US, companies like General Motors and Ford have systems in place to
employ African Americans, Asians and so on.
❖ Advocating Parity in Social Commitments Between Public and Private Sectors: In mixed economy, when
the public sector is being asked to discharge its social commitment through the reservation of jobs, there is
no reason why similar conditions should not apply to the private sector that has been given a lot of
concessions by the government to enhance industrial growth.
❖ Employment Equality for Stakeholders in the Private Sector: Our private sector takes a lot of money
from public sector banks and financial institutions, and there is a huge default in loan repayment and taxes.
➢ Those whose land, labor and capital are being used by the Indian entrepreneurial class can definitely
seek some modicum of equality in job distribution.
Way Forward
❖ Voluntarily Code of Conduct (VCC): India Inc. declared that they would adopt a Voluntarily Code of
Conduct (VCC), according to which, they would take up measures to ensure social justice in their
organizations.
❖ Focus on Human development: The government should train the labor and also pose restrictions on the
contract by the industrial sector which pose a "hire and fire" basis and promote long-term contracts.
❖ Shifting Government Focus from Employment Guarantees to Inequality Reduction: The governments
should create an environment through their policies such that those policies can help minimize inequalities
in income, status, facilities, and opportunities. So, the government should focus on its role rather than
guaranteeing employment.
❖ Safeguarding Fundamental Rights in Policy Formulation: It is crucial to guarantee that any policy
decision aligns with the Constitution of India, upholding the fundamental rights of citizens and avoiding
any violation thereof."

22
Conclusion
❖ Rather than focusing on the reservation to provide jobs, the government should focus on skill enhancement
and job creation.
❖ Moreover, this goes against the spirit of "Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat," which demands an integrated and
mobile labor market within the country.

1.14 Centralised Examinations have not Aced the Test

Context:
In 2017, the Government of India established ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: National Testing Agency
the National Testing Agency (NTA) to (NTA), Common University Entrance Test (CUET),
conduct entrance examinations for National Eligibility cum Entrance Test, etc.
professional courses. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Impact of centralized entrance
Establishment of the National Testing examinations on the Indian school system, current
Agency (NTA): centralized testing mechanism, etc.
❖ Envisioned to conduct multiple choice question (MCQ) type of examinations in electronic mode, the NTA
was to have specialists in the science of testing to set up appropriate question banks and also evaluator
frameworks and organisational expertise.
❖ The NTA, that conducts more than 15 entrance examinations for various higher education institutions
including the Common University Entrance Test (CUET) for central university admissions and the post-
graduate admissions in medical and University Grants Commission (UGC) courses, is a lean and thin
organisation, with most of the work outsourced.
❖ It is headed by a chairman and an Indian Administrative Service officer working as the chief executive
officer, neither of whom have the required competence to build an institution as contemplated.
Pertinent Questions:
❖ Contrary to the grand vision, the NTA conducts examinations in pen to paper mode that provides huge scope
for malpractice - from the setting of the paper, to its printing, distribution and final delivery to a large number
of examination centres - 4,750 for the National Eligibility cum Entrance Test (Undergraduate), or NEET-
UG, for admission in undergraduate medical courses.
❖ The fiasco this year in the conduct of the NEET-UG has created dismay and a complete loss of trust in the
NTA's ability or willingness to conduct a fair examination.
❖ The question is could this have been avoided? And what needs to be done to ensure the integrity of the
examination system in India?
❖ NEET, which is conducted by the NTA, was conceived with the best intentions but has gone hopelessly
wrong due to faulty and incompetent implementation.
❖ The idea was to standardise the quality of students aspiring to become doctors, which is an important
concern given the varying standards of school boards across India.
❖ Its flawed implementation, the widespread leakage of question papers, the arbitrary manner of awarding
grace marks, conducting a re-examination for just a handful of students, and now tinkering with the ranking
have all made the whole process murky.
❖ Over a month has passed. Instead of ordering a re-examination - that would have been the most
straightforward and fairest way of handling the issue - all this tampering with the results has only deepened
distrust and raised difficult questions.

23
❖ How is the government convinced that the leaks are localised, only to Patna and Godhra, when the arrests
of wrongdoers are being reported from more than four to five States?
❖ Or, is it that the government is uncertain of the NTA's capability to conduct a flawless re- examination of
NEET, giving rise to even more serious concern?
❖ The Supreme Court of India has stepped in and is hearing petitions.
❖ The government has said that it intends starting the counselling process (the final stage for admissions), from
the third week of July.
❖ This is an examination where rank is critical. Those with higher ranks get admission to government
institutions, getting quality education at subsidised rates.
❖ The fact that the cut-off percentages in previous years were in the abysmal range of 19% to 22% indicates
how several students with a decent rank were unable to get admission due to high capitation fees, forcing
the cut-off percentage to be reduced.
❖ This is shameful and needs reflection.
❖ In the wake of widespread fears of the integrity of other national tests having been compromised and after
the below par functioning of the NTA, the government has now constituted a seven-member high-level
committee of experts chaired by the former chairman of the Indian Space Research Organisation, K.
Radhakrishnan.
❖ Its terms of reference are:
➢ reforming the mechanism of the examination process to forestall any possible breach, and based on a
review of the standard operating procedures, suggesting monitoring mechanisms;
➢ improving data security protocols to enhance the robustness of the examination;
➢ making recommendations on the structure and the functioning of the ΝΤΑ;
➢ defining the roles and the responsibilities of functionaries at all levels,
➢ and establishing a responsive grievance redress mechanism.
❖ These are basic issues that ought to have been examined and addressed when the NTA was formed. Clearly,
the governance mechanism seems to have collapsed somewhere along the way.
Decentralisation as a Workable Option:
❖ Reports of widespread cheating and leakages in examinations conducted at the national levels force us to
reconsider and review the centralised testing mechanism for higher education institutions.
❖ There are options.
❖ Why cannot the central government restrict testing for entry to its own institutions and decentralise, where
States fill up their own seats on the basis of entrance examinations?
❖ This could be based on a standard template that can be prepared by the central government to ensure that
the requisite standards are maintained for the test and the evaluator framework.
❖ Testing bodies could be restructured to incorporate domain experts, testing experts and also IT measures
of not just testing tools but also cyber safety and multiple types of safeguards that are necessary to conduct
large-scale exams in a fair manner and where every decimal counts for a student.
❖ Of all the options listed, the case for decentralisation seems strong and appropriate for our present-day
conditions.
❖ The examinations that 24 lakh students appear for to fill one lakh seats are high stake tests, bitterly contested
and fraught with risk.

24
Rejuvenate the Schooling System:
❖ While the integrity of a national or State-level examination is in the spotlight, what has certainly been
missed out in the public discourse is the gradual ruination of the school system which is responsible for
creating the citizens of tomorrow.
❖ With the emergence of national-level common entrance examinations for every professional course or
university course, school-leaving examinations have become redundant and there are now 'dummy' schools.
❖ Instead, coaching centres have mushroomed with the sole purpose of preparing students for these national
examinations.
❖ The growth of the coaching industry has damaged the schooling system insidiously and relentlessly.
❖ This trend has to be stemmed and the value of schools restored by introducing a percentage of school-
leaving marks to the final score of the candidates' entrance examination.
❖ This was factored in the entrance examination to the Indian Institutes of Technology some years ago but
was abandoned without debate.
❖ If we cannot safeguard merit, based on good school education, our schooling system will decay even further.
❖ Standards of academic competency, hard work and good values that are built up at the school level can
never be achieved at the time of higher studies, when a student is much older and is poised for the world of
work.
❖ This is an issue that needs to be addressed urgently.
Conclusion:
The NTA's flawed implementation and widespread malpractice necessitate a reevaluation of centralized exams,
emphasizing the urgent need to rejuvenate the school system and ensure exam integrity.

1.15 Trying Juveniles as Adults is not the Answer

Context:
In May, a speeding car, allegedly driven by a ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Juvenile Justice (Care and
teenager, killed two young techies in Pune. Protection of Children) Act, Juvenile Justice Board, etc.
Overview of Incident: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Ethical implications of trying
❖ As prescribed by the Juvenile Justice juveniles as adults, etc.
(Care and Protection of Children) Act, or the JJ Act, 2015, the adolescent was initially brought before the
Juvenile Justice Board (JJB), which granted him bail under seemingly lenient conditions.
❖ This decision, coupled with the tragic outcome of the incident and emerging accusations of privilege being
used to tamper with the investigation, sparked public outrage.
❖ Following the backlash, the JJB modified its order, directing the adolescent's detention in an Observation
Home.
❖ This was challenged before the Bombay High Court, which directed his release on the ground that he was
granted bail in accordance with due procedure.
❖ The High Court noted that the JJ Act is "not only a beneficial legislation, but is also a remedial one."
❖ The push by some to prosecute the adolescent as an adult raises broader questions about the power of the
juvenile justice system to address severe offences like drunken driving and the demand for accountability
in cases involving young offenders.

25
Being Tried as an Adult:
❖ The JJ Act allows for the possibility of trying adolescents above 16 as adults if they are accused of committing
a "heinous" offence.
❖ A "heinous" offence is one with a minimum punishment of seven years or more.
❖ Offences such as culpable homicide and causing death by negligence, which are common in drunken driving
cases, are not "heinous" offences because they do not have a prescribed minimum punishment.
❖ The JJ Act, amended in 2021, now categorises an offence that has no minimum sentence but has a
maximum sentence of more than seven years as a "serious offence" which, nonetheless, does not merit the
transfer of a case to the adult criminal justice system.
❖ In any case, when an adolescent above 16 years of age is accused of a "heinous" offence, the JJB, a quasi-
judicial body, conducts a preliminary assessment to determine if they should be tried as an adult.
❖ If it concludes that there is such a need, the adolescent is transferred to a sessions court, which
independently assesses the suitability of trying the adolescent as an adult.
❖ These protections are based on the understanding that adolescence is a temporary developmental stage
characterised by immature judgement and underdeveloped impulse control.
❖ This is recognised by the Supreme Court in Dr. Subramanian Swamy v. Raju (2014) and by the UN
Committee on the Rights of the Child.
❖ Consequently, the juvenile justice system emphasises rehabilitation and social reintegration over
punishment, acknowledging that adolescents, due to their high neuroplasticity, are more receptive to change.
Seeking Accountability:
❖ Nonetheless, the juvenile justice system is rooted in holding offenders accountable for their actions.
❖ When an adolescent is found to have committed a crime, the JJ Act empowers the multidisciplinary JJB to
tailor a response befitting the circumstances and the adolescent concerned.
❖ A conviction can result in institutionalisation of the offender, but with the express goal of rehabilitation.
❖ The JJBs can prescribe interventions such as therapy, psychiatric support, and de-addiction during and after
institutionalisation.
❖ An individual care plan is prepared for the adolescent's rehabilitation keeping in mind their socioeconomic
conditions and the circumstances of the crime.
❖ This approach has the potential to foster accountability and healing, creating opportunities for justice that
are often unattainable within the rigid confines of the punitive adult justice system.
Conclusion:
The juvenile justice system, emphasizing rehabilitation over punishment, seeks to balance accountability and
reform, recognizing adolescents' potential.

1.16 Supreme Court to Look into Use of Money Bills to Pass Laws
Context:
Recently, SC said it would consider a ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Article 110, Consolidated Fund
submission to set up a Constitution bench to of India, Article 109, Aadhaar Act, 2016, etc.
hear pleas challenging the validity of the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Classification of bills as Money
passage of laws passed as 'money bills' Bills, Constitutional provisions regarding Money Bills,
allegedly to bypass the Upper House of the etc.
Parliament.

26
What is a Money Bill?
❖ According to Article 110 of the Constitution, a Bill can be designated as a money Bill if it exclusively deals
with certain subjects. Article 110 of the Constitution deals with the definition of money bills.
❖ It states that a bills deemed to be a money bill if it contains 'only' provisions dealing with all or any of the
following matters:
➢ The imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax.
➢ The Regulation Of The Borrowing Of Money by the Union government
❖ The custody of the Consolidated Fund of India or the contingency fund of India, the payment of money
into or the withdrawal of money from any such fund
❖ The appropriation of money out of the Consolidated Fund of India
❖ Declaration of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India or increasing the amount of any
such expenditure
❖ The receipt of money on account of the Consolidated Fund of India or the public account of India or the
custody or issue of such money, or the audit of the accounts of the Union or of a state
❖ Any matter incidental to any of the matters specified above.
Money Bills Financial Bills
Financial Bill-I Financial Bill-II
Article 110 deals with money bills. Article 117(1) deals with Finance Article 117(3) deals with Finance
Bill Bills-II
They deal with 'only' provisions They contain not only any or all the They contain provisions involving
mentioned in Article 110. matters mentioned in Article 110, expenditure from consolidated
but also other matters of general Fund of India, but not included in
legislation. Article 110.
Speaker decides whether a bill is a Does not require certification of Does not require certification of
money bill or not. speaker. speaker.
They can be introduced only in Lok They can be introduced only in Lok They can be introduced in both
Sabha. Sabha. houses.
President's recommendation is President's recommendation is President's recommendation not
needed to introduce them. needed to introduce them. needed.
It cannot be amended or rejected by It can be amended or rejected by the It can be amended or rejected by the
the Rajya Sabha. Rajya Sabha. Rajya Sabha.
President can either accept or reject President can return it for President can return it for
a money bill but cannot return it reconsideration. reconsideration.
for reconsideration.
No provision for joint sitting of President can summon the joint President can summon the joint
both the houses to resolve the sitting of the two houses. sitting of the two houses.
deadlock.
Issue With Respect to Money Bill:
❖ Ambiguity in Scope and Definition:
➢ Ambiguity in Article 110: The definition of what constitutes a Money Bill under Article 110 of the
Constitution is somewhat ambiguous, leading to differing interpretations and potential misuse.

27
 ➢ Broad Classification: Bills that include non-financial provisions are sometimes classified as Money
Bills, which can lead to disputes over their validity.
❖ Bypassing the Rajya Sabha: Under Article 109, however, a Bill introduced as a money Bill only requires
assent from the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha merely has 14 days to consider the Bill and return it with
recommendations. The Lok Sabha may either accept or reject these recommendations and enact the money
Bill into law.
➢ Potential for Misuse: Governments may classify controversial bills as Money Bills to raising concerns
about transparency and democratic process.
❖ Limited Scope for Review: The Speaker’s decision to classify a bill as a Money Bill is considered final and
cannot be questioned in court, limiting judicial review and accountability.
❖ Lack of Debate and Scrutiny: Classifying complex and multifaceted bills as Money Bills can limit
parliamentary debate and scrutiny, reducing transparency and accountability.
❖ Public Trust: The perceived misuse of Money Bill provisions can lead to a loss of public trust in the
legislative process and the integrity of the parliamentary system.
Cases Challenged Concerning the Passage Of Bills As Money Bills:
❖ Aadhaar Act, 2016:
➢ Legality of Aadhar Act as a Money Bill. The Aadhaar (Targeted Delivery of Financial and Other
Subsidies, Benefits and Services) Act, 2016, was passed as a Money Bill.
➢ Challenged in SC: This classification was challenged in the Supreme Court, arguing that the Act
contained provisions beyond the scope of a Money Bill as defined in Article 110 of the Indian
Constitution.
➢ Judgment: The Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the Aadhaar Act, 2016, by a 4:1
majority stating that no illegality was committed by passing the Aadhaar Bill as a Money Bill in the
Parliament.
➢ Government argued that legislation aimed at extending benefits in the nature of aid, grant, or subsidy
to the marginalised sections of society with the support of the Consolidated Fund of India.
➢ Hence, the Act fell within the ambit of Article 110 and was validly passed as a Money Bill.
❖ Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA) Amendments:
➢ The Finance Acts passed in 2015, 2016, 2018 and 2019, brought in crucial amendments to the PMLA.
➢ Finance Bills passed during the budget are introduced as money bills under Article 110 of the
Constitution.
➢ These amendments granted the Enforcement Directorate extensive powers, including the authority to
make arrests and conduct raids.
➢ The Court upheld the PMLA and the vast powers of the ED.
➢ However, the bench had left the validity of amendments to the PMLA through the Money Bill route
open for a larger Constitution bench to hear.
❖ Tribunal Reform:
➢ In Roger Matthew Vs Union of India, the Supreme Court heard the challenge against tweaks in the
service conditions of tribunal members which was also introduced as a money bill in the Finance Act,
2017.
➢ The government argued that since salaries of members of Tribunals flow from the Consolidated Fund
of India, the amendments were introduced as a Money Bill.

28
 ➢ A five-judge bench of the Supreme Court struck down the Appellate Tribunal Rules of 2017 as
unconstitutional.
➢ The Supreme Court pointed out that the Money Bill issue in the Puttaswamy judgement was ‘not
convincingly reasoned’ and could lead to a potential conflict in interpretation.
➢ The Bench asked for the question to be put before a larger bench of the Supreme Court since it was
similar in strength to the Puttaswamy Bench.
Conclusion:
The Supreme Court should clarify the constituents of the money bill for the legislative efficiency and proper
functioning of the democracy.

1.17 Does India Have Enough Laws To Combat Superstition?

Context:
While the Drugs and Magic Remedies ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Drugs and Magic Remedies
(Objectionable Advertisements) Act, 1954, (Objectionable Advertisements) Act, 1954, Laws To
exists, it contains numerous loopholes. Combat Superstition, Article 25, right to freedom of
Anti-Superstition Laws: religion, etc.
❖ Therefore, a law, modelled on the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Socio-cultural factors
Maharashtra and Karnataka State laws, contributing to the prevalence of superstitious beliefs,
must be implemented nationwide. Measures should be taken to enhance implementation of
❖ Alok Prasanna: If we were to take the anti-superstition laws, etc.
example of the Karnataka law, a common criticism is its broad definitions of 'evil practices'.
❖ This ambiguity can make it difficult to distinguish religious beliefs from superstitions.
❖ For instance, is making donations to one's church or temple exploitative and thus an evil practice?
a) Maharashtra Prevention and Eradication of Human Sacrifice and other Inhuman, Evil and Aghori
Practices and Black Magic Act, 2013:
➢ This law criminalizes practices related to black magic, human sacrifice, and other superstitious
activities.
➢ It includes provisions against practices that exploit people's superstitious beliefs for financial gain.
b) Karnataka Prevention and Eradication of Inhuman Evil Practices and Black Magic Act, 2017:
➢ Similar to Maharashtra's law, it aims to prevent exploitation through superstitious practices.
➢ It also focuses on promoting scientific temper and rational thinking.
➢ These state laws serve as models for potential national legislation, but their effectiveness and
implementation vary.
Does India have Enough Laws To Combat Superstition?
❖ State governments are often more attuned to the needs and traditions of the local population.
❖ Given India's diversity, a national law might impose sweeping generalisations that could inadvertently
empower already dominant communities.
❖ Thus, State-specific laws are preferable because they can better accommodate local practices and realities.
❖ A common criticism against the State laws is that they employ expansive and vague definitions, allowing
enforcing authorities subjective and potentially discriminatory powers. Do you share these concerns?
❖ Alok Prasanna: There will never be one commonly acceptable definition of what a superstition is.

29
❖ For me, it is about instilling a sense of fear and being forced to undertake degrading practices.
❖ Take, for example, the snana ritual in Karnataka where Dalits are made to roll over the leftover food eaten
by Brahmins to attain punya.
❖ Mr. Patil, based on your experience, what are the challenges in implementing these laws at the grassroots
level?
❖ Avinash Patil: There is an acute lack of sensitisation when it comes to law-enforcement agencies.
❖ Police officers are often constrained by cultural sensibilities and biases which prevent them from addressing
these issues with a scientific bent of mind.
❖ Significant effort is required to persuade the police to file FIRs in such cases, and even when they do,
investigations are often compromised by political influence, leading to low conviction rates.
❖ Moreover, caste discrimination is a facet of superstitious beliefs that often goes unnoticed.
❖ This underscores the importance of conducting training programmes for all echelons of the police force
since they are typically the first responders.
Fundamental Rights:
a) Potential Conflict with Article 25:
➢ Article 25 guarantees the right to freedom of religion, including the right to practice and propagate
religion.
➢ Anti-superstition laws could potentially infringe on this right if they restrict practices considered
religious by some groups.
➢ The challenge lies in distinguishing between genuine religious practices and exploitative superstitions.
b) Restrictions Allowed Under Article 25:
➢ Article 25 is not absolute and allows for restrictions on grounds of:
✓ Public Order: Practices that disturb social harmony or peace can be restricted.
✓ Morality: Practices considered immoral or unethical can be prohibited.
✓ Health: Practices harmful to physical or mental health can be restricted.
➢ These grounds provide the constitutional basis for anti-superstition laws.
➢ The Supreme Court has upheld that social reform and welfare can be grounds for restricting religious
practices (e.g., in the Sabarimala case).
Definitions and Scope:
a) Broad/Vague Definitions:
➢ Existing state laws (e.g., in Maharashtra and Karnataka) have been criticized for using broad terms like
"superstition" or "black magic".
➢ Such vague definitions can lead to:
✓ Arbitrary application of the law.
✓ Potential misuse by authorities.
✓ Difficulty in legal interpretation and enforcement.
b) Linking Practices to Specific Harms:
➢ There's a growing consensus that laws should focus on tangible harms rather than beliefs.
➢ This approach would involve:
✓ Identifying specific practices that cause physical, mental, or financial harm.
✓ Establishing clear criteria for what constitutes harm.
✓ Providing evidence-based justifications for restrictions.

30
c) Balancing Act:
➢ The challenge is to craft laws that:
✓ Effectively curb exploitative practices.
✓ Respect genuine religious beliefs and cultural traditions.
✓ Are specific enough to be enforceable but broad enough to cover various forms of exploitation.
➢ This requires careful legal drafting and extensive consultation with various stakeholders.
Restorative Justice:
a) Focus on Victim Rehabilitation:
➢ Current laws often emphasize punitive measures against perpetrators.
➢ There's a growing recognition that laws should also prioritize:
✓ Rehabilitation of victims of superstitious practices.
✓ Reintegration of victims into society, especially in cases like witch-hunting.
✓ Addressing the long-term psychological and social impacts on victims.
b) Victim Compensation Funds:
➢ Proposals include:
✓ Establishing dedicated funds for victims of superstition-related crimes.
✓ Providing immediate financial assistance to victims and their families.
✓ Covering medical expenses, rehabilitation costs, and loss of livelihood.
c) Social Security Measures:
➢ Broader social security measures proposed include:
✓ Educational support for children of victims.
✓ Job training and employment assistance for victims.
✓ Counseling and mental health support.
✓ Legal aid for victims pursuing cases against perpetrators.
Conclusion:
India's approach to anti-superstition laws navigates complexities of culture, rights, and enforcement, requiring
nuanced legislation, sensitized enforcement, and robust victim support mechanisms for effective implementation.

1.18 What The Dip In India's Childhood Immunisation Numbers Means

Context:
In absolute terms, 2.04 million children ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: DPT vaccine, "Zero-dose"
remained under-vaccinated in 2023, slightly children, etc.
lower than the 2.11 million children in 2019. An ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Role of targeted strategies in
expert said that the "slight" drop is a call to achieving high immunisation coverage rates etc.
intensify efforts.
Childhood Immunisation Trends (2022-2023):
❖ Coverage Dip: DPT vaccine coverage decreased from 95% in 2022 to 93% in 2023.
❖ Comparison with Previous Years: Higher than 87% (2020) and 88% (2022) DPT coverage.
➢ Above the 2023 global average of 89%.
❖ Global Immunisation Status (2023): Immunisation rates stagnated globally. Resulted in 2.7 million
additional unvaccinated or under-vaccinated children compared to 2019 levels.

31
❖ Significance of DPT Coverage: Used as an indicator for "zero-dose" children (those with no routine
immunisation).
❖ Impact of Stalled Immunisation: Highlights the need for intensified efforts to reach vaccination targets.
❖ Future Strategies: Emphasis on addressing barriers to immunisation access and uptake.
➢ Importance of sustaining high coverage to prevent disease outbreaks.
DPT Vaccine Coverage:
❖ Zero-Dose Children in India (2023):
➢ 1.6 million zero-dose children reported.
➢ Increase from 1.1 million in 2022.
➢ Decrease from 2.73 million in 2021.
➢ Higher than 2019 figures of 1.4 million zero-dose children.
❖ Coverage of DPT Vaccine Third Dose (2023):
➢ 91% coverage in 2023.
➢ Represents a two percentage point decrease from 2022.
➢ Significantly exceeds the 2023 global average of 84%.
➢ Dropped from 91% in 2019 to 85% during the pandemic's initial years.
❖ Under-Vaccination Statistics (2023):
➢ 2.04 million children classified as under-vaccinated.
➢ Slightly lower than 2.11 million in 2019.
❖ Implications:
➢ Need for targeted efforts to address under-vaccination and zero-dose children.
➢ Importance of maintaining and improving vaccination coverage rates to prevent disease outbreaks.
➢ Highlighting disparities and challenges in achieving universal immunisation coverage in India.
Steps Needed to Imporve Immunisation Numbers:
I. Planning and Data Management
1. Data-driven approach:
✓ Conduct thorough surveys.
✓ Use GIS mapping.
2. Micro-planning:
✓ Develop detailed plans for each block and village.
✓ Identify and address specific local barriers.
3. Monitoring and evaluation:
✓ Set up a district-level task force for regular review meetings.
✓ Implement real-time monitoring systems.
II. Outreach and Accessibility
4. Mobile vaccination units:
✓ Deploy mobile teams to reach remote areas.
✓ Schedule visits at convenient times.
5. Last-mile connectivity:
✓ Identify and map hard-to-reach areas.
✓ Use innovative transportation methods.

32
 6. Seasonal strategies:
✓ Develop plans for different seasons.
✓ Arrange for all-weather vehicles and equipment.
III. Community Engagement and Awareness
7. Collaboration with local leaders:
✓ Engage with panchayat leaders, religious figures, and community influencers.
✓ Train them as vaccination ambassadors.
8. Public awareness campaigns:
✓ Launch multi-channel awareness drives.
✓ Focus on importance of complete vaccination schedules.
9. Address vaccine hesitancy:
✓ Create a rapid response team for rumors and misinformation.
✓ Conduct targeted interventions in high-hesitancy areas.
IV. Special Population Strategies
10. Targeted outreach for migratory populations:
✓ Coordinate with labor departments.
✓ Organize camps at work sites and temporary settlements.
✓ Implement tracking system for follow-up doses.
V. Incentives and Recognition
11. Incentive programs:
✓ Implement reward system for high-achieving villages.
✓ Recognize and celebrate successful healthcare workers.
VI. Service Delivery Improvement
12. Improved service delivery:
✓ Extend immunization center timings.
✓ Ensure regular vaccine supply and proper cold chain management.
✓ Train health workers in effective communication.
VII. Technology Integration
13. Technology integration:
✓ Use SMS reminders for vaccination schedules.
✓ Implement digital tracking system for each child.
VIII. Inter-departmental Coordination
14. Inter-departmental coordination:
✓ Work with education department for school-going children.
✓ Collaborate with women and child development for anganwadi-based interventions.
IX. Special Initiatives
15. Special drives:
✓ Organize vaccination weeks or months.
✓ Conduct door-to-door campaigns in low-coverage areas.
Conclusion:
Sustained efforts in planning, outreach, community engagement, and technological integration are crucial to
enhance childhood immunisation coverage and mitigate disparities effectively across India.

33
1.19 From 'Madhya Rekha' to 'Sindhu-Sarasvati': Major shifts in Class 6 NCERT
social science textbook
Context:
❖ The newly revised Class VI National ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Prime Meridian, Greenwich
Council of Educational Research and Mean Time (GMT), Sarasvati river, iron pillar at Qutub
Training (NCERT) social science Minar, the Sanchi Stupa, the monolithic temples of
textbook introduces the concept of Mahabalipuram, Ajanta cave paintings, kingdoms of
"madhya rekha," an ancient Indian prime Ashoka and Chandragupta Maurya, including Chanakya's
meridian that predates the Greenwich role and his Arthashastra etc.
meridian. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Prime Meridian, Greenwich Mean
❖ Textbook also undergoes notable Time (GMT), Practical Application, A Ajanta cave
modifications, such as the omission of paintings, kingdoms of Ashoka and Chandragupta
caste-based discrimination, alterations Maurya, including Chanakya's role and his Arthashastra
to BR Ambedkar's experiences with etc.
discrimination, and the rebranding of the
Harappan civilisation as the "Sindhu-Sarasvati" civilisation.
Changes in the Book:
❖ India had a prime meridian of its own: Many centuries before Europe, India had a prime meridian of its
own
➢ Madhya rekhā: It was called madhya rekhā (or 'middle line') and passed through the city of Ujjayinī
(today Ujjain), which was a reputed center for astronomy over many centuries.
➢ Varāhamihira: He is a famous astronomer, lived and worked there some 1,500 years ago. Indian
astronomers were aware of the concepts of latitude and longitude, including
➢ the need for a zero or prime meridian.
➢ The Ujjayinī meridian became a reference for calculations in all Indian astronomical texts.
Prime Meridian (0°)
❖ The prime meridian, located at 0 degrees longitude, serves as the reference meridian for all other
longitudes.
➢ The prime meridian famously passes through Greenwich, a district in London, and is the foundation
of the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
❖ Total Number of Meridians: Earth is divided into 360 meridians, forming a complete circle around the
planet.
❖ Global Passage of the Prime Meridian: The prime meridian passes through several countries and regions,
including the United Kingdom, France, Spain, Algeria, Mali, Burkina Faso, Ghana, and Togo.
❖ Role in Timekeeping: Longitudes play a pivotal role in determining local time across the globe.
➢ By dividing the Earth into time zones based on longitudes, longitudes have created a standardized
system of timekeeping that helps maintain consistency in global timekeeping practices.
❖ Greenwich Mean Time (GMT): It is the mean solar time of the prime meridian, which passes through
the Royal Greenwich Observatory in England.
➢ It serves as a reference point for timekeeping.

34
 ❖ Practical Application: As you move eastward across time zones, you add time to your clock because you
are moving ahead of the prime meridian.
➢ Conversely, when moving westward across time zones, you subtract time from your clock since you
are lagging behind the prime meridian.
➢ This system of time zones helps keep activities and schedules coordinated across regions.
❖ Sarasvati river: The textbook, titled "Exploring Society India and Beyond," accentuates the "Sarasvati"
river's significance to early Indian civilisation, identifying it as the seasonal "Ghaggar"in India and
"Hakra" in Pakistan, while referring to the Harappan civilisation as the "Sindhu-Sarasvati" civilisation.
❖ Not Highlighting Caste System: Incorporates information on the Vedas but excludes references to the caste
system and the preclusion of women and Shudras from studying these scriptures:
➢ It states, ""Many professions are mentioned in the vedic text such asagriculturist, weaver, potter, builder,
carpenter, healer, dancer, barber, priest, etc."
➢ Previous textbook: It addressed the categorization of people into varnas and the exclusion of Shudras
and women from ritual participation and Vedic study.
❖ Eliminated Four Chapters: The new book eliminates four chapters from the previous textbook that
encompassed the kingdoms of Ashoka and Chandragupta Maurya, including Chanakya's role and his
Arthashastra, as well as the Gupta, Pallava, and Chalukya dynasties, and Kalidasa's works.
➢ King Ashoka is mentioned only once in the new textbook's timeline.
❖ Truncated & Expunged Portions: Furthermore, a chapter on "Villages, Towns, and Trade," which
discussed tools, coins, irrigation, crafts, and trade, has been truncated
➢ References to historical sites such as the iron pillar at Qutub Minar, the Sanchi Stupa, the monolithic
temples of Mahabalipuram, and the Ajanta cave paintings have been expunged.

1.20 The Issues With State-Sponsored Street Art

Context:
As India’s cities groan and roads struggle to ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Significance of the Streets, Issues
accommodate increasing users and their needs, with state-sponsored street art , impact of state-sponsored
state-sponsored public art initiatives along the public art initiatives on urban environments, etc.
streets merit interrogation.
Significance of the Streets:
❖ Promoting government values: Streets have served as sites for promoting government values by hosting
parades.
➢ Revolutions, too, have been fought on roads, and non-violent masses been mobilised on them.
➢ The street fights of the Revolt of 1857 and the Quit India Movement’s marches come to mind.
❖ Stages for groups to perform their identities and assume new guises: Roads are used by Ramlila actors
in Varanasi, devotees bringing Durga to her autumnal home in Kolkata’s neighborhoods, families
escorting Ganapati to the Mumbai seaside, and Tazia processions commemorating Muharram in
Hyderabad.
❖ Spaces and surfaces at the edge of roads: It has habitually functioned as their extensions.
➢ For example: Mughal-era brick and lime-plaster facades attest to the creation of small towns and
their populace’s aspirations.

35
❖ Over the 20th century: Vertical surfaces along India’s streets came to be sporadically marked with posters,
stencils, spray paintings, tile murals, and compositions infected with the sensibilities of calendar art and
cinema.
➢ These assemblages caught their desired audiences’ attention and made passers-by look at them,
ultimately creating publics around them.
Issues with state-sponsored street art
❖ Undermining the Diversity of India: By replacing these vivid scenes of desire and dissent with bland motifs,
state-sponsored urban street art macerates diversity.
❖ Reduces space for the performance of argumentative politics: Rapid and expansive coverage of surfaces
makes it difficult for individual artists to find spaces for their own forms of expression and for marginalised
communities to make concrete their own stories and ideas of beauty.
❖ Environmental Damage: Even as state-sponsored wall texts and images proclaim the virtues of conserving
nature and nurturing public health, agencies are steadily diluting forest laws and de-notifying protected
areas.
➢ The gallons of industrial paints needed to decorate these surfaces are leading to the creation of
wastewater.
➢ Industrial paints disintegrate once applied to surfaces exposed to cycles of heat and humidity.
➢ Pigment disintegration is accompanied with the release of nano-chemicals into the soil and water
bodies. These toxins are bound to travel up food chains.
What are the alternatives?
❖ Environment Concern: Drystone walls are best left alone. These are made of locally quarried boulders and
combat erosion.
➢ As herbs sprout in their crevices, these walls help ameliorate heat build-up in cities. Plants on these living
walls temper urban noise by absorbing sound.
➢ Drystone walls also share an aesthetic sensibility with buildings in their proximity.
➢ Authorities should help pigment discolouration of the surface by enforcing stricter zoning and
traffic rules.
➢ Industrial and vehicular pollutants contain gases which react with water and oxygen to create acids
that cause the crackling of old frescoes.
❖ In cities such as Dehradun and Guwahati where traditions of wall painting do not exist, municipalities,
cantonment boards, and highway authorities might use funds to establish sidewalks and clean sewers
and preserve monuments lining streets, and create spaces for performing artists.
➢ Such efforts can help citizens understand their heritage by providing context.
❖ Berlin Wall Example: Government agencies seeking to nurture pride in India as a museum without walls
might learn lessons from the Berlin Wall’s surviving sections.
➢ Built during the Cold War, this wall served as a sign of Germany’s division.
➢ Seeking to ameliorate this condition, authorities on the West Berlin side allowed artists to paint the
wall.
➢ Artists from all over the world rendered scenes of hope and offered critique.
➢ Ultimately, they creatively advanced the task of democracy.

36
1.21 "Cops Can't Force...": Supreme Court Pauses Kanwar Yatra Food Stalls Order
Context:
The Supreme Court has stayed a controversial order
Relevancy for Mains: Right to Privacy, Secular
by the BJP-ruled Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand
character of Republic of India, Article 15, Article 19 and
governments directing eateries along the Kanwar
Yatra route to display names of owners and staff, Article 21, Human Rights etc.
noting police could not enforce this and, at most, can only ask them to display food items.
Background:
❖ Directives to display names: Authorities in UP and Uttarakhand issued directives to eateries and food stalls
to display the names of their owners which led to an uproar.
❖ Objective: The authorities wanted to ensure kanwariyas (pilgrims) are served vegetarian food conforming
to their preferences (and) maintaining hygienic standards
❖ Petition Filed: The Supreme Court was hearing a clutch of petitions challenging the UP and Uttarakhand
move including one by NGO Association of Protection of Civil Rights (APCR).
➢ Two more petitions were also filed in the apex court challenging the move in the two states.
Ethical Concern associated with this issue:
❖ Possible Discrimination against Minorities: These directives promote discrimination solely based on
religious and caste identity, as they do not require the display of food items being served or a statement that
no non-vegetarian or non-satvik food is being served, but only the display of religious or caste identity
explicit in one’s name
➢ Argument is that this directly breaches Article 15 of the Constitution.
❖ Right to Privacy: Compelling all proprietors to display names and addresses, also of their staff, can hardly
achieve the intended objective of the authorities. It rather infirnge the fundamental rights to Privacy of the
proprietors
❖ Secular character of Republic of India: It seems that Muslim-owned businesses are actively targeted based
on fabricated and malicious information circulated by different people.
➢ Without support of provisions, if the directive is permitted to be enforced... it will infringe the secular
character of the Republic of India.
❖ Police Abuse: It was a worrying situation where police were taking it upon themselves to create a divide
where minorities would be identified and subject to boycott.
➢ Government claimed it to be voluntary: The reference was to the enforcement of what the authorities
had said was a directive to be followed "voluntarily".
✓ No statutory backing: No law gives police power to do this. The directive is for every hath-gaadi
(hand-cart), tea-stall... giving of names of owners and employees does not serve any purpose
❖ Article 14 & Article 19 Violation: Directions impose unreasonable restrictions on the business activities
of eatery owners and food-sellers, infringing upon their freedom to carry on any occupation, trade or business
under Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution.
➢ The orders are also manifestly arbitrary, disproportionate, and violate the right to equality.
Supreme Court take on the issue:
❖ Display the Food not Names: Supreme Court prohibited the enforcement of the Uttar Pradesh and
Uttarakhand directives to eateries along the route of the Kanwar yatra to display the names of the owners
but said they will be required to display the kind of food they are selling to the Kanwariyas.

37
 ➢ You go to a restaurant depending on the menu, not who is serving. The idea of this directive is exclusion
by identity. This is not the Republic of India we envisaged in Constitution

1.22 Cleansing NEET: On a Recast Test

Context:
Next year, the test must have safeguards against ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: National Eligibility cum
malpractice and inefficiency. Entrance Test (NEET), National Testing Agency (NTA),
Cleansing NEET: etc.
❖ What comes undone is best redone. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: NEET Controversy, Challenges
❖ The latest development in the prolonged and potential solutions in conducting large-scale
National Eligibility cum Entrance Test competitive exams in India, etc.
(NEET) 2024 saga has played out in the
court, and will answer the question raised initially - the unusually high number of toppers this year.
❖ The Supreme Court of India's ruling on the right answer to a particular physics question in the NEET
paper, based on the expert opinion of IIT Delhi professionals, has brought down the number of toppers
from 61 to a more reasonable number - 17.
❖ The wrong answer for the disputed question was chosen reportedly by four lakh students, including 44 in the
list of toppers.
❖ As a result, all these students will lose five marks each. Ruling that there could be only one correct answer,
the Court directed the National Testing Agency (NTA) to revise the scores based on the correct answer.
❖ It also emerged during the hearing that the wrong answer for the question was actually present in the older
(until 2021) NCERT textbooks.
❖ The Court had earlier refused to cancel the entire NEET, which over 23 lakh applicants took.
❖ While the scheduled date of counselling, July 24, is past already, and with the NTA having to re-tally the
marks with the revised answer, the counselling has been delayed again, but will take place as soon as
possible.
❖ While the scenario, as it stands today, seems ostensibly resolved sufficiently to let the process move forward,
the truth is that an unprecedented number of violations have occurred in a manner that vitiated, possibly for
good, the faith in NEET as a fail-safe entrance route.
❖ From charges of paper leaks, giving out the wrong question papers, damaged answer keys, impersonation
by students, and an analysis of marks that showed an unusually high number of toppers from certain centres
in the country, NEET-UG 2024 has been a string of bad news this year.
❖ Notably, the interventions to right the course have come mostly from the judiciary, with the executive
stopping short of initiating significant or decisive action required to clean its Augean stables.
❖ For starters, the extraordinary emphasis that has come to be placed on medicine as a career choice, with over
23 lakh students hoping to compete for over one lakh MBBS seats, will have to be dialled down, with a
healthy promotion of other scientific streams as viable career options.
❖ The government also has no option but to unwind the entire spool, and cast it out if it must, reorienting all
systems so that the next NEET can be conducted professionally, and with adequate safeguards in place to
prevent malpractice or inefficiency.
Conclusion:
Restoring NEET's credibility requires judicial intervention, reduced emphasis on medicine, and reformed systems
to ensure fair, efficient, and malpractice-free future examinations.

38
1.23 The Karnataka Bill Is A Symptom Of A Larger Problem
Context:
The Karnataka Reservation Bill has been ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Freedom of movement, right to
panned almost universally and also generated so work, federalism, National Development Council, etc.
much controversy that the State government ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Local job reservation policies,
was forced to pause it and issue assurances. Federalism and economic disparities, Measures to
Karnataka Reservation Bill: address regional aspirations etc.
❖ The Karnataka State Employment of Local Candidates in the Industries, Factories and Other Establishments
Bill, 2024, as it is called, mandates 50% and 70% reservation in management categories and non-
management categories, respectively.
❖ The Bill, as currently drafted, may be too heavy- handed and some provisions may need a rethink. However,
a deeper conversation about the underlying issues - namely, India's exploding jobs crisis and regional socio-
economic disparities - is required before knee-jerk dismissal.
The Downside of Inequitable Growth:
❖ India has the distinction of being the fastest growing large economy in the world and also has the largest
youth population.
❖ This would be a happy circumstance if its growth model created large numbers of jobs to productively
employ its youth.
❖ Instead, the high-end services-led growth model has delinked growth and employment.
❖ This situation is long in the making: globalisation, financialisation, and technological advances have
allowed capital and a small set of highly-skilled individuals to reap extraordinary benefits, while the working
class, globally, has seen an erosion in their ability to earn.
❖ The political repercussions of this trend are reverberating around the world.
❖ In developed countries, it manifests, inter alia, as a backlash against immigration; in India, it is showing up
in part as regionalism and a reaction against inter-State migration.
❖ While an argument for immigration has been made in the developed world by liberal parties, it has largely
been in utilitarian terms for the host country in addressing labour shortage for unpleasant jobs, and
offsetting aging populations.
❖ While these global trends are significant, the situation in India is different and more complicated.
❖ The Constitution guarantees freedom of movement and the right to work anywhere in India; domicile
requirements of this nature seem to evoke parochialism and militate against national unity.
❖ At the same time, the impetus for local reservations is an attempt by the State political leadership to be
responsive to its own electorate.
❖ This tension between local aspirations and national unity is, increasingly, a recurring theme in Indian
politics, visible in questions of devolution of funds, delimitation, and State domicile requirements.
Issue of Accountability:
❖ At the crux of this debate is the question of federalism and political accountability.
❖ The politics of such initiatives come not from reservation for high-skill positions, but, instead, mass unskilled
jobs.

39
❖ It is notable that all local reservation initiatives adopt a graded scale, with near universal reservation for
unskilled jobs and at lower levels for higher skill tiers.
❖ This raises two critical questions: what impels large-scale migration for unskilled jobs that could easily be
done locally?
❖ And why is not industry opposition to local reservation limited to high-skill jobs, indicating a preference
for migrant workers for unskilled jobs even when locals are willing and able?
❖ The answer to the first question is evident: large- scale unskilled migration is not migration by choice but
distress migration, resulting from the inability of some State governments to adequately develop their
regions.
❖ We can, and should, apply a national unity and constitutional lens to citizen migration but it would be
intellectually dishonest if it is done to sidestep the question of political accountability for a chronic lack of
development.
In Perspective:
❖ There is no question that all States benefit economically and culturally from being part of the larger Indian
Union and thus have a responsibility to the entirety of the country and its people.
❖ However, the issue at hand is too serious for simplistic rhetoric, political expediency or mere outrage.
❖ Instead, the way forward requires a more expansive exercise.
❖ First, there must be a real national debate involving our political class, corporate sector, civil society on
urgently addressing India's job crisis.
➢ The long-term response cannot be data chicanery, unemployment allowances, or knee- jerk
regionalism.
➢ Nationally, it is evident that the current skilling and production linked incentive interventions are
inadequate to meet the challenge at hand.
➢ Similarly, at the State level, the fact that political responsiveness shows up in domicile quotas is
indicative of an anxiety about adequately growing the employment pie.
❖ Second, we must foreground political accountability for large-scale distress migration and the endemic
lack of development in some States.
➢ This political accountability must extend to both the State and national leadership.
❖ Third, questions of federalism and national unity need both an institutional response and greater political
maturity.
➢ At a minimum, the atrophied National Development Council needs to be resurrected.
❖ Finally, the corporate sector must be held to account for the working standards for unskilled labour
instead of allowing it to arbitrage worker precarity for its own profit.
➢ The Karnataka Reservation Bill is a symptom of a much larger problem.
➢ While the Bill can be kept in abeyance or rewritten, the underlying issues need to be at the forefront of
our discourse and politics.
➢ Our response to this challenge will shape the future of India's economic growth, social cohesion, and
political stability.
Conclusion:
Addressing India's job crisis and regional disparities requires national debate, political accountability, and
corporate responsibility to ensure sustainable growth, social cohesion, and political stability.

40
1.24 Fiscal Federalism: On Taxing Mineral Rights
Context:
It is not often that fiscal federalism finds a ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Mines and Minerals
prominent place in judicial discourse. (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957, Seventh
Fiscal Federalism: Schedule, Article 246, Article 254, etc.
❖ The Supreme Court judgment, holding by ❖ Relevancy for Mains: States' ability to tax mineral
an overwhelming majority of 8:1 that the rights, etc.
States can tax mineral rights and mineral-bearing lands, is a truly landmark ruling, as it protects their
legislative domain from interference by Parliament.
❖ For decades, it was believed that the States were denuded of their power to impose any tax on mineral
resources extracted from their land because of the prevalence of a central law, the Mines and Minerals
(Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.
❖ Even though the right to tax mineral rights is conferred on the States through Entry 50 in the State List of
the Seventh Schedule, it was made “subject to any limitations imposed by Parliament by law relating to
mineral development”.
❖ The Union government argued that the very existence of its 1957 law was a limitation on the States’ power to
tax mineral rights, but Chief Justice of India, Dr. D.Y. Chandrachud, writing for the Bench, examined the
Act’s provisions to conclude that it contained no such limitation.
❖ The royalty envisaged by the 1957 Act was held to be not a tax at all.
❖ The Union was hoping that once royalty was accepted as a tax, it would wholly occupy the field and thus
remove the States’ scope for taxing mineral rights.
❖ However, the Court chose to see royalty as a contractual consideration for enjoyment of mineral rights.
❖ Also, it ruled that States could tax mineralbearing lands under Entry 49, a general power to tax lands.
Article 246 in Constitution of India:
❖ 246. Subject-matter of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States.
1. Notwithstanding anything in clauses (2) and (3), Parliament has exclusive power to make laws with respect
to any of the matters enumerated in List 1 in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the
"Union List").
2. Notwithstanding anything in clause (3), Parliament and subject to clause (1), the Legislature of any State also,
have power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List III in the Seventh Schedule
(in this Constitution referred to as the "Concurrent List").
3. Subject to clauses (1) and (2), the Legislature of any State has exclusive power to make laws for such State or
any part thereof with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List II in the Seventh Schedule (in this
Constitution referred to as the 'State List').
4. Parliament has power to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India not included
in a State notwithstanding that such matter is a matter enumerated in the State List.
Article 254 in Constitution of India:
❖ 254. Inconsistency between laws made by Parliament and laws made by the Legislatures of States.
1. If any provision of a law made by the Legislature of a State is repugnant to any provision of a law made by
Parliament which Parliament is competent to enact, or to any provision of an existing law with respect to one
of the matters enumerated in the Concurrent List, then, subject to the provisions of clause (2), the law
made by Parliament, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislature of such State, or, as the

41
 case may be, the existing law, shall prevail and the law made by the Legislature of the State shall, to the extent
of the repugnancy, be void.
2. Where a law made by the Legislature of a State with respect to one of the matters enumerated in the
Concurrent List contains any provision repugnant to the provisions of an earlier law made by Parliament or an
existing law with respect to that matter, then, the law so made by the Legislature of such State shall, if it has
been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, prevail in that State:
a. Provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent Parliament from enacting at any time any law with
respect to the same matter including a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the law so made by
the Legislature of the State.
❖ 53. Regulation and development of oilfields and mineral oil resources; petroleum and petroleum
products; other liquids and substances declared by Parliament by law to be dangerously inflammable.
❖ 54. Regulation of mines and mineral development to the extent to which such regulation and development
under the control of the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.
❖ 50. Taxes on mineral rights subject to any limitations imposed by Parliament by law relating to mineral
development.
❖ Purpose and Nature:
➢ Royalty: Payment for the use of resources.
➢ Tax: Compulsory contribution to the government.
➢ Example:
✓ Royalty: Coal India Limited (CIL) pays royalty to state governments for extracting coal from mines.
✓ Tax: Every working individual within the income tax bracket pays income tax to the central
government.
❖ Legal Basis:
➢ Royalty: Usually based on contracts or agreements.
➢ Tax: Imposed by the Constitution and specific laws.
➢ Example:
✓ Royalty: ONGC pays royalty to states at pre-decided rates for oil extraction, set according to
agreements.
✓ Tax: GST is a tax imposed through the GST Act, implemented after a constitutional amendment.
❖ Flexibility in Rates:
➢ Royalty: Rates can be adjusted relatively easily.
➢ Tax: Changing rates requires a legislative process.
➢ Example:
✓ Royalty: The Mines Ministry can revise royalty rates, as done for coal royalty rates in 2022.
✓ Tax: Changing income tax slabs or rates requires passing a Finance Bill, usually done in the annual
budget.
❖ Constitutional Status:
➢ Royalty: Not explicitly mentioned in the Constitution.
➢ Tax: Clearly defined and categorized in the Constitution.
➢ Example:
✓ Royalty: Mineral royalty isn't directly mentioned in the Constitution; it's regulated by laws like the
Mines and Minerals Act.
✓ Tax: The 7th Schedule of the Constitution clearly mentions different types of taxes and their
imposition powers (e.g., Entry 82 in Union List for income tax).

42
Collecting Information:
❖ Proponents of fiscal federalism and autonomy will particularly welcome the fact that the judgment opens up a
significant new taxation avenue for the States, and the observation that any dilution of the taxation powers
of the States would adversely affect their ability to deliver welfare schemes and services to the people.
❖ However, Justice B. V. Nagarathna, in her dissent, argues that if the Court did not recognise the central
law as a limitation on the State’s taxation powers, it would have undesirable consequences as States would
enter into an unhealthy competition to derive additional revenue, resulting in an uneven and uncoordinated
spike in the cost of minerals; and purchasers of minerals paying too much, leading to an increase in the
price of industrial products.
❖ Further, the national market may be exploited for arbitrage.
❖ Given these implications, it is possible that the Centre may seek to amend the law to impose explicit
limitations on the States’ taxation power or even prohibit them from imposing a tax on mineral rights.
❖ However, such a move may result in mining activities being left wholly out of the tax net, as the majority
has also held that Parliament lacks the legislative competence to tax mineral rights.
Conclusion:
The Supreme Court's landmark ruling empowers States to tax mineral rights, enhancing fiscal federalism and
state autonomy, but raises concerns about potential economic imbalances and exploitation.

1.25 Recent Legal Issues

Context:
Several legal issues of national and social ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Electoral Bonds Scheme, Right
importance have emerged from the present To Privacy, Right To Information, Bharatiya Nyaya
government's legislative and policy initiatives. Sanhita, 2023, Law Commission Of India (LCI), etc.
Recent Legal Issues: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Necessity for establishing a Legal
❖ The electoral bonds scheme, for instance, Advisory Council (LAC), Economic Advisory Council
was recently held to be unconstitutional (EAC) etc.
by the Supreme Court, for violating the right to information of voters.
❖ The challenge to the scheme was foreseeable.
❖ If the test of proportionality had been conducted, as the Supreme Court had done, before the enforcement of
the scheme to balance the right to privacy of donors with the right to information of voters, the challenge
to the constitutionality of the scheme and the Court verdict could have been avoided.
❖ The transporter strike about the hit-and-run provisions under section 106(2) of the Bharatiya Nyaya
Sanhita, 2023, is also a case in point.
❖ The provision stipulates a penalty of up to 10 years imprisonment where a person involved in an accident
flees without reporting the same to a police officer or magistrate.
❖ It raised concerns among transporters that the law would apply against them disproportionately, regardless
of the actual circumstances.
❖ The nationwide strikes were called off only after the government agreed not to notify the provision until it
was suitably amended.
❖ As many such issues have arisen due to a lack of adequate examination in terms of legal viability and impact
assessments, it becomes prudent to fill the gap.

43
❖ As non-partisan public academic institutions, national law universities are, in particular, equipped with the
requisite expertise, knowledge, and resources to assist the Central and State governments in formulating
constitutionally viable and socially acceptable laws.
❖ Indeed, this was one of the primary objectives with which they were established.
❖ For instance, the National Law University Delhi Act, 2008, states the undertaking of "study and training
projects relating to law, legislation and judicial institutions" as an object.
❖ Regular research references in legislative areas proposed by national law universities to Central and State
governments would enable these governments to fully utilise their investments in academic institutions and
their expertise.
❖ The setting up of the Committee for Reforms in Criminal Laws at the National Law University Delhi by
the Ministry of Home Affairs, and the nomination of one of the authors to the Department of Consumer
Affairs Committee on the development of a framework on the right to repair is a prime example in this
regard.
Anticipating Challenges:
❖ Another idea to anticipate and respond to legal challenges entails the creation of a LAC on the lines of the
EAC to aid and assist the Prime Minister's Office (PMO).
❖ The terms of reference of the LAC could include the legal analysis of issues referred to it by the
Government of India, the analysis of the possible impacts and outcomes of any contemplated law upon
reference by the Prime Minister; and suo motu legal research and analysis on issues of contemporary
importance.
❖ The LAC could comprise legal luminaries, eminent jurists, prominent academicians, and researchers
with specialisations in varied fields which are frequently legislated upon by governments such as criminal
law, trade law, international law, business laws, and taxation laws.
❖ Such a body would differ from the Law Commission of India (LCI).
❖ While the LCI functions under the Ministry of Law and Justice, the LAC would work in conjunction with
the PΜΟ.
❖ The LCI primarily recommends reforms in existing laws, which makes its role reactive, while the LAC
would function to anticipate the impact, challenges, and lacunae in forthcoming laws on which the
government is deliberating and/or finalising legislation or policies.
❖ Furthermore, what highlights the low level of engagement between the government and the LCI is the fact
that despite an abundance of legal issues requiring in-depth research and analysis, only four reports were
prepared by the 22nd Law Commission between 2020 and 2024 upon reference by the Government of India.
❖ The LCI has also been criticised for being ineffective since only 50% of their recommendations to date
have been implemented.
❖ Despite the legal problems in the justice system being pervasive, pressing, and varied, the LCI has on average
produced only 4.19 reports per year from the date of its inception.
❖ The need for a dynamic body that can navigate the complex and diverse legal landscape with relative
swiftness and ease is obvious.
❖ Leveraging the academic potential of national law universities and the creation of a LAC, though not the
only solutions, can help the government navigate legal challenges.
Conclusion:
Establishing a Legal Advisory Council (LAC) and utilizing national law universities' expertise can address legal
challenges more effectively, ensuring well-rounded, constitutionally viable legislation.

44
1.26 Option or Stratagem? On Governors, Powers and Bills
Context:
The manner in which some Governors have ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Governor, Governor's sending
been dealing with legislation passed by the the Bills to the President, writ petition, etc.
State legislatures is a travesty of the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Office of the Governor,
Constitution.
Controversies surrounding Governors’ role, etc.
Option or Stratagem?
❖ After the Supreme Court of India intervened in the case of Punjab and raised questions about the action or
inaction of Governors in Tamil Nadu and Telangana, it was believed that incumbents in Raj Bhavans would
end their deliberate inaction on Bills passed by the Assemblies.
❖ However, it appears that on finding that their supposed discretion to sit indefinitely on the Bills or withhold
assent to them has been significantly curtailed, Governors have taken to the stratagem of sending Bills they
disapprove of to the President for consideration.
❖ When the President refuses assent, based on the advice of the Union government, there is no recourse left
for the State legislatures.
❖ This has given rise to the question whether the provision for reservation of some Bills for the President's
consideration is being misused for subverting federalism.
❖ In other words, the Centre is given a contrived veto over State laws - something not envisaged in the
Constitution.
❖ This is precisely the question that Kerala has raised in its writ petition before the Court, challenging the
Governor's action in sending the Bills to the President and the latter's refusal of assent.
❖ It is now quite an appropriate time for the Court to adjudicate the question and place limitations on the use
of the option given to Governors.
❖ It is worth recalling that in the Punjab case, the Court ruled that Governors do not have a veto over Bills,
and that whenever they withheld assent, they were bound to return the Bills to Assembly; and if the
Assembly adopted the Bills, with or without amendments, they were bound to grant assent.
❖ In the case of Telangana, the Court observed that Governors were expected to act on Bills "as soon as
possible", underscoring that the phrase had significant constitutional content and that constitutional
functionaries would have to bear this in mind.
❖ It is quite surprising that the Governors of West Bengal and Kerala have learnt nothing from these
judgments and observations.
❖ Seven Bills from Kerala that may not normally require the President's assent were sent up to Rashtrapati
Bhavan; four were refused assent without any reason being assigned.
❖ The inaction on these Bills range from 23 to 10 months.
❖ West Bengal has also challenged the inaction on some Bills, a few of which may have been referred to the
President.
❖ The issue transcends the political considerations that may have inspired the action or inaction on the part of
the Governor.
❖ At its core, it concerns the question whether the Constitution permits such indirect central intervention
in the legislative domain of the States.
Conclusion:
The misuse of presidential referral by Governors undermines federalism. The Supreme Court must address this
issue to uphold the Constitution's balance between State and central powers.

45
 2. International Relations
2.1 Nepal And India's Special Relationship - And How It Is Getting Better
Context:
Nepal and India have a unique relationship.
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Nepal Map, BIMSTEC, SAARC
The open border, shared culture, economic
etc.
interdependence and deep-rooted people-to-
people relationship make bilateral ties special. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Nepal and India relationship, etc.
Nepal And India's Special Relationship:
❖ India is Nepal's largest trading partner, the top-source country for tourists, the only supplier of petroleum
products and the largest source of total foreign investment.
❖ India also provides transit for almost all of Nepal's third-country trade and accounts for a significant share
of inward remittances from pensioners, professionals and labourers working in India.
❖ It has always been the first responder during disasters and emergencies in Nepal.
❖ The country, in addition to the immediate rescue and relief package, provided a financial package of $75
million for the development of the recently earthquake-hit areas of Nepal.
❖ On the other hand, Nepal's trade deficit with India is close to 18 per cent of the GDP.
❖ Inadequate infrastructure and high transaction costs (paperwork and approval processes, processing and
settling fees) have made Nepal a high-cost economy.
❖ Nepal and India, unlike before, are now focusing on reducing the trade deficit, initiating and strengthening
cross-border digital financial connectivity to ease trade, tourism, and remittance flows.
❖ This is in addition to other physical connectivities to reduce the cost of doing business and facilitate people-
to-people ties.
❖ The newly-focused partnership has enabled relations to move from strength to strength in the last two years.
❖ Eight high-level visits, including four prime ministerial ones, have re-energised relations. Many agreements
are being implemented.
❖ Immediately after signing a Joint Vision Statement on Power Sector Cooperation, which covers bilateral
cooperation in the production, transmission and cross-border trading of hydropower in 2022, there has
been dramatic progress in electricity cooperation.
❖ The export of electricity from Nepal to India reached around 650 MW in 2023.
❖ The country earned more than Rs 10 billion and the earnings have begun to support reducing the trade
deficit and augmenting foreign exchange earnings.
❖ The volume of exports is expected to increase significantly.
❖ In 2023, another long-term power trade agreement was signed between India and Nepal to export 10,000
megawatts of electricity from Nepal to India in 10 years.
❖ This was essential for Nepal to boost investors' confidence in the hydro sector and ensure returns on their
investment.
❖ These agreements have helped to initiate several new projects by investors from India and Nepal.
❖ Both countries have also initiated significant partnerships in building cross-border transmission lines.
❖ Investment in hydroelectricity production and distribution has overall increased.
❖ They have also helped Nepal initiate the export of hydroelectricity to Bangladesh under a tripartite
agreement between Nepal, India, and Bangladesh.

46
❖ Nepal plans to export 40 MW in 2025, which may increase considerably.
❖ Avenues for a regional grid in the BIMSTEC and SAARC regions to promote, develop and trade renewable
energy, which is the priority of member countries, have also opened up.
❖ These activities will also boost India's economy.
❖ By importing clean energy, India will reduce its reliance on coal and gas, help reduce pollution, and achieve
renewable energy goals.
❖ Last year, Nepal and India decided to establish and enhance digital financial connectivity.
❖ As a result, Indians travelling to Nepal can make payments through their mobile phones.
❖ Nepali people will be allowed to do so shortly after the Nepal government finalises the regulations in this
regard.
❖ This facility will help hassle-free payments to traders, tourists, pilgrims, students, and people who travel to
India for medical treatment.
❖ The soon-to-be operationalised mobile transfer mechanism will help workers in Nepal and India transfer
earnings through formal channels in their respective home countries.
❖ To augment this process, the requirements for opening a bank account by Nepalis in India are also being
simplified.
❖ The process for Nepali residents to obtain an Aadhaar card is straightforward.
❖ Several measures have also been taken in partnership with India to reduce the cost of doing business in
Nepal.
❖ The countries are working on constructing two new petroleum pipelines between Siliguri, India and Jhapa,
Nepal and Amlekhgunj and Chitwan.
❖ The relationship between the two countries is deep, broad and wide.
❖ There are many concerns of the people that need to be addressed.
❖ However, the momentum of partnership and progress of the recent past must be continued.
❖ Established bilateral mechanisms between the two countries to address areas of cooperation and concerns
including boundary issues should be activated.
❖ This will keep the relationship robust.
Conclusion:
India-Nepal relations are strengthening through enhanced trade, energy cooperation, and digital connectivity,
addressing trade deficits and fostering mutual economic growth and regional integration.

2.2 India-UK Innings Back On Track

Context:
❖
Relevancy for Prelims: Location of UK, BREXIT,
India's ties with the UK are at an interesting
Economic and Trade Relations between India and UK,
crossroads. Regardless of the direction taken,
Strategic and Defense Cooperation and other Cooperative
relations seem poised to move in an upward
Areas and Challenges.
trajectory.
❖ Relevancy for Mains: India-UK Relations- Historical
Historical Context and Recent Background, Collaborative Areas, Challenges, and Future
Developments: Prospects.
❖ Long Intertwined Histories: India and the UK have shared a complex historical relationship spanning
centuries.

47
 ➢ In 1947, India was declared independent from
British colonialism.
➢ In 1950, India decided to remain in the
Commonwealth of Nations after becoming a
Republic.
➢ In 2004, the bilateral relationship was upgraded to a
strategic partnership.
➢ In 2010, the relations were elevated to “Enhanced
Partnership for the Future”.
❖ Brexit Impact: The Brexit process initially led to a lack
of attention on bilateral ties between India and the UK.
❖ Post-Brexit Focus: After Brexit, India plays a key role
in the UK's “Global Britain” aspirations.
❖ 2022 Upgrade: Ties were upgraded to Comprehensive
Strategic Partnership in 2022.
Role of Political Dynamics:
❖ UK Elections: General elections are held in
UK (predicted Labour Party to be victory)
❖ Labour Party Shift: Labour Party under
Jeremy Corbyn perceived as antagonistic
towards India.
➢ However, the Labour Party under Keir
Starmer seeks closer relationships with
India and the British Indian community.
❖ British Indian Community: 1.8 million
people contribute over 6% to the British
economy.
Economic and Trade Relations:
❖ Current Trade: Current bilateral trade is
almost £40 billion.
❖ FTA Negotiations: India-UK Free Trade
Agreement (FTA) negotiations aim to double
bilateral trade by 2030.
➢ Benefits for India include textiles, apparel, and gems sectors.
❖ Challenges: India's high tariffs (100-150% on automobiles and scotch whiskies), UK's desire for greater
access to Indian services market, and India's seek for greater mobility for skilled professionals.
Strategic and Defense Cooperation:
❖ Indo-Pacific Tilt: The evolving strategic landscape of the Indo-Pacific has resulted in a British pivot towards
the Indian Ocean.
➢ This is documented in the UK’s Integrated Review Refresh (IR Refresh 2023) strategy that reinforces
the UK’s “Indo-Pacific tilt”, and emphasizes cooperation with “like-minded” partners such as India to
support a rules-based order.

48
❖ Joint Activities: Joint military exercises, enhanced naval interoperability, collaboration in maritime domain
awareness, counterterrorism cooperation, and Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR) activities.
➢ Ajeya Warrior Exercise, Konkan Exercise and Indradhanush Exercise are joint military exercises
between India and UK.
❖ Defense Spending: UK plans to increase defense spending to 2.5% of GDP by 2030.
➢ In 2023, the bilateral relations upgraded to 2+2 mechanism.
Technology and Innovation Cooperation:
❖ Artificial Intelligence: Collaboration in critical areas including Al.
❖ Semiconductors: British firm SRAM & MRAM Technologies pledged Rs 30,000 crore investment in India's
semiconductor ecosystem.
❖ Computing: Cooperation in high- performance computing.
❖ Cyber Security: Enhanced Cyber Partnership and annual Cyber Dialogue
Other Collaboration Areas:
❖ On Climate Action: Both countries are collaborating to strengthen research and design partnerships aimed at
decarbonisation.
❖ On Cybersecurity: Both nations cooperate through an Enhanced Cyber Partnership.
➢ Besides the US, Britain is the only country with whom India holds an annual Cyber Dialogue.
❖ Additionally, fintech, telecom, startups and higher education are important areas.
Geopolitical Considerations:
Issue UK Stance Impact on India-UK Relations
China ❖ Epoch-defining and systemic ❖ Aligns with India's concerns
challenge
India-Russia ties ❖ Different on Ukraine issue ❖ Not significant for bilateral relations
Historical irritants (Pakistan ❖ Gradually marginalizing ❖ Improving overall relationship
and Khalistan issues)
Future Prospects:
❖ Cooperation: Potential for smoother cooperation under new Labour leadership.
❖ Free Trade Agreements (FTA): Both countries are advancing for FTA negotiations.
❖ Global Role: The UK as a P5, G7 and Five Eyes member continues to enjoy outsized global influence, while
India is the world’s fastest-growing economy and most populous country.
Conclusion:
With Brexit finally out of the way, the India-UK partnership has begun to blossom. However, there is uncertainty
about Britain's commitment to Indo-Pacific tilt, and hence requires a collective approach for the Indo-Pacific.
There is also a wide scope to increase cooperation in defense and technology sharing.

2.3 Southeast Asian Countries Looking To Join BRICS

Context:
❖ BRICS is attracting Southeast Asian countries, with Thailand and Malaysia being the latest to express their
interest in joining the bloc.
❖ The bloc has members from all over the world, but none from Southeast Asia yet.

49
About BRICS: ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: BRICS, its members,
❖ Refers: It consists of Brazil, Russia, India, Contribution, Significance, Challenges, Southeast Asian
China, and South Africa, was previously Countries, etc.
known as BRIC before South Africa's ❖ Relevancy for Mains: BRICS and its expansion- Need,
inclusion in 2010. Significance, Challenges, etc.
❖ Formation: The acronym “BRIC” was first introduced in 2001 by Jim O'Neill, to denote the group of
fastest-growing economies that would dominate the world economy by 2050.
➢ The first BRIC Summit was held in 2009 in Russia.
➢ BRICS countries are united by their shared economic potential and their desire to play a more
prominent role in the global economy.
➢ They are united by their common challenges, such as poverty, inequality and climate change.
❖ Goal: To highlight the issues of the global South and to challenge the Western hegemony in the global
system.
❖ Expansion: Last year, BRICS decided to expand its membership, inviting Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi
Arabia and the United Arab Emirates to join the bloc.
➢ The name for the expanded group has not yet been officially announced, but it could be called “BRICS+.”
➢ Other ASEAN Nations: Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia “could be the potential applicants” as they
already have good ties with China, India, and Russia — all key players in BRICS.
✓ In May, Vietnam said that it is closely monitoring the process of BRICS membership expansion.
➢ Last year, there had been speculation that Indonesia, the only G20 country in Southeast Asia that hopes
to complete the accession process with the OECD within three years and could become a BRICS member.
✓ However, it is still weighing the pros and cons of BRICS membership.
❖ Significance: Combined, its members account for about 45% of the world’s population — around 3.5 billion
people.
➢ Economic Significance: According to World Bank data, their economies are worth around $30 trillion
(€28 trillion) — about 28% of the global economy.
Interest of New Members in Joining BRICS:
❖ New entrants view BRICS as an alternative to global bodies viewed as dominated by the traditional Western
powers and hope membership will unlock benefits including development finance, and increased trade and
investment.
❖ Malaysia: The bloc “can help Malaysia’s digital economy grow faster by allowing it to integrate with
countries that have strong digital markets and also take advantage of best practices from other members.
❖ Thailand: The country would also be able to draw investments in important industries including services,
manufacturing, and agriculture.
❖ Apart from BRICS, Thailand has also applied to join the Paris-based Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD), which has 38 mostly Western members.
➢ Thailand is doing a balancing act — one foot with the Western liberal democracy and the other foot
with the emerging economies.
➢ People’s Expectations: As per the various analysts, Thailand's eagerness to join BRICS is based on
domestic justification.
✓ To increase economic growth is their most important foreign policy priority, therefore, joining the
regional bloc is relevant to its people's expectations.

50
 ➢ Participation in new world order: Thailand expects the membership to enhance its participation in
international economic policy and to “create a new world order.
Influence of China:
❖ Both these Southeast Asian nations becoming BRICS members “will enhance their relationship with China.
❖ Influential Trade Ties: Trade ties that Malaysia and Thailand already have with China have influenced their
decisions to join BRICS.
➢ According to official data, China has been Malaysia’s largest trading partner for the past 15 years
and Thailand’s biggest for 11 years.
❖ Favoring Public Sentiments: As per a recent survey by a Singaporean think tank, in Malaysia, public
sentiment is currently more in favor of China, the world’s second-largest economy after the United States.
Concerns for India:
The expansion of the bloc is raising various challenges for India such as:
❖ Member countries' inclination with China and hence will lead to domination of China in the bloc.
❖ Divergence in investment resources of the bloc.
❖ Difficulty in decision-making as less resolution would be passed as receiving consent of many members
would be difficult and time-consuming.
❖ Divergence from the original goal of the bloc as it was formed on the basis of emerging economies as now
anyone could be its part.
About Southeast Asian Countries:
❖ It is composed of eleven countries of impressive diversity in religion, culture and history: Brunei, Burma
(Myanmar), Cambodia, Timor-Leste, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore,
Thailand and Vietnam.

2.4 On The Importance Of The India-Russia Partnership

Context:
With Russia his first choice for a bilateral visit ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Discussion on Bilateral Issue ,
in his third tenure PM Modi breaks a Russia Ukraine War, PM Modi’s Visit etc.
tradition that Indian Prime Ministers travel to ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Significance of PM Modi’s Visit,
neighbouring countries on their first stand- Concerns, Economic Impact During Russia Ukraine War
alone visits in a tenure, indicating the , Russia Ukraine War: Impacts on India , Strong
importance of the India-Russia partnership. Geopolitical Message , etc.
Significance of PM Modi’s Visit:
❖ First Visit Since Ukraine War: 22nd India-Russia Annual Summit is the first Modi-Putin meet since the
Ukraine war.
➢ 21st summit was in Delhi in December 2021, just before Russian President Vladimir Putin launched
“special operations” on Ukraine.
❖ SCO summit in Uzbekistan: Since then, the two leaders have met just once, at the SCO summit in Uzbekistan
➢ Mr. Modi had stated that this was not the “era of war”.
Major Concerns in India-Russia Relations:
❖ Russia’s growing dependence on China: Russia’s growing dependence on China is also a concern for India,
given tensions over the LAC.

51
❖ Fallout on defense deliveries: There are concerns about the fallout on defence deliveries and spares from
Russia.
❖ Sanction from West:
❖ Payment Issues: Russian exporters taking rupee payments are reluctant to use the local currency in Vostro
accounts to invest in equity and bond markets in India as the US dollar remains the most preferred currency
❖ Indian recruitments by the Russian army is another issue
Economic Impact During Russia Ukraine War
❖ Global Inflation in Food and Energy Markets: The war has disrupted global supply chains, particularly
for wheat, oil, and gas, contributing to global inflation and supply chain challenges.
❖ Sanctions and Economic Disruptions: Sanctions against Russia and the damage to Ukraine’s
infrastructure have further strained global economic stability.
❖ Loss to Ukraine: Ukraine’s economic output is now at a fraction of its pre-war levels. In the first year of
the conflict, the country lost 30-35% of GDP leading to largest recession in Ukraine.
➢ Its GDP is projected to grow in 2023, if only by 0.5%.
➢ Poverty in Ukraine has soared from 5.5% of the population to 24.2% in 2022, according to the World
Bank, pushing 7.1 million more people into poverty.
❖ Food Security: Ukraine and Russia were the biggest producers in agriculture and food globally. War
between these nations has caused issues of food security globally.
❖ Loss to Russia: Russia’s economy contracted by 1.2% last year and €300 billion of Russian Central Bank
reserves are blocked in the EU, other G7 countries.
➢ Around €20 billion of assets of more than 1,500 sanctioned persons and entities have been frozen.
Russia Ukraine War: Impacts on India
❖ Shortages of food, fuel and fertilizers: India has been worried about its fallout on defence deliveries and
spares from Russia.
➢ While an attempt to “Make in India” has made headway (Russian assault rifles and the India-Russia
BrahMos missile), concerns over the reliability of supplies and the payments issue will need
discussion.
❖ India’s Balanced Relations: Indian policymakers walked on a diplomatic tightrope in balancing the
relationship with the West and Russia. They did not join the chorus of condemnation of Russia which paid
dividends while evacuating students from Ukraine.
❖ Access to Russian Crude Oil: India’s practical positions highlighting national interest ensured availability
of Russian crude oil and helped contain price shocks.
❖ Growing interest in the Indo-Pacific and the Quad: There has been a growing pivot towards focus on
Indi-Pacific security. This has put India in a strategic position to be a “Net Security Provider”.
❖ Strengthening China-Russia Relations: Closer Russia-China relations becomes a new challenge for
Indian diplomacy.
India’s Balancing act amidst West's Isolation of Russia:
❖ West Isolating Russia: Contrasting with the NATO summit in Washington hosted by U.S. President Biden,
which aims to highlight Russia's isolation with leaders from NATO, Ukraine, and the Indo-Pacific.
❖ India Striking Balance: While Biden focuses on Western unity, Modi has balanced relations by participating
in the G-7 summit, meeting Ukrainian President Zelenskyy, and maintaining India's traditional ties with
Russia.

52
 ➢ This balance is shown by India’s refusal to condemn Russia at the UN and continued engagements
with Russia through groups like the SCO, BRICS, and G-20.
Conclusion:
Prime Minister Modi's visit to Russia will be a focal point of how India leverages its multi-polar and non-aligned
stance to foster dialogue and diplomacy, potentially contributing to resolving the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

2.5 India To Ratify High Seas Treaty: What Is The Agreement —And Its Significance?
Context:
The Indian government on Monday said it ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: High Seas Treaty, Biodiversity
would soon sign and ratify the High Seas Beyond National Jurisdictions (BBNJ), exclusive
Treaty, a new international legal architecture economic zones, UN Convention on Laws of the Seas,
for maintaining the ecological health of the Marine Protected Areas, Kyoto Protocol, etc.
oceans. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Key Provisions of High Seas
India To Ratify High Seas Treaty: Treaty, Potential impacts of High Seas Treaty,
❖ The treaty, negotiated last year, is meant environmental impact assessment (EIA), etc.
for reducing pollution, and for conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and other marine resources
in ocean waters.
❖ High seas are areas outside the national jurisdiction of any country because of which the treaty is also
known as the agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdictions (BBNJ).
❖ It is formally called the Agreement on Conservation and Sustainable Use of Marine Biological Diversity
of Areas Beyond National Jurisdiction.
❖ India, like most other nations, was a party to the nearly 20 years of negotiation that resulted in the finalisation
of the treaty last year.
❖ As such, the decision to sign and ratify the treaty is not unexpected.
❖ Ninety-one countries have already signed the treaty, while eight of them have also ratified it.
Landmark Agreement:
❖ The High Seas Treaty has often been compared with the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change in its
significance and potential impact.
❖ The treaty deals only with oceans that are outside the national jurisdiction of any country.
❖ Typically, national jurisdictions extend up to 200 nautical miles (370 km) from the coastline, an area that is
called exclusive economic zones or EEZs.
❖ Areas outside of EEZs of every country are known as high seas or international waters.
❖ They constitute about 64%, roughly two-thirds, of the total ocean area and are considered global commons.
❖ They belong to no one and everyone enjoys equal rights for navigation, overflight, economic activities,
scientific research, or laying of infrastructure like undersea cables.
❖ But because these belong to no one, high seas are also no one’s responsibility.
❖ As a result, many of these areas suffer from overexploitation of resources, biodiversity loss, pollution,
including dumping of plastics, ocean acidification, and many other problems.
❖ According to UN estimates, about 17 million tonnes of plastics were dumped in the oceans in 2021, and
this was only expected to increase in the coming years.
❖ It is not that there is no international governance mechanism for the oceans.

53
❖ The 1982 UN Convention on Laws of the Seas, or UNCLOS, is a comprehensive international law that lays
down the broad frameworks for legitimate behaviour on, and use of, seas and oceans everywhere.
❖ It defines the rights and duties of nations regarding activities in the oceans, and also addresses issues such
as sovereignty, passage rights, and rights of exclusive economic usages.
❖ Demarcations of territorial waters, and EEZs are a result of UNCLOS.
❖ UNCLOS also sets the general principles for equitable access and usage of ocean resources, and protection
and conservation of biodiversity and marine ecology.
❖ But it doesn’t specify how these objectives have to be achieved.
❖ This is where the High Seas Treaty comes in.
❖ Once it comes into force, this treaty would serve as one of the implementing agreements under the
UNCLOS.
Protection and Access:
❖ The High Seas Treaty seeks to achieve three substantive objectives:
➢ Conservation and protection of marine ecology.
➢ Fair and equitable sharing of benefits from marine genetic resources.
➢ Establishment of the practice of mandatory environmental impact assessments for any activity that is
potentially polluting or damaging to the marine ecosystem.
❖ There is a fourth objective as well, that of capacity building and transfer of marine technologies to
developing countries.
❖ This will help them make full use of the benefits of the oceans while also contributing towards their
conservation.
❖ Protection and conservation of marine ecology is supposed to be achieved through demarcation of Marine
Protected Areas (MPAs), much like the national parks or wildlife reserves.
❖ Activities in MPAs would be regulated, and conservation efforts also taken up.
❖ A few potential areas that may get recognised as MPAs have already been identified, and many more are
expected to be added in due course.
❖ Oceans are home to a very large number of diverse life forms, many of which may be of immense value to
human beings.
❖ These ocean organisms can offer insights into evolution, and some of them might even be useful in drug
discovery, making them commercially lucrative.
❖ The High Seas Treaty seeks to ensure that the benefits from these ocean living resources, either through
scientific research or commercial exploitation, is equally shared amongst all.
❖ The treaty does recognise that there might be costs involved in accessing these resources or their benefits but
makes it clear that there cannot be proprietary rights of any country over these.
❖ The treaty also makes it mandatory to carry out a prior environmental impact assessment (EIA) for any
activity that is potentially polluting or damaging to the marine ecosystems, or to conservation efforts.
❖ The EIAs need to be made public.
❖ An EIA is to be carried out for activities within national jurisdictions as well if the impacts are expected in
the high seas.
Ratification:
❖ Like any other international law, the High Seas Treaty would come into force only when a certain minimum
number of countries ratify, or accede to, it. In the case of this treaty, this number is 60.

54
❖ The treaty would become international law 120 days after the 60th ratification is submitted.
❖ Ratification is the process by which a country agrees to be legally bound to the provisions of an international
law.
❖ This is separate from a mere signing on to an international law.
❖ Signing indicates that a country agrees with the provisions of the international law concerned, and is willing
to abide by it.
❖ But till it ratifies it, the process for which varies from country to country, it is not legally bound to follow
that law.
❖ In countries that have legislative bodies like a parliament, ratification typically requires the consent of the
legislature.
❖ In other countries, it might just need an executive approval or accession. It is possible for a country to sign
on to but not ratify a treaty. In that case, it is not considered a party to the treaty.
❖ The United States, for example, signed the Kyoto Protocol, the predecessor to the Paris Agreement, but it
did not ratify it because its Senate, the upper house of the legislature, did not give its approval.
Conclusion:
India's ratification of the High Seas Treaty highlights global efforts to conserve marine biodiversity, ensure
equitable resource sharing, and enforce environmental impact assessments in international waters.

2.6 France Parliamentary Election 2024

Context:
A loose alliance of left-wing parties has ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: French Constitution, Indian
secured the most seats in the 577-seat National Constitution, Secularism, etc.
Assembly. No group won an absolute
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Similarities and differences
majority, leaving France in political limbo
between Indian Constitution and the French Constitution,
without a clear path to forming a new
etc.
government.
India and France:
Attributes France India
Nature ❖ It has a unitary form of government ❖ India is a Parliamentary form of
and a semi-presidential government. democracy with the President as its
nominal head.
Law Making ❖ The French Parliament lacks dominant ❖ With respect to law-making on the
Power law- making. Central list as per the seventh schedule
❖ The legislature has a list of subjects on where the president has Ordinance
which it should pass legislation, while making power only.
the President makes the law on the rest
of the issues.
Parliament ❖ The French Parliament is bicameral, ❖ Rajya Sabha has Limited power as
consisting of two houses: National compared to Lok Sabha.
Assembly and the Senate. ❖ Only in the case of constitutional
❖ The National Assembly's significantly amendment Rajya Sabha is on an equal
greater powers than the Senate's make footing with Lok Sabha in India.

55
 the French bicameral system an
unequal one.
❖ The Senate cannot be dissolved.
Secularism ❖ Follows the rigid principle of ❖ Indian secularism respects all religions
secularism: The state does not support equally and is the best example of
religious activities but also does not positive secularism.
interfere in private religious practices.
❖ It prohibits any visible religious
symbols in public spaces. This model
leaves no scope for the idea of the state-
supported religious reforms.
Amendment ❖ Both the Houses of Parliament have to ❖ Blend of flexible and rigid. No
pass a resolution by a 3/5th majority. provisions like referendums etc.
❖ So rigid in nature The President may
also choose to refer to the amendment
to the people by referendum.
President ❖ The President is elected for a fixed ❖ No such body in India president's
term (5 years). impeachment follows constitutional
❖ The President shall be elected by an provisions and parliament is a body to
absolute majority of votes polled do so.
(Second Ballot system).
❖ The High Court of Justice will inquire
about the impeachment of the
president.
Prime Minister ❖ The French Prime Minister is an ❖ The real head of the government is the
advisor to the President (concept of prime minister
cohabitation).
❖ Between the two positions, there is a
division of functions rather than a
division of power.
❖ The French President is in charge of
foreign affairs and domestic issues.
❖ The PM, on the other hand, is in charge
of the company's day-to- day
operations.
❖ Local government and domestic.
Judiciary ❖ The High Council of Justice nominates ❖ The higher judiciary employs a
the judges. collegium method for appointing
❖ The President and members of the judges to the higher Judiciary.
judiciary are in charge of this body. ❖ Oath is administered by the president
❖ The President is also referred to as the and the impeachment process completes
"Guardian of the Judiciary." under the oversight of the Parliament.

56
Conclusion:
India and France have distinct political systems, reflecting unique approaches to government structure, law-
making, secularism, amendments, presidential roles, prime ministerial duties, and judicial appointments.

2.7 NATO's China Syndrome

Context:
From being a distant threat, Beijing takes centre ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: North Atlantic Treaty
stage at the 75th anniversary summit of the Organization (NATO), F16 Fighting Falcon, etc.
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Reasons behind NATO's
in Washington. increasing focus on China, etc.
Key Issues at NATO's 75th Anniversary Summit:
❖ Expected Dominant Issues:
➢ US President Joe Biden’s Health.
➢ War in Ukraine.
➢ Israel-Hamas Conflict.
❖ Actual Dominant Issue: China's influence and actions.
➢ Described as a “decisive enabler” of Russia’s war against Ukraine.
➢ Urged to cease all material and political support to Russia’s military.
➢ Concerns highlighted about China’s nuclear arsenal and offensive capabilities in space.
NATO's Response and Actions:
❖ Significant intensification of commitment to Ukraine.
❖ Transfer of US-built F16 “Fighting Falcon” fighter jets to Ukraine from Denmark and the Netherlands.
❖ US Secretary of State Antony Blinken mentioned a “clear and strong bridge for Ukraine’s NATO
membership,” contingent on cessation of hostilities.
China's Response and Actions:
❖ Reaction to NATO Declaration: Beijing’s Statement described the NATO statement as “obvious lies and
smears”.
➢ Asserted that trade flows between Russia and China do not target any third party.
❖ Military Developments: Joint drills with Moscow’s ally Belarus on NATO member Poland’s borders.
➢ First such exercise since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.
❖ Strategic Implications for NATO: Shaping the Conflict. Russia-Ukraine War as Proxy NATO-China
Conflict.
➢ New paradigm for NATO to handle amid critical leadership transition.
❖ Unity and Resilience Test: NATO’s Challenge in handling the new dynamics of the conflict. Ensuring
alliance unity and resilience.
Conclusion:
NATO’s summit underscored China's growing influence in global conflicts, intensifying support for Ukraine and
testing alliance unity amid US political uncertainties and evolving geopolitical dynamics.

57
2.8 Reading the Tea Leaves ahead of China’s Third Plenum
Context:
Commentators in the West have been stating for
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Global Development Initiative
some time that it was time to move beyond the
(GDI), Global Security Initiative (GSI) and Global
rosy vision of a post-Cold War world, as,
Civilization Initiative (GCI), etc.
according to them, Moscow and Beijing (and
❖ Relevancy for Mains: India- China Relations, China's
certain other states aligned with them) could no
economic trajectory, China’s geopolitical aspirations, etc.
longer be expected to become responsible
stakeholders within a rules-based international order.
Reading the tea leaves ahead of China’s Third Plenum:
❖ Against this backdrop, considerable attention is being devoted to the Third Plenum of China’s 20th Party
Congress for signs of a possible thaw.
❖ There is a lingering hope that the plenum, scheduled to be held from July 15-18, might signify a shift in policy
and a change in direction, at least as far as China is concerned.
❖ Pessimism is, nevertheless, rife in the West that China would ever subscribe to the idea that the security of
every country is intimately linked to the security of the other.
❖ Yet, China is well known to spring surprises.
❖ Meantime, a belief exists in the West that China had ‘peaked’ economically following its disastrous ‘Zero
COVID’ policy.
❖ Also, that China’s economy is still in terminal decline.
❖ Hence, the plenum might well pave the way for a change in direction, unlikely though it might look as of
now.
❖ There is, thus, considerable interest, all around, about the eventual outcome of the plenum.
Economic reforms, issues:
❖ The fact that the date of the Third Plenum has been advanced this time — it normally takes place in October
or November of the year following the standard Five Year Party Congress interval — has spurred this
speculation that China is contemplating sweeping reforms to ensure China’s rapid progress in the period
ahead.
❖ Third Plenums typically set the economic strategy for the next five to 10 years, and are generally viewed
as the most crucial Plenum in the Central Committee’s five-year cycle.
❖ Across the world, many still recall that it was at the Third Plenary Session of the 11th Party Congress in
December 1978 that Deng Xiaoping unveiled a whole new range of economic reforms that set China on the
path of economic resurgence.
❖ That China has economic problems is not denied: An ageing population, shrinking workforce, high levels
of debt, and an economy that is still facing problems, notwithstanding the measures that have been put in place.
❖ This has given rise to a great deal of pessimism within China itself about its future.
❖ Hopes are high that the Plenum will come out with certain new guidelines that would at least convey an
impression to the people and the world outside that China’s economy is in good shape.
❖ It has been a long time since any meeting devoted almost entirely to economic reforms has been programmed
by the leaders of China’s Communist Party.
❖ Most outside experts, however, are uncertain whether the plenum would indeed provide China an
opportunity to experiment with new ideas.

58
❖ Further, that the current leadership would do so.
❖ Understandably, China’s ‘Maximum Leader’, Xi Jinping, is hardly in a position to repeat what Deng
Xiaoping said at the plenum in 1978 (which was held after Mao’s demise), that China had been 30% wrong,
though 70% right.
❖ This would amount to an admission of failure on Mr. Xi’s part, which could impact his future.
The view about China’s ‘intentions’:
❖ The West’s drumbeat of allegations against China is, meanwhile, set to continue.
❖ Notwithstanding the outcome of the plenum deliberations, they will convince themselves that China’s ‘gray
zone coercion’ tactics are likely to continue.
❖ Activities such as ‘disinformation’ campaigns, interference in elections in democracies, military
provocations in the seas around China, within and outside the First and Second Island Chains, the threat to
Taiwan and countries in the South and East China Seas will, they claim, remain.
❖ Taiwan would also continue to remain the centrepiece of China’s military and propaganda offensive.
❖ Countries in Asia in particular, may, therefore, need to contend specifically with the threat posed by a mix of
Chinese values, cultural expansionism, and national security paranoia.
❖ China's Global Development Initiative (GDI), Global Security Initiative (GSI) and Global Civilization
Initiative (GCI) well encompass many of China's beliefs, leaving little scope for any adjustment.
❖ Having elevated the issue of national security to the highest level, Mr. Xi in turn sees danger everywhere.
❖ And this increases the paranoia about China's intentions in Asia, as also elsewhere.
❖ China’s approach is, thus, likely to add a great deal of ‘flux’ to an already difficult regional and global
situation.
❖ It could also pose a dilemma for India’s policymakers. For many years now, and more so since 2020, India’s
relations with China have remained under deep strain.
❖ This is not solely due to the tense situation prevailing on the China-India border, but has been the catalyst.
❖ As far as the border is concerned, the Chinese still demonstrate little ‘give’, despite India indicating a
willingness to show more flexibility.
Conclusion:
Considerable speculation surrounds China's upcoming Third Plenum, with hopes for economic reforms and
concerns about persistent geopolitical tensions, particularly in relation to the West and India.

2.9 PM’s Visit to Austria

Context:
Recently, the Prime Minister of India visited
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: NATO, Russia-Ukraine war,
Vienna, Austria.
TUGSAT-1/BRITE, UniBRITE, etc.
Significance of the Visit: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: India- Austria relations, Austrian
❖ Narendra Modi's visit to Vienna is the first neutrality during the Cold War era, etc.
by an Indian Prime Minister since 1983,
when Indira Gandhi traveled to Austria.
❖ This visit highlights Austria's non-NATO status amidst tensions with Russia and Western allies.
❖ Messages Conveyed: During his visit, Modi emphasized India's concern over civilian casualties in
conflicts, including recent events in Ukraine.
➢ He reiterated that war cannot solve problems and underscored the need for peace talks.

59
Key outcomes of visit:
❖ Strengthening Bilateral Relations: The bilateral relation between Austria and India was established in 1949.
➢ Narendra Modi's recent visit to Austria and his discussion with Karl Nehammer on various matters
such as war and its consequences strengthened the bond between two countries again.
❖ Economic and Technological Collaboration: The discussion emphasised on "future-oriented bilateral
sustainable economic and technology partnership" between India and Austria.
➢ It could open new doors for advancement of technology in both the countries.
❖ Stance on Russia-Ukraine war: Two countries have maintained a balanced position on the Russia-Ukraine
war.
❖ Austria and India both support EU sanctions against Russia. At the same time, continue to engage in
commercial ties with Russia, including gas imports.
Austria's Neutrality and Historical Background:
❖ During World War II, Vienna was under Nazi occupation.
❖ It was later divided into four sectors by the US, UK, France, and Soviet Union.
❖ The Allies occupied Austria for a decade after the war ended.
About Austria:
❖ Austria is strategically located between Western Europe and the Eastern bloc.
❖ Vienna is the capital of Austria.
❖ It gained independence in 1955 through the Austrian State Treaty.
❖ The treaty, ratified by four occupying powers, mandated Austria's neutrality, akin to Switzerland's stance.
❖ The country's constitution prohibits joining military alliances or hosting foreign military bases.
India's Role in Austria's Independence:
❖ Austrian Appeal for Sovereignty: In 1952-53, Austria sought Jawaharlal Nehru's assistance to achieve
independence from Allied occupation.
❖ Support at the UN: India was one of the few nations supporting Austria's plea at the UN in 1952,
advocating an end to Allied occupation and restoration of sovereignty.
❖ Nehru's Diplomatic Influence: Nehru's respected stature among Western nations and the Soviets made
him a pivotal figure in Austria's negotiations for independence.
India-Austria Relations: Historical Highlights
❖ India's Cultural Relation with Austria: Indo - austrian culture dates back to the 16th century when
Balthasar Springer travelled from Tyro to India in 1505 with the third Portuguese fleet.
❖ Indology in Austria: This tradition started between 1825-1920.
❖ It is a period known for its distinguished philologists and archaeologists.
❖ Vienna was established as a centre for indology.
❖ The Chair for Indology became an independent Department with new premises after 1955.
❖ Today, it is known as the Institute for South Asian, Tibetan and Buddhist Studies at the University of
Vienna.
❖ Sanskrit teaching: In 1845, Sanskrit teaching started at at Vienna University
❖ Cultural Performances: Indian artists and Austrian artists have performed in each other’s countries. For
example: Recent, Indian artists are:

60
 ➢ Kuchipudi dancers “ Raja and Radha Reddy”,
➢ Martial arts performers - Monish Nayak
➢ Kathak Dance Group, Pt. Bholanath Mishra
➢ Indian vocal music,
➢ Rajasthani folk dance group.
❖ India’s Relation with Austria in Space Sector: Austria's first two satellites were launched by India's PSLV-
C20 from Satish Dhawan Space Centre, Sriharikota.
➢ TUGSAT-1/BRITE.
➢ UniBRITE.
Significance of Austria for India's Economy:
❖ Strong potential for economic partnership: Indian Prime Minister Modi and Austrian Chancellor
Nehammer discussed a "future-oriented bilateral sustainable economic and technology partnership."
➢ This suggests that Austria sees India as a valuable partner for collaboration in various sectors like
infrastructure, renewable energy, e-commerce, and fintech.
❖ Opportunities for Indian businesses: A potential economic partnership with Austria could open doors
for Indian businesses in areas like e-commerce, fintech, and enterprise technology.
➢ These are growing sectors in India, and Austria's expertise could be valuable for Indian companies
looking to expand or improve their offerings.
Conclusion:
Modi's visit to Austria strengthens bilateral ties, fosters economic and technological collaboration, and
underscores shared balanced stances on global issues, notably the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

2.10 The Yuan Challenge: How India-Russia trade gap may threaten Rupee
Internationalisation Efforts
Context:
In a strategic move to curb its burgeoning oil ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Eurasian Economic Union
import bill and reduce dependence on the (EEU), Russia Map, etc.
expensive US dollar, New Delhi aims to
❖ Relevancy for Mains: India-Russia Relations, Yuan
bolster bilateral trade with Moscow to $100
threat to Rupee Internationalisation etc.
billion by 2030.
India-Russia Trade Gap:
❖ However, the dynamics of India-Russia trade have been skewed since the onset of the Ukraine war in 2022.
❖ Russia has rapidly ascended to become India's top oil supplier, but Indian exports to Russia have
struggled, resulting in a $57 billion trade deficit in the bilateral trade worth $66 billion in FY24.
❖ While India has managed to save over $10 billion by importing cheaper Russian oil in the last two years
and has benefited from exporting petroleum products by processing Urals crude, meager exports to Russia
mean that a historic geopolitical opportunity to cut dependence on the expensive US dollar has remained
elusive.
❖ Here is why continued unbalanced trade with Russia could force India to use the Chinese yuan, which runs
counter to its efforts toward internationalising the rupee.

61
Why is the widening trade gap with Russia benefiting the yuan?
❖ Unlike India, China has seized the export opportunities emerging in Russia amid crippling Western
sanctions and a host of Western companies and banks exiting the war economy.
❖ Chinese exports to Russia have actually grown faster than imports of Russian oil.
❖ Chinese customs data shows that shipments to Russia jumped by 47 per cent year-on-year to $111 billion
in 2023, while imports grew by 13 per cent to $129 billion.
❖ The two-way trade crossed a record $240 billion in 2023.
❖ Since trade between the two countries is more balanced compared to India-Russia trade, it has fostered the
use of domestic currency.
❖ The Russian government has stated that 95 per cent of trade between China and Russia occurs in domestic
currency.
❖ As a result, the yuan is the most sought-after currency in the Russian stock market, even more popular than
the powerful US dollar.
❖ Russian oil exports are therefore requesting payments from Indian refineries in Chinese currency, while
the use of the rupee has remained restricted.
How can India internationalise the rupee?
❖ Even as India aims to reduce its dependence on the US dollar, it does not support the yuan as a currency for
settling international trade due to recurrent border tensions with neighboring China.
❖ In July 2022, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issued a circular permitting an additional arrangement for
settling trade using the rupee.
❖ However, the FY23 Economic Survey states that one prerequisite for the emergence of an international
currency is that it "needs to be increasingly used for trade invoicing."
❖ According to the BIS Triennial Central Bank Survey 2022, the US dollar is the dominant vehicle
currency, accounting for 88 percent of global forex turnover, while the rupee accounts for just 1.6 per cent.
❖ The survey indicated that if rupee turnover rises to equal the share of non-US, non-Euro currencies in
global forex turnover (4 per cent), it will be regarded as an international currency.
Why are exports to Russia challenging?
❖ The biggest challenge has been the reluctance of private banks to facilitate trade with Russia due to fears
of Western sanctions.
❖ Most private banks have significant business interests in Western countries and multiple branches that could
face sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) and the US.
❖ To address this, the joint statement following Prime Minister Narendra Modi's visit stressed the need to
"increase Indian exports to Russia" by strengthening industrial cooperation.
❖ Indian exporters are also facing difficulties using the rupee settlement mechanism while trading with Russia.
❖ Exporters initially complained that although the RBI had launched the mechanism, they were unable to use
it due to the absence of a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for banks.
❖ Moreover, the ruble and rupee, unlike the yuan, have experienced considerable volatility, complicating
trade in domestic currency.
How are Russia and India planning to boost trade?
❖ During Modi's visit, both countries decided to eliminate non-tariff and tariff barriers in trade and to initiate
negotiations for a trade deal with the Russia-led Eurasian Economic Union (EEU), which could ease the
flow of Indian products into the EEU.

62
❖ The EEU consists of five member states: Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and Armenia,
representing a $5 trillion economy.
❖ According to the joint statement, India and Russia agreed to cooperate in manufacturing sectors such as
transport engineering, metallurgy, and chemicals.
❖ Russia and India have also planned the implementation of joint projects in priority areas and emphasised
the importance of expanding reciprocal trade flows of industrial products to increase their share in bilateral
trade.
❖ The statement further reflected discussions on the migration and mobility partnership agreement between
the two countries.
Conclusion:
Balancing India-Russia trade is crucial for reducing dependence on the US dollar, internationalising the rupee,
and overcoming challenges posed by Western sanctions and yuan dominance.

2.11 'Big Brother' to 'Brother', a Nepal-India Reset

Context:
Relations between India and Nepal have dipped ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Limpiyadhura-Kalapani
severely since 2015 when Narendra Modi and triangle, Mahakaleshwar Temple, Nepal-India border
Khadga Prasad Oli were both Prime Ministers. map, South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation,
Nepal-India Reset: etc.
❖ There is now opportunity to upgrade the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: India- Nepal Relations, Need to
relationship to 'positive' and 'stable' with reset India- Nepal Relations, etc.
Mr. Modi having reclaimed the top post a third time and as Mr. Oli too comes out on top, in a unique
collaboration between his CPN-UML and the Nepali Congress.
❖ The bilateral turbulence started with adoption of the new Constitution by Nepal's Constituent Assembly in
2015, which New Delhi had wanted reworked.
❖ Some politicians seem to have made promises to Mr. Modi in their New Delhi visits, but in the end they
promulgated the draft unamended.
❖ While perfunctorily pointing the finger at Madhesi activists of the Tarai plains, New Delhi slapped a
devastating blockade on Nepal that lasted nearly six months and generated enough bad blood to last a
generation.
❖ Mr. Oli reacted sharply and on the rebound signed 10 agreements with Beijing, extending from trade,
transit to power and transport.
❖ The two Prime Ministers did meet after the blockade was lifted, but the effervescent Mr. Oli would not hold
back from suggesting that the true historical Ayodhya was within present-day Nepal, or that India's
aggressive bent called for replacing the national motto 'Satyameva Jayate' with 'Singhameva Jayate'.
❖ Following an updated political map published by India in October 2019, Nepal's Constitution was amended
to add the Limpiyadhura-Kalapani triangle to its own map on the northwest.
Power and Prowess:
❖ With his foreign policy and national security teams unchanged, will he mellow or become more adventurous
to make up for the BJP's domestic deceleration?
❖ The two Prime Ministers must use the opportunity of their elevation in Delhi and Kathmandu to clear the
logjam.

63
❖ With his 'Neighbourhood First' initiative battered on all quadrants, Mr. Modi may want to start with policy
corrections on Nepal as the nearest and closest neighbour.
❖ Indian exceptionalism having long preceded Mr. Modi, going back to Jawaharlal Nehru's diktats to
Kathmandu's bickering politicians, New Delhi should have known by now that manufacturing consent in
Nepal is a lost cause.
❖ India's relentless engagement with Nepal's politics and governance goes against the principle of non-
interference that is part of the Panchsheel doctrine.
❖ New Delhi should also understand that a hands- off policy will, ipso facto, lead to a politically stable and
economically energised Nepal, which will in turn benefit India's own national security and the economy of
its Hindi heartland.
❖ Nepal is not the basket-case neighbour as perceived by many in India.
❖ It is the seventh largest remittance-sending country to India, helping provide for livelihoods in its poorest
parts, from Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, all the way to Odisha.
❖ Seen in this light, New Delhi's overbearing attitude seems based on power, not prowess.
Playing the System:
❖ Amidst unrelenting political chaos, the ability of Kathmandu's political class, civil society, the bureaucracy
and even security forces to speak on equal terms with Indian counterparts stands severely eroded.
❖ Over the decades, Nepal's political leadership has had its share of weaklings and quislings, but the worst dip
came in the just-ended prime ministerial run of Pushpa Kamal Dahal ('Prachanda'), the Maoist chieftain,
who early on had disclosed his wish to be "comfortable" for New Delhi.
❖ Returning from an official visit to New Delhi in June 2023, Mr. Dahal conceded that he had refrained from
bringing up issues that would spoil Mr. Modi's mood and "ruin the atmosphere".
❖ During the trip, he failed to raise each and every pending bilateral matter, including air routes for Nepal's
stillborn international airports at Bhairahawa and Pokhara, the festering territorial dispute over
Limpiyadhura-Kalapani, and a report of the Eminent Persons' Group (EPG) collecting dust.
❖ To please the RSS, he and his entourage shed their official attire to don saffron robes at the Mahakaleshwar
Temple in Ujjain, Madhya Pradesh.
❖ Mr. Dahal concluded a power trade agreement that allows New Delhi to refuse import from hydel plants
built with Chinese loans or Chinese contractors under international bidding.
❖ He has allowed the Indian Embassy in Kathmandu to independently disburse grants of up to Nepal rupees
20 crore, a facility not available to any other embassy.
❖ Meanwhile, New Delhi is on a campaign in Kathmandu to persuade delinking Nepal's hydropower from its
water resource, so that bilateral agreements do not require two-thirds ratification by Parliament.
❖ As Mr. Oli takes over the reins in Kathmandu, he must discard the lethal diffidence of his predecessor,
standing up for Nepal and speaking for South Asia.
❖ All bilateral matters that are hanging fire must be brought confidently to the table for airing and resolution.
❖ He must also convince Mr. Modi of the importance of reviving the South Asian Association for Regional
Cooperation, for the sake of a South Asia that holds a fourth of the global population.
❖ New Delhi must understand that while Nepal's friendship with Beijing is non-negotiable, it will never be at
the cost of India.
❖ Nepal cannot afford for it to be otherwise.
❖ Meanwhile, it is incongruous that New Delhi pressures Kathmandu on China-linked hydropower, airports
and airlines even as China emerges as India's largest trading partner.

64
❖ It was Mr. Modi and Mr. Oli who together nominated the eight-member India-Nepal Eminent Persons'
Group back in 2017.
❖ The team finalised its consensus report the following year, whose implementation is expected to lift
bilateral relations towards a transparent, confident and equal partnership.
❖ If Mr. Modi and his team continue to stall on the release of the report, as is the case, informal means have
to be sought to access its content.
❖ Up ahead, the Nepal-India relationship must be calibrated outside the two poles of imperious New Delhi
and subservient, obsequious Kathmandu.
❖ The latter must find its voice, and New Delhi must reflect on how the failed policy of interference in politics
and governance has left Nepal flailing.
A South Asia at Peace:
❖ The 'default setting' of the Nepali state and people is cordiality towards India and Indians, but New Delhi
seems unconvinced.
❖ A continuing 'Himalayan paranoia', with its origins in the 1962 debacle with China, fuels geo- strategic
insecurity in New Delhi think-tanks.
❖ Hence, they are far from considering Nepal as the future connectivity gateway to the Chinese mainland
via railways and roadways breaching the Himalayan rampart.
❖ Nor do New Delhi economists care to note the enormous savings in military expenditure represented by the
very presence of Nepal as a benign buffer along the central stretch of the Himalaya - even more relevant
amidst the ongoing concern over the Indian exchequer's inability to bear military costs and pensions.
❖ The open Nepal-India border is the prototype for a future South Asia at peace, even though New Delhi
analysts constantly harp on the insecurity it represents for India.
❖ In fact, it is Nepal which has suffered, with the Maoists using shelters across the unregulated frontier during
their decade of insurrection against the Nepali state.
❖ Every summer, the Indian media goes to town about Nepal 'releasing' monsoon waters into the Ganga
plain, but there are no significant storage dams in Nepal and the two barrages on the Gandaki and Kosi are
controlled by New Delhi.
❖ 'Nepal studies' does not exist as an academic discipline in India, which is one reason Indian citizens think
of Nepal as a poor, ungrateful and even malevolent neighbour.
❖ It is Kathmandu's job to reach out, erase misconceptions and suggest possibilities.
❖ Exasperated Nepalis would like to see India convert from the 'big brother' avatar to simply being 'brother'.
❖ New Delhi's policymakers can do their part by accepting that Nepal is, after all, a separate country.
Conclusion:
The Nepal-India relationship requires recalibration towards mutual respect and cooperation, moving beyond
past grievances to achieve stability, economic growth, and regional peace.

2.12 Laughter the Best Medicine in Japan: Local Government Passes New Health Law
Context:
The local government in Japan’s Yamagata
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Laughter Promotion Day,
prefecture has introduced an ordinance
Freedom of Expression, etc.
encouraging residents to laugh at least once
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Role of laughter in promoting
daily to promote better physical and mental
physical and mental health, etc.
health.

65
Yamagata's Laughter Ordinance:
❖ Calls on business operators to create a work environment filled with laughter.
❖ Research Basis: Based on research from Yamagata University’s Faculty of Medicine. Links laughter to
improved health and longevity.
❖ Study Findings: A 2020 study in the Journal of Epidemiology observed 17,152 subjects over the age of 40.
Found low frequency of laughter associated with higher all-cause mortality and cardiovascular disease
incidence.
➢ Laughter linked to life enjoyment, positive psychological attitudes, and higher levels of competence,
trust, openness, and conscientiousness.
❖ Laughter Promotion Day: The eighth day of every month designated to promote health through laughter.
❖ No Penalties: Local authorities clarified no penalties for failing to laugh daily.
Criticism and Concerns:
❖ Freedom of Expression: Critics argue that laughter is part of freedom of expression and a fundamental
human right.
❖ Health Considerations: Concerns raised about people with illnesses or other reasons preventing them from
laughing.
Conclusion:
Yamagata's laughter ordinance aims to enhance health and happiness, but faces criticism regarding freedom of
expression and challenges for individuals unable to laugh daily.

2.13 Why are Students Protesting in Bangladesh?

Context:
Protests erupted after a Bangladesh High
Court ruling to reinstate the contentious 30% ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Reservation in government jobs in
quota in government jobs for ‘freedom Bangladesh, etc.
fighters’ and their descendants.
Bangladesh Quota in Government Jobs:
❖ University Shutdown Announcement: Bangladesh will indefinitely shut down all public and private
universities from July 17. This decision follows massive country-wide protests.
❖ Protests and Casualties: Protests have left at least six people dead and over 400 injured.
❖ High Court Ruling:
➢ Protests erupted after the ruling by the Bangladesh High Court.
➢ The ruling reinstated the 30% quota for freedom fighters and their descendants in government jobs.
➢ This quota was previously repealed in 2018 following a massive agitation led by students and teachers.
❖ Sheikh Hasina's Statement: Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina referred to the protestors as ‘razakars’.
➢ ‘Razakars’ is a derogatory Bangla word for ‘traitors’ with significant historical baggage.
A Controversial Quota System:
❖ Government Jobs in Bangladesh: Government jobs are highly coveted for their stability and lucrative
income.
➢ Nearly 400,000 graduates compete annually for around 3,000 positions.

66
❖ Quota System (Until 2018): 56% of government jobs were reserved for various categories:
➢ 30% for family members of 1971 liberation war veterans.
➢ 10% for women.
➢ 10% for people from underdeveloped districts.
➢ 5% for tribal communities.
➢ 1% for persons with disabilities.
➢ Only 44% of openings were available for open admission.
❖ Controversies: The freedom fighters’ quota was seen as favoring those loyal to the Awami League.
Frustrations included:
➢ Special examinations for quota candidates.
➢ Varying age limits for each category.
➢ Vacancies in quota seats despite unemployed eligible candidates on the merit list.
❖ 2018 Protests: Students and teachers protested for four months starting in April 2018. They demanded:
➢ Removal of existing quota conditions.
➢ Reduction of overall reservation to 10%.
❖ Violence and Aftermath: Protests led to clashes with the Bangladesh Chhatra League (BCL) and police.
➢ Following international outcry, Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina announced the removal of all quotas.
Protestor Demands:
❖ Remove discriminatory quotas from all grades.
❖ Limit overall reservation to 5% for backward populations as identified in the constitution.
❖ Pass a bill in parliament to secure these changes.
❖ Specifically, remove the quota for families of freedom fighters, but retain benefits for physically disabled
and tribal people.
Conclusion:
The ongoing protests against the reinstated quota system in Bangladesh highlight deep-rooted frustrations and
demand comprehensive reforms to ensure fair and equitable government job opportunities.

2.14 The Importance Of Both Quad and BRICS

Context:
Quad Foreign Ministers’ meeting in Japan is ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Quad, BRICS, India’s role in the
scheduled to happen in end-July, after a long Quad, AUKUS, etc.
gap of 10 months. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Quad, BRICS, India’s role in the
Backdrop of the meeting: Quad, AUKUS, Balancing by India, India’s role in the
❖ It comes at a time when Quad, Is BRICS a gone story for India etc.
➢ United Nations Security Council (UNSC) is paralysed and its reform nowhere in sight
➢ International law is violated with impunity both in the Ukraine war and in the assault on Gaza by
Israel
➢ An axis of Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran is gaining traction
➢ Chinese influence is growing not just in the Indo-Pacific, but elsewhere too.
❖ Flexible stance of U.S: The U.S. has realised that it needs not just allies, but also credible partners in its
security architecture, including in the Indo-Pacific

67
 ➢ Partnering Non Ally Countries: Reached “across the aisle” to “non-ally” countries like India to
partner with them in smaller pluri-lateral groupings and joint security initiatives.
➢ Security Dilemma: ASEAN countries are getting increasingly vulnerable, with South China Sea
remaining a flashpoint.
❖ Interesting and sometimes contrasting dilemmas for India:
➢ While India is a member of many plurilateral groups on both sides of the geo-strategic “divide”, its
engagement in Quad and with BRICS present the country with interesting, and sometimes contrasting,
dilemmas.
India’s role in the Quad:
❖ Broad Objective of QUAD: While Quad has always had a geopolitical security objective vis-à-vis China,
India’s vision goes beyond this narrow thrust to a much broader redrawing of the security and techno-
economic architecture of the Indo-Pacific region.
❖ Reorient Techno-economic architecture:
➢ Technological Dimension: With Quad now working on reorientation of global supply chains of critical
technologies and on a range of areas of direct strategic relevance to the region, including digital,
telecom, health, power, and semiconductors,
➢ Security Dimension: It has underlined that development too has a security perspective which cannot
be ignored. India, in its turn, has benefited through enhanced bilateral relations with Quad partners,
especially the U.S.
❖ AUKUS Objective was Narrow and Clear: Formation of AUKUS with the U.S., Australia, and the U.K.,
with a view to enhance their military capabilities, especially Australia’s with nuclear submarines, has put
securitisation of the Indo-Pacific region and deterrence of China at the centre.
➢ NATO Focus shifted to Asia: The Ukraine war and enhanced focus on NATO has made the West look
at Asia too through a military lens.
➢ India Reluctant to have an absolute stance: AUKUS may well suit India’s geo-strategic interests,
but India’s reluctance to go the whole nine yards in embracing a purely security vision for Quad is
seen as a dampener,
✓ Indian External Affairs Minister clarified that Quad is not an Asian NATO and India is not a
treaty ally unlike the other three.
❖ Balancing by India: India’s independent policy of close relations with Russia and calling for a diplomatic
solution to the Ukraine war, both of which are frowned upon by the West, do not distract India from
strengthening the Quad.
➢ During India’s presidency of the UNSC in August 202: India held a high-level virtual event on
‘Enhancing Maritime Security’ and attended by Russian President Vladimir Putin.
Is BRICS a gone story for India?
❖ Initially Active Participation: India was an enthusiastic founder of BRICS.
➢ In fact, at the 10th annual summit of the BRICS in 2018 in Johannesburg, South Africa, it was Mr.
Modi who reminded the leaders that
➢ Reformed multilateralism: BRICS was founded to reform the multilateral system and proposed for
the first time his vision of “reformed multilateralism.”
❖ Change in Active Participation: However, India’s participation in BRICS has fluctuated from enthusiastic
to lukewarm.

68
 ➢ BRICS becoming China’s tool to push its narrative: While BRICS’ initiatives such as New
Development Bank and the Contingent Reserve Arrangement have been pioneering, the attempt by
China to use BRICS to grandstand and push its world view on the Global South
❖ India Reluctant to Expansion: India had, consequently, been reluctant to expand BRICS.
❖ Initial Russia Stance: In fact, in 2018, Mr. Putin too underlined his reluctance to expand BRICS by quoting
former South African President Nelson Mandela: “After climbing a great hill, one only finds that there are
many more hills to climb.”
❖ Change in Dynamics: But after Quad and the situation in Ukraine, Russia too realised the potential of
BRICS, which includes pushing back the West, and lined up behind China.
❖ India Accepted: A reluctant India decided to accept BRICS’s expansion rather than opposing it and now
many more countries are reportedly waiting to join.
❖ Way Forward: To counter moves to take BRICS in a direction India does not like, we need to be more
engaged, not less.
➢ With India being the only country common to both Quad and BRICS, the country cannot afford to
downplay one for the other.

2.15 The Geo-Calculus' Of The Moscow Visit

Context:
Two weeks after Prime Minister Narendra ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Shanghai Cooperation
Modi's visit to Russia, his first bilateral trip in Organisation (SCO), North Atlantic Treaty Organization
the third tenure of the government, the dust
(NATO), AUKUS (Australia-U.K.-U.S.), Quad Plus
from the storm it kicked up in the United States countries, etc.
and Europe is only just beginning to settle.
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Principles of strategic autonomy,
Geo-Calculus' Of The Moscow Visit: Non-alignment in international relations, etc.
❖ The evident warmth between Mr. Modi
and the Russian President, Vladimir Putin, drew sharp criticism from the Ukraine President, Volodymyr
Zelenskyy, and also a series of statements from the U.S. State Department, the National Security Adviser
and the U.S. Ambassador to India, expressing disappointment.
❖ New Delhi has asserted its "freedom of choice" but has moved to allay concerns that anything fundamental
has changed in India's worldview as a result of the Russia visit.
❖ It would be a mistake, however, to assume that nothing has indeed changed, purely by examining formal
outcomes. In many ways, Mr. Modi's visit was the message itself.
Assessment of the Conflict in Ukraine:
❖ To begin with, the fact that the Prime Minister decided to travel to Russia two years after the war began,
and not earlier, is significant.
❖ After the Russian invasion of Ukraine, he had decided not to go for an annual India-Russia summit in 2022
and 2023, and the only public messaging revolved around Mr. Modi's "this era is not of war" statement that
he made to Mr. Putin at the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) summit in Uzbekistan in September
2022.
❖ While the war in Ukraine continues, the nature of the conflict has changed, and Mr. Modi's Moscow visit
must be read in the context of how New Delhi sees the progress of the conflict.

69
❖ The Russian army suffered a great toll in the first two years there was a botched offensive on Kyiv; a gross
miscalculation of the resilience of Mr. Zelenskyy and Ukrainian defences; the desperate attempt at a draft
for Russian youth that led many Moscow elites to leave the country; massive military casualties, and
questions over the efficacy of Russian military hardware against the new equipment Ukraine was being
supplied by North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) countries.
❖ However, today, Russia seems to be in a far better place for holding the status quo line over the area in
Ukraine's east that it occupies, and has subsequently folded into its own territory with constitutional
amendments.
❖ As western countries now push for a "peace process", that began with the conference in Switzerland (June
2024), New Delhi seems to have concluded that a frozen conflict is the most likely outcome.
❖ Any change to that status quo could only come from a massive escalation by Ukraine, requiring major new
commitments of men and also military ground and airpower from its western partners.
❖ New Delhi also wagered, even before U.S. President Joe Biden announced that he would bow out of the
U.S. Presidential race, that there is going to be a change in Washington in November - with Mr. Biden's
challenger. the former U.S. President Donald Trump, indicating a reduced commitment to Kyiv in the war,
and less antagonism towards Moscow.
❖ If so, Mr. Modi's visit was an acknowledgement that Russia has already weathered the worst, and that it
would be pointless for India to continue its rupture of the annual summit to the detriment of bilateral ties.
❖ The reference in the India-Russia joint statement, of the conflict "around Ukraine" as opposed to "in
Ukraine", even seems to be a subtle acceptance of Russian claims.
❖ Another reference, showing "appreciation" for peace proposals "in accordance with international law and
on the basis of the UN Charter", suggests common ground between the two countries.
❖ India has refused to criticise Russia for the war so far, with more than 20 abstentions at the United Nations,
including during the latest vote, on July 11 at the UN General Assembly, over a resolution calling on Russia
to cease fire after deadly missile attacks that targeted a children's hospital among other buildings.
❖ Despite meetings with Mr. Zelenskyy and a visit to India by Ukraine Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dmytro
Kuleba, in March this year, New Delhi has hesitated on other requests from Kyiv as well - such as allowing
Indian companies to provide construction, medical devices and telecom infrastructure to the Ukrainian
government, or move beyond its aid of humanitarian items, thereby indicating its unwillingness to invoke
Russian ire.
Keeping Russia from China:
❖ The geopolitical signalling of the visit extends to other spheres: by going to Moscow, days after cancelling
his visit to Astana, Kazakhstan, for the SCO Summit, Mr. Modi showed that he was willing to forego a
joint appearance with Chinese President Xi Jinping, but not with Mr. Putin.
❖ This is the reverse of western messaging, that has been calling on China to reduce its support to Russia,
rather than the other way around.
❖ India's concerns about keeping Russia on-side in the face of continuing tensions with China at the Line of
Actual Control remain a priority, regardless of its partnerships with western countries in the Indo-Pacific.
❖ The U.S.'s actions in the past few years have also given many in New Delhi cause for pause - the Biden
administration has forged AUKUS (Australia-U.K.-U.S.) for nuclear submarines, engaged "Quad Plus"-
countries such as New Zealand, South Korea, Vietnam and the Philippines intensely, and during the
NATO summit in Washington that was held at the same time as the Modi-Putin summit, the U.S. hosted the
"AP-4" or leaders of Australia, New Zealand, South Korea and Japan.

70
❖ With its refusal to make the Quad (India, Japan, Australia, U.S.) a strategic concept, New Delhi stands in
danger of limiting its utility to Indo- Pacific partners compared to these other groups.
❖ It remains to be seen whether the Modi government is able to convince them to infuse new energy into the
Quad on other fronts, with a Quad Foreign Ministers' meeting around the corner, and plans for a possible
Quad summit later this year in New Delhi.
❖ In that sense, the Russia visit was not just an assertion of India's strategic autonomy but also a reminder that
India still has other options.
Geo-Economics Thrust:
❖ Finally, Mr. Modi's Russian journey must be considered in its 'geo-economic' rather than just its 'geopolitical'
context.
❖ Regardless of the outcomes on the battlefield in Ukraine, it is clear that western sanctions against Russia
will remain, and, consequently, so will India's supply of discounted Russian oil as well.
❖ These imports have meant that India-Russia trade ties, that have hovered in the $5 billion-$10 billion range
for decades, grew by 66% to a whopping $65 billion last year; this has grown a further 20% in the first
quarter of 2024.
❖ The spurt is unsustainable unless India develops payment mechanisms for the oil imports.
❖ The Modi-Putin summit took many steps to address that issue, listing action-items in nine specific areas in
a Joint Vision statement on trade by 2030 that appeared to make circumventing western sanctions a priority.
❖ In addition, the joint statement on furthering cooperation in Russia's Far East focuses on increasing energy
(oil and LNG) supplies from Russia, as well as much-needed commodities exports from India, using the yet-
to-be- operationalised Chennai-Vladivostok maritime corridor.
❖ While these will help rationalise the trade imbalance, both sides will also seek mutual investments, of the
kind seen when Rosneft acquired a controlling stake in the Gujarat- based Vadinar refinery (Nayara
Energy), the largest foreign direct investment of its kind in India, at more than $23 billion, according to Mr.
Putin.
❖ In turn, Indian public sector units have bought stakes in Russian oil fields to the tune of $15 billion.
❖ Despite the financial implications, the U.S. and Europe have steered clear of sanctioning any of these
transactions, as they accept Vadinar- processed Russian oil products as "Indian- products", and New Delhi
is surmising that more such deals could be a safe proposition in the future as well.
❖ Russian access to the North Sea trade route around the Arctic region is invaluable as India seeks new
connectivity possibilities to its east - a Trump administration is likely to double down on strictures against
Iran-led connectivity routes such as the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) and the
Chabahar project to India's west.
❖ At a time when military hardware imports, that have been the mainstay of India-Russia ties, are being
reduced due to India's decade-long diversification and Russia's preoccupation with the Ukraine war,
such geo-economic strategies give New Delhi new levers in the bilateral relationship.
❖ While all such calculations could still go awry, depending on how the Ukraine war proceeds, the Russian
economy struggles with sanctions, and the U.S. sets a new course post-elections, the enduring message from
the Moscow visit is the solid bet the Modi government has placed on India- Russia ties.
Conclusion:
PM Modi's Moscow visit underscores India's strategic autonomy, balancing geopolitical, geo-economic
interests, and reaffirming the significance of India-Russia ties amid evolving global dynamics.

71
2.16 A New Push in the Bay of Bengal
Context:
The intent of BIMSTEC member states to ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: BIMSTEC, SAARC, India’s Act
push forth with a bold vision for the region was East and Neighbourhood First policies etc.
evident at the 2nd Foreign Ministers’ Retreat. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: BIMSTEC as a regional grouping,
What is the BIMSTEC Grouping? Significance of BIMSTEC over SAARC for India, etc.
❖ About:
➢ BIMSTEC is a regional organisation comprising 7 member states - Bangladesh, Bhutan, India,
Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Thailand.
➢ It was formed in 1997 with the aim of promoting multifaceted technical and economic cooperation among
the countries of the Bay of Bengal region.
➢ The region covered by BIMSTEC is home to around 1.5 billion people, with a combined GDP of over
USD 3.8 trillion.
❖ Origin:
➢ The sub-regional organisation was established in 1997 with the adoption of the Bangkok Declaration.
➢ Initially consisting of 4 Member States, it was known as 'BIST-EC' (Bangladesh, India, Sri-Lanka and
Thailand Economic Cooperation).
➢ In 1997, it was renamed 'BIMST-EC' after Myanmar joined.
➢ The admission of Nepal and Bhutan in 2004 led to another name change to the 'Bay of Bengal Initiative
for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation' (BIMSTEC).
Strengthening Ties with Eastern Neighbours:
❖ BIMSTEC is the regional organisation devoted to the Bay of Bengal, with a membership of five South
Asian and two Southeast Asian countries, cooperating across seven diverse sectors.
❖ It allows New Delhi to engage multilaterally with the other countries of the Bay of Bengal region, which
are its eastern neighbours and therefore vital for its economic development, security, and foreign policy
imperatives.
❖ India also remains intent on solidifying relations with its eastern neighbours as China’s growing presence in
the Bay of Bengal poses a potential threat to regional stability and New Delhi’s position as a preferred
security partner in these waters.
A New Push in the Bay of Bengal:
❖ India hosted the 2nd BIMSTEC (Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic
Cooperation) Foreign Ministers’ Retreat in New Delhi earlier this month with a focus on providing an
“informal platform to discuss ways and means of cooperating and accelerating action in security,
connectivity, trade, and investment within the Bay of Bengal.”
❖ The retreat was held in preparation for the sixth summit meeting, scheduled for September, in which the
BIMSTEC leaders will meet in person for the first time in the post-pandemic era.
❖ They are also expected to sign the BIMSTEC Agreement on Maritime Transport Cooperation to improve
regional connectivity — a foundational aim of this grouping.

72
 Criteria BIMSTEC SAARC
Established Originated by Bangkok Declaration in Originated by Adoption of Charter by
1997 Members in 1985 in Dhaka
Member Countries Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Myanmar, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan,
Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka
Geographical Focus Interregional (South Asia and South East Regional (South Asia)
Asia)
Intra-Regional Trade Increased around 6% in a decade Around 5% since inception
Key Strengths Connects SAARC countries with ASEAN, Long-standing regional forum, numerous
reasonably friendly relations among agreements signed
members, practical cooperation in 14
sectors
Secretariat Location Dhaka, Bangladesh Kathmandu, Nepal
Leadership Balancing of power with the presence of India perceived as 'Big Brother' by smaller
Thailand and India on the bloc members

Sectors
Bangladesh Trade, Investment and Development
Bhutan Environment & Climate Change
India Security
Sub-sectors: Counter-Terrorism and Transnational Crime, Disaster Management, Energy
Myanmar Agriculture and Food Security
Sub-sectors: Agriculture, Fisheries & Livestock
Nepal People-to-People Contact
Sub-sectors: Culture, Tourism, People-to-People Contact (forums of think tanks, media etc.)
Sri Lanka Science, Technology & Innovation (Sri Lanka)
Sub-sectors: Technology, Health, Human Resource Development
Thailand Connectivity
Two Parts of the Retreat:
❖ The retreat was divided into two parts.
❖ In the first segment, participants assessed the current state of regional cooperation within BIMSTEC,
building on a presentation by India on the implementation of key outcomes of the 1st Retreat.
❖ Multiple ideas were shared by the member states including the establishment of Centers of Excellence in
member states, focusing on Agriculture, Disaster Management, and Maritime Transport.
❖ India announced support for cancer research, treatment, and issuance of e-visas for patients of all
BIMSTEC states, while Sri Lanka proposed the inclusion of kidney disease.
❖ The need for involving the private sector in trade and promoting young entrepreneurs was also highlighted,
as was the importance of connectivity, cyber-security, and countering the trafficking of narcotics and
illegal arms.
❖ In the second session, the expectations of each country from the forthcoming summit were discussed.

73
❖ Sri Lanka underscored the need to map mineral resources found in abundance in the BIMSTEC countries
and create opportunities for the vertical integration of stages of production within specific sectors in the
economies of the countries, enabling them to diversify their production structure.
❖ Bangladesh highlighted the need for cooperation in the Blue Economy and urged member states to ban
fishing during the breeding season to address the problem of depleting catch in the Bay.
❖ Bhutan expounded on the need for collaboration in tourism and cultural exchanges, while Nepal
highlighted its ‘whole of the region’ approach to leverage synergies among member states and transform
BIMSTEC into a results-oriented regional forum.
❖ Thailand underscored the need for cooperation in non-traditional security domains, and Myanmar added
the need to combat online scamming to the list.
❖ These proposals will be presented to the heads of state before the September summit.
Bilateral Merits:
❖ While the retreat was a multilateral milestone for India, it had its bilateral merits too.
❖ Mr. Jaishankar met several of his counterparts on the sidelines.
❖ He shared with Myanmar India’s concerns over the flow of displaced persons, narcotics, and arms across
the border and urged for the return of unlawfully detained Indians.
❖ He also held a meeting with the Bangladesh Foreign Minister, who requested him to ensure the smooth
supply of daily essentials and send a technical team for the Teesta project, signifying another step towards
easing this long-pending concern.
❖ At the end of the retreat, the Foreign Ministers called on Prime Minister Narendra Modi.
❖ This year marks a decade of India’s Act East and Neighbourhood First policies, and the thrust on BIMSTEC
is a manifestation of New Delhi’s efforts to continue nurturing collaborative growth for national and
regional well-being.
❖ Thus, Mr. Jaishankar encouraged future collaborations through new energies, resources, and a renewed
commitment to cooperation.
Conclusion:
BIMSTEC strengthens regional cooperation among seven member states, enhancing economic, security, and
foreign relations, with a focus on connectivity and collaborative growth in the Bay of Bengal.

74
 3. Economy
3.1 Legal Guarantee For MSP Is A Must
Context:
The recent increase in Minimum Support ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Minimum Support Prices
Prices (MSPs) for 14 kharif crops has (MSPs), Agricultural Prices Commission (APC), MS
disappointed protesting farmers and those Swaminathan committee recommendations, etc.
hoping to double farmers' income. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Potential implications of
Legal Guarantee For MSP Is A Must: legalizing MSP, Approach to address farmers' concerns
❖ The announced increase in prices is being etc.
dismissed because it does not consider
the price inflation in various farm inputs that farmers have had to deal with.
❖ The nominal increase in MSP limits farmers' ability to receive fair compensation as it does not
proportionally reflect the rise in input costs.
❖ The hike in paddy MSP from ₹2,183 per quintal to ₹2,300, a difference of only ₹117, reflects an insignificant
increase of around 5 per cent.
❖ This seems unfair to millions of paddy growers as their input costs have increased by over 20 per cent in the
past year.
❖ The MSP announcement seems to be more of a routine seasonal price revision rather than a step towards
doubling farmers' income, as recommended by the government's expert committee report in August 2017.
❖ There is no effective measurement of the progress made towards doubling farmers' income, and the
government has been cautious in legalising the MSP, fearing it could trigger inflation and make agricultural
exports less competitive.
❖ The MSP regime was established in 1965 with the setting up of the Agricultural Prices Commission (APC)
as a form of market intervention to enhance national food security and shield farmers from sharp market
price declines.
❖ Despite objections from market supporters, MSP is not against the principles of free markets; instead, it
helps to minimise extreme market fluctuations and volatility.
❖ The current remuneration for farmers does not align with the MS Swaminathan committee
recommendations, which suggested a cost calculation incorporating total input costs of production plus 50
per cent (the C2 formula).
❖ This formula accounts for paid-out costs, the imputed value of family labour, interest on owned capital
assets, rent for leased-in land, and the rental value of owned land.
❖ The announcement of MSP plus 50 per cent in the 2018 Budget seemed more like a gimmick than a sincere
commitment to the farmers.
❖ Farming in India is becoming increasingly unprofitable due to rising production costs, stagnant yields
caused by soil fertility loss, declining groundwater levels, and the government's corporate- centric approach.
❖ When there is a choice between what consumers pay and what farmers receive, governments tend to
prioritise the interests of profit-making corporations engaged in agri-produce processing, which are already
enjoying legalised MRP (Maximum Retail Price) on their products.
❖ While intermediaries often claim a significant portion of the margin between farm and end-consumer
prices, the corporate-centric approach has significantly impacted the farmers.

75
Obligation on Private Players:
❖ Furthermore, direct compensation must be provided to farmers if they are compelled to sell their produce
below MSP.
❖ The government should reimburse the difference between the MSP and the price the farmers receive.
❖ Finally, the legal guarantee for MSP must be introduced and implemented as Fair and Remunerative Price,
inclusive of labour costs, expenses, fertilizers, irrigation, and interest paid on working capital and ground
rent in case of leased land.
❖ The cost of labour of the farmer or any other person of his family who contributes to agricultural work must
also be factored into the cost of production.
❖ A holistic national agriculture policy, embodied with effective and efficient procurement policy of every
grain as well vegetables and fruits on FRP, is needed.
❖ The FIVE 'Cs' - Conservation of water and soil, Climate change resistance, Cultivation, Consumption,
and Commercial viability - are crucial for the livelihoods of farmers across the country.
Conclusion:
A legal MSP guarantee is essential to ensure fair farmer compensation, considering rising input costs, and should
reflect the comprehensive FRP for sustainable agriculture.

3.2 Women Leaders In Public Finance, Gender-Responsive Budgeting Leads To

Better Gender Outcomes
Context:
Systemic gender inequalities exist despite ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: World Economic Forum's
global gains in human development indicators Global Gap Report 2023, IMF's Gender Strategy 2022,
and economic opportunities. Central Finance Commissions (CFC), Women
Gender-Responsive Budgeting Leads To Reservation Act, 2023, etc.
Better Gender Outcomes: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Potential of Gender responsive
❖ Unequal access to education, health budgeting in addressing gender disparities, etc.
services and legal rights, violence against women and cultural barriers result in unequal opportunities.
❖ For instance, women's labour force participation rate is 25% versus 58% for men and on average, they are
paid 34% lower than men.
❖ Moreover, women are disadvantaged when it comes to digital and financial inclusion, access to social
protection, land and housing.
❖ In fact, the gender gap has become worse after Covid and the World Economic Forum's Global Gap
Report 2023 notes that at current progress, it will take us 131 years to close the gender gap.
❖ Affirmative action in resource allocation is key to correcting historical inequalities.
❖ Gender equality in the distribution of resources has a positive multiplier effect for a country's socio-
economic development goals and governments can play a catalytic role through their planning and
budgeting decisions.
❖ Here, robust Public Finance Management (PFM) systems can ensure that government expenditure
improves public service delivery, speeds up poverty reduction, promotes equal opportunities and achieves
sustainable development goals.
❖ With governments around the world spending one-third of GDP on public services, applying the gender
lens to these spending decisions holds great potential for achieving better gender outcomes.

76
Women in leadership positions can further the agenda:
❖ IMF's Gender Strategy 2022 notes that female leadership and diversity on boards of financial institutions
are associated with greater financial stability.
❖ It also points out that female political leadership is associated with greater infrastructure spending and the
educational attainment of girls.
❖ Research on Indian Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) shows that female political leaders have a positive
impact on female voter turnouts, health and education outcomes, and the aspirations of young girls to take
up leadership roles.
❖ Further, having more women in public administration makes the government more responsible and
accountable to diverse public interests, improves the quality of services delivered, and instils trust amongst
citizens towards it.
❖ Findings from the private sector corroborate that women at all levels of management showed up as better
leaders, more consistently supporting employees and championing diversity, equity and inclusion.
❖ Hence, it is evident that women leaders not only promote other women and their needs but also make
informed and equitable spending decisions.
❖ However, women are under-represented in decision-making roles, particularly in the public finance domain.
❖ Globally, only 11% of countries have women leading the finance ministries.
❖ India is one of the few countries with a woman finance minister but women's representation in public finance
at other levels is inadequate.
❖ Among states, only the Delhi government has a woman finance minister.
❖ Central Finance Commissions (CFC), which are instrumental in resource allocation between 3 tiers of
government, do not have a favourable women representation.
❖ The recently commissioned 16th CFC has one female member out of 5 members.
❖ Only two of the previous six CFCs had women members, with only one-fifth representation.
❖ According to a statistics ministry report, women account for only 22% of the total employees in the Indian
government's finance departments.
❖ Further, an assessment of employees in finance departments across states shows that women held only 27%
of senior positions and only one state had a woman finance department head.
❖ The low representation of women in finance and public finance, in particular, is in sharp contrast with the
available talent pool.
❖ Globally, women represent about 30% of economics graduates and about 50% of business graduates (IMF
2018).
❖ Evidently, there are barriers, independent of educational background, preventing women from joining the
field of finance and advancing to top positions.
❖ The barriers range from systemic ones such as glass walls and glass ceilings, or lapses in the provision of an
inclusive working environment, including childcare services, to barriers such as lack of access to patronage
networks, and inadequate training and mentoring.
❖ We cannot ignore women's representation in politics since elected representatives are key stakeholders in
budget formulation, approval and monitoring.
❖ Female politicians are known to represent the voices of other women and advocate for gender-responsive
policies and resource allocation.
❖ The Women Reservation Act, 2023 is a milestone in guaranteeing the representation of women in Lok Sabha
and state legislative assemblies.

77
❖ But it is limited to one-third of all seats.
❖ One-third of seats in rural and urban local governments are also reserved for women.
❖ In fact, 10 states have increased women's reservations to 50% in PRIs.
❖ Even though equal representation needs to become the norm, we need to move from mere representation
to leadership.
❖ Female political leaders need to be trained to better understand and influence budgeting decisions.
❖ India, with a woman finance minister, has laid the pathway towards ensuring equal representation in the
domain of PFM and raising aspirations of women to take up such roles.
❖ Increased assimilation of qualified women into PFM, having access to a peer network, mentoring and
training opportunities, with a clear leadership trajectory, has the potential to stimulate systemic change
while contributing to improved social and economic development outcomes.
❖ While there is no quick fix to systemic gender inequalities, Gender Responsive Budgeting (GRB) can
serve as an approach and method to close gender gaps in labour force participation, education, and health
outcomes.
❖ India is among 100 countries to have initiated GRB to address gender equality, but its coverage is limited.
❖ Gender equality considerations and related intersectionality are not adequately factored in during the
design, implementation and financing of government planning.
❖ There is a need to mainstream gender in national development goals and strategies by integrating GRB
across all programmes, schemes and departmental budgets across tiers of the government.
❖ And who better to lead this effort than women themselves.
Conclusion:
Promoting gender equality in public finance and leadership is crucial for sustainable development, and
empowering women in these roles can drive systemic change and socio-economic progress.

3.3 Steps To Turnaround Indian Horticulture Sector

Context:
India, while being the second largest producer ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Horticulture Sector, Father of
of fruits and vegetables globally, accounts for a Horticulture, India’s Contribution, Achievements in
mere 2% of global horticulture trade. Horticulture Sector, Challenges faced by the Horticulture
About Horticulture and India’s Sector and Measures Required, etc.
Horticultural Potential: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Horticulture Sector in India-
❖ Refers: Horticulture can be defined as the Significance, Challenges faced by the Horticulture Sector
branch of agriculture concerned with and Measures need to be taken, etc.
intensively cultured plants directly used by people for food, medicinal purposes, or aesthetic gratification.
➢ M. H. Marigowda is considered the father of horticulture in India.
❖ Branches of Horticulture:
➢ Pomology: It refers to the science of fruit crops such as the cultivation of Mango, Litchi, Citrus, etc.
➢ Olericulture: It refers to the science of vegetable crops such as the cultivation of Potato, onion, garlic,
chilly, etc.
➢ Floriculture: It refers to the study of flower crops such as the cultivation of Rose, Jasmine, Carnation,
Aster, etc.

78
❖ Important Producer: India is the second largest producer of fruits and vegetables globally after China.
❖ Importance for India: Given its agricultural potential and ideal climatic zones, India must boost horticultural
production and improve access to nutritious food, harnessing the advantage that horticulture lends itself to our
smallholder farming structure.
Suggested Measures for Improvement in Horticulture Sector:
❖ Embrace the Full Strength of Farmer Producer Organisations (FPOs): FPOs can:
➢ Enable economies of scale
➢ Enhance operational efficiencies
➢ Promote best practices
➢ Connect farmers with (international) buyers
➢ Secure fair prices
➢ Minimize the impact of intermediaries
➢ Build farmers’ capacity to manage modern agriculture’s complexities
➢ Drive consistency in produce such as variety, size and level of maturity which is a prerequisite for
successful processing and trade.
❖ Examples: Purandar Highlands, an FPO started by progressive smallholder farmers in Purandar, near Pune,
is harnessing locally grown figs and has done well in both the domestic as well as international markets.
➢ FPO Sahyadri Farms has developed a comprehensive infrastructure (including an advisory team,
pack-house, cold storage, and technology) to reduce costs and optimize resources.
✓ They mentor farmers in producing quality goods that meet global standards, and in establishing
crop-specific value chains.
❖ Enhancement of Product Quality and Consistency: To meet international standards, India must improve
the quality of products. Following measures need to be taken:
➢ Need to bridge the gap in extension services
➢ Need to ensure that farmers are equipped with the latest agronomic knowledge and sustainable
farming techniques.
✓ Precision farming methods, integrated pest management, and responsible use of crop
protection products can boost yields and maintain quality while minimizing environmental impact.
➢ Strengthening post-harvest infrastructure including storage facilities and processing units.
✓ It is essential for reducing wastage and enhancing the value and marketability of horticulture
produce.
✓ It will also be beneficial to have trade agreements that reduce tariff- and non-tariff barriers that
have impeded Indian exports.
❖ Robust Regulatory Frameworks and Technology: Compliance with international safety and quality
standards is crucial for establishing a strong presence in foreign markets.
➢ Supporting and investing in agri-tech through grants or tax incentives will enable the adoption of
precision agriculture technologies, IoT-based monitoring systems, water management and drones for crop
management.
✓ This will improve productivity, efficiency, and resilience against climate and market variations.
❖ Integrated Logistics and Supply Chain Framework: Effective cold chains are vital for maintaining the
safety and nutritional value of in-transit food products.
➢ Need to focus on pre-cooling facilities, refrigerated transport, and efficient packaging technologies.

79
 ➢ It will enable farmers to adjust the supply based on demand fluctuations.
➢ Government-led programmes such as the Gati Shakti mission, and the Dedicated Freight Corridor of
Indian Railways should combine cold storage and transportation elements with real-time market data
along with a provision to give farmers visibility into market demand, prices, and available logistics
services.
❖ Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs): Affordable and customized insurance products can mitigate the risks
associated with horticulture and encourage farmers to invest in quality improvement and compliance with
export standards.
➢ The Cluster Development Programme (CDP) for horticulture is a good example of a PPP, wherein
the government plays a facilitative role, and private enterprises leverage their operational excellence to
create specialized clusters focused on horticultural crops with export potential.
Conclusion:
India truly has the potential to become a horticulture powerhouse. It can get there with robust, coordinated
efforts and innovative strategies that enable equitable, sustainable growth for the sector and prioritize the
prosperity of farmers.

3.4 Karnataka On Protection Of Gig Workers Rights

Context:
Recently, Karnataka released the Karnataka ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Gig Workers Rights, Gig
Platform-based Gig Workers (Social Economy, Classification, States with Gig Laws in India,
Security and Welfare) Bill, 2024, inviting etc.
public suggestions. If passed, this would make ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Gig Economy, Gig Workers
Karnataka the second Indian state, after Rights, Challenges faced by them, Actions taken to
Rajasthan, with legislation for gig workers.
Protect Them, Gig Laws in States, etc.
About Gig Economy:
❖ Refers: A gig economy is a labor market that relies on independent contractors and freelancers rather
than full-time permanent employees.
❖ Includes: In recent years, the global job market has witnessed a transformative shift with the rise of
‘gigification’ or adoption of the gig model – reshaping how we work. They include the following:
➢ freelancers who get paid per task;
➢ independent contractors who perform work and get paid on a contract-to-contract basis;
➢ project-based workers who get paid by the project;
➢ temporary hires who are employed for a fixed amount of time; and
➢ part-time workers who work less than full-time hours.
❖ Classification of Gig Economy:
➢ Platform-Based: They use online apps or digital platforms to find and perform work, such as ride-hailing,
food delivery, e-commerce, online freelancing, etc.
➢ Non-platform-based gig workers: They work outside the traditional employer-employee relationship,
such as casual wage workers and own-account workers in sectors like construction, domestic work,
agriculture, etc.
❖ Challenges:
➢ Blocking Access to Service: The platform companies, often and arbitrarily terminate their access to the
platform in effect terminating their jobs.

80
 ✓ Since these companies refuse to acknowledge they are employers, this is framed as blocking access
to a service.
➢ Opaqueness: Currently, gig workers have a completely opaque relationship with the platforms, which
monitor the actions of the workers and do not even divulge on what metrics adverse actions are taken.
✓ This provision thus reduces the potential for algorithmic wage discrimination, workplace
harassment, etc.
➢ Nature of Relation: It is argued that platform-based gig work, especially in ride-hailing platforms, is
employment and the platforms are not intermediaries or markets but employers.
✓ Netherlands acknowledges that the drivers and platforms have a “modern employer-employee
relationship” while UK and Spain consider associates “workers” but have not stated that the
employer is the platform.
Significant Provisions of the Karnataka Platform-based Gig Workers (Social Security and Welfare)
Bill, 2024:
❖ Clear Definition: It does provide a clearer definition of gig workers and creates mechanisms for a formal
contract between platform companies and workers.
➢ While continuing to refer to platform companies as “intermediaries”.
➢ This potentially provides an enabling framework to bring platform-based gig work into the regulatory
ambit of labor.
✓ The Rajasthan law neither considers the platform worker an employee nor the platform the
employer but declares a separate category called “gig work”, which it does not define.
❖ For Termination: The Karnataka bill mandates that companies provide notice of termination, with a valid
reason, 14 days in advance.
➢ It is affirming that what the platforms provide is not a mere service that can be arbitrarily withdrawn.
❖ On Access to Information: The Karnataka bill empowers gig workers to request access to information about
work, ratings and personal data.
➢ However, in Rajasthan legislation, algorithmic transparency can be sought only by the state and the
welfare board.
❖ Creation of Grievance Redressal Mechanism: It also creates a grievance redressal mechanism for gig
workers.
❖ On Compensation: It mandates that gig workers must be compensated on at least a weekly basis.
❖ Use of Labour Laws: It also states that gig workers have the right to raise disputes through the Industrial
Disputes Act, 1947, and therefore to make use of existing Indian labor laws and potentially bring them out
of the regulatory lacuna.
❖ Expansion Role of Welfare Board: It includes open consultation with gig worker associations and
empowers the board to make social security schemes for women and people with disabilities.
➢ Thus, it accepts the socialized nature of platform-based gig work instead of an atomised transaction
between a service provider and an “associate”, hopefully enabling further future deliberations on the
impact of platformization on society.
Challenges that Need to be Tackled:
❖ Not Extensive Details: The exact details of what this contract will look like and what aspects of state and
central labor laws will apply to it remain unanswered.

81
❖ Termination Conditions: Since the details of the contract will be worked out when the rules are created, at
this stage, it is difficult to ascertain to what extent the legislation will be able to prevent unfair terminations.
❖ On Grievance Redressal Mechanism: Grievances can only be raised about provisions of the draft bill and
thereby stop short of providing gig workers the ability to file grievances about the amount of compensation
provided or other forms of exploitation at the hands of companies and customers that are not explicitly covered
by the bill.
Conclusion:
The draft bill brings collective bargaining for gig workers back on the agenda and reflects the impact of the
growing strength of gig worker unions in India. For platform-based gig workers, this draft is a promising
development, though the recognition of gig work as employment remains to be won.

3.5 Buffer Stock For Essential Food Items

Context:
To stabilize food prices by reducing extreme ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Buffer Stock, Need for
fluctuations caused by supply shocks from Government-Controlled Buffer Stock for Food in India,
events like climate change or pandemics, etc.
creation of a government-controlled buffer
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Buffer Stock, Need for
stock of essential food items like pulses,
Government-Controlled Buffer Stock for Food Security
oilseeds, and vegetables is required.
in India- Significance and Challenges, Required
About Buffer Stock: Measures, etc.
❖ Refers: An excess stock of goods or
commodities than what is required for a specific purpose.
❖ Introduced in: The concept of buffer stock was first introduced during the 4th Five Year Plan (1969-74).
Need for Government-Controlled Buffer Stock for Food in India:
❖ To Stabilize Prices: Similar to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), which maintains foreign exchange reserves
to ensure no “excessive volatility”, the government must consider building a buffer stock of essential foods
like pulses, oilseeds and vegetables to help control price volatility.
➢ It is significant for both consumers and producers.
❖ To Control Inflation: The government did undertake such open market sales of wheat and chana from
its previously accumulated stocks, which helped moderate cereal and pulses inflation.
❖ Low Fiscal Cost: Stocked commodities, such as potato, onion, and tomato (which can be stored in dehydrated
forms like flakes, paste, and puree), are disposed of at near-market rates during scarcity/inflationary periods.
❖ To Manage Supply Shocks: Supply shocks whether induced by climate, war or pandemic engender very
large price spikes. Farmers respond by massively ramping up production that, in turn, leads to steep price
declines.
➢ Climate-induced disruptions, such as fewer rainy days and extended dry spells, also shorter winters and
heat waves have been felt in poor crops of rabi pulses, tomato, potato and even wheat in central India.
❖ To Support Farmers: Creating buffer stocks will protect farmers from drastic price drops and provide
them with a sense of security.
➢ Example: Decline in slashed procurement prices for cow milk from by dairies to farmers from Rs
37-38 per liter (in February-March of last year) to Rs 26-27 because of Skimmed Milk Powder (SMP)
realizations crashing (from Rs 315-320 to Rs 200-210 per kg) discourages dairies from procuring and
farmers from feeding their animals properly.

82
 ➢ It could be a precursor to milk shortages and inflation next year.
❖ No Need For Regressive Actions: A buffer stocking policy in food items will also do away with the need for
regressive anti-farmer measures such as banning exports or imposing stock limits on private traders and
processors.
Measures Required:
❖ There is a need to take appropriate measures:
➢ Need to provide adequate infrastructure such as cold storages and cold storage vans
➢ Need to tackle the challenge of corruption
➢ Need to maintain the quality assurance
Conclusion:
Creating a buffer stock of essential food items procuring from farmers/processors during years of surplus
production and offloading the same in times of crop failures can help in combating extreme price fluctuations
and in eliminating restrictive measures that could lead to economic stability and efficiency.

3.6 The Shape of Manufacturing 3.0 for Modi 3.0

Context:
The newly formed coalition government in ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Manufacturing Sector in India,
India must redouble its efforts on economic Associated Government Schemes, Muslin, Make in India,
reforms, particularly related to manufacturing. etc.
About Manufacturing Sector in India: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Manufacturing Sector in India-
❖ Refers: The manufacturing sector consists India’s Contribution and Statistics, Significance,
of establishments that are involved in Challenges, Actions Taken and Measures Need to be
the mechanical, physical or chemical Taken, etc.
transformations of materials, substances or components to make them into new and finished products.
❖ Historical Background: Before British colonization, India had a thriving and self-sufficient industrial
sector, with industries such as textiles, cotton, silk, and handicrafts.
➢ India was famous worldwide to produce muslin, a very fine variety of cotton cloth.
❖ The Statistics: As per World Bank data, manufacturing is in relative decline, making up only 13% of the
GDP in 2022.
➢ This compares unfavorably to markets such as Vietnam (25%), Bangladesh (22%), Malaysia (23%),
Indonesia (18%), Mexico (21%), and China (28%).
➢ Target: In 2014, the government committed to increase manufacturing as a percent of gross domestic
product (GDP) from 15% up to 25% by 2025.
➢ Action Taken: Some significant economic reforms that should have helped to attain the target, most
notably the approval of the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in 2017, which largely unified India’s State-
level tax codes.
✓ By GST, logistic costs are reduced by 10-12%.
✓ Unification of Labour Laws
✓ Make in India 2.0
✓ PLI schemes
✓ Liberalised Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)
✓ Start-up India

83
 ✓ Atmanirbhar Bharat Campaign
✓ Special Economic Zones
✓ MSME Innovative Scheme
✓ Ease of Doing Business
❖ Decline in the Sector: India’s continued urbanization resulted in hundreds of millions of agriculture workers
relocating to cities to find formal employment in the coming decades.
➢ A failure to generate low-skilled employment could push staggering stress on India’s governance
structures.
Reasons to Improve Manufacturing Base in India:
❖ Powerful Domestic Compulsions: India has a massive employment-creation requirement. About half of
Indian labor remains mired in low-productivity agriculture.
➢ If India’s attempts to enact major farming reforms are successful, there could be a fast, massive transition
of employment out of agriculture.
❖ Maintenance of Goods Trade Deficit: Despite a perception that India is “anti-trade”, India had a little over
$1 trillion in goods trade in the last 12 months and a $250 billion deficit during that period.
➢ Imported Items: Hydrocarbons account for over one-quarter of India’s imports and manufactured goods
such as electronics are a substantial component.
➢ Less Employers: Even though the services sector creates substantial economic output, it employs
relatively few workers.
✓ When India enjoys a large surplus in services trade about $160 billion surplus in the last 12 months
on $518 billion in total services trade.
➢ Others: To boost economic growth, to excel in the defense sector self-reliance, etc.
Role and Stake of United States in India’s Manufacturing Sector:
❖ Improvement in Attractiveness: The U.S. can play a modest but meaningful role in improving the business
attractiveness of Indian States.
❖ This may include:
➢ expanding engagement with Indian States to provide direct guidance on effective economic
governance.
➢ to improve pathways for potential investors to engage with State governments.
❖ Emerging Role in Regional Security: Improvements to the industrial base will have direct and indirect effects
on the ability to underwrite its emerging role in regional security which is increasingly important given China’s
rising aggression.
❖ A Manufacturing Base: Having this manufacturing base in friendly countries improves the viability of U.S.
supply chains.
Challenges faced by India:
❖ States and Their Business Environments: The rankings of States’ business environments called the
“Business Reforms Action Plan (BRAP)”, has not been updated since the COVID-19 pandemic.
➢ It is also considered weak as it focused on States’ self-reporting on their local business practices which
was often at odds with actual investor experiences.
❖ States Consent: The central government’s plan to help craft model industry laws for States to consider
has been underwhelming.
➢ Getting all States to focus on thoughtful, transparent industrial policies is a difficult task.

84
Measures Need to be Taken by India:
❖ Policy Attention: Most factors of production such as electric power, water, sanitation, labor regulations, land
acquisition rules, and environment regulations are primarily controlled by India’s State governments.
➢ Hence, the Indian government needs to provide a much higher degree of policy attention.
❖ Emphasis on Job-Creation: The government should also consider putting stronger emphasis on job-creating
manufacturing sectors such as textiles, paper mills, and furniture, instead of pushing almost exclusively for
investments in capital-intensive sectors such as semiconductors and robotics.
❖ Go beyond Delhi-Mumbai-Bengaluru Circuit: Senior U.S. officials visiting India must commit to engaging
a wider set of large States on the importance and opportunity from the current evolution of global supply
chains.
❖ Need for more Investment and Research and Development: It is the need of the hour to tackle issues
associated with the manufacturing sector in India and achieve the desired results.
Conclusion:
India’s national election provided an opportunity to assess and redirect policy. But India’s core needs behind
the current manufacturing push — jobs, trade, and security — will not change. More work needs to be done
to attain desired results, especially at the State level in India, for “Make in India” to further accelerate.

3.7 Deregulation of Non-Subsidized Fertilisers

Context:
With an unconducive environment for price ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Maximum Retail Price (MRP),
decontrol of urea, DAP and other politically- Nutrient Based Subsidy (NBS) Scheme, etc.
sensitive nutrients, the focus may now be on
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Potential benefits and drawbacks
expanding the market for non-subsidised
of deregulation of non-subsidised fertilizers, etc.
fertiliser products through easing of
registration requirements
About Fertiliser Subsidy:
❖ The government pays a subsidy to fertiliser producers to allow farmers to buy fertilisers at below- market
rates.
❖ The difference between the cost of production/import of a fertiliser and the actual amount paid by farmers
is the subsidy portion borne by the government.
Subsidy on Urea:
❖ In India, urea is the most produced, imported, consumed and physically regulated fertiliser of all. It is
subsidised only for agricultural uses.
❖ The Centre pays a subsidy on urea to fertiliser manufacturers on the basis of cost of production at each plant
and the units are required to sell the fertiliser at the government-set Maximum Retail Price (MRP).
❖ The MRP of urea is currently fixed at Rs 5,628 per tonne.
Subsidy on Non-Urea Fertilisers:
❖ The MRPs of non-urea fertilisers are decontrolled or fixed by the companies.
❖ But the government has, in recent times, and especially with the global price surge post the Russia-Ukraine
war, brought these fertilisers under the control regime.
❖ All Non-Urea based fertilisers are regulated under Nutrient Based Subsidy (NBS) Scheme.

85
❖ Examples of non-urea fertilisers - DAP and MOP.
❖ Companies do not sell DAP at more than Rs 27,000 per tonne.
About Non-Subsidised Fertiliser:
❖ Non-subsidized fertilisers are sold at market prices without any government financial assistance or subsidy.
❖ Farmers purchasing non-subsidized fertilisers pay the full market rate without discounted prices provided
by the government.
❖ The cost of non-subsidized fertilisers can vary based on market conditions, including supply, demand, and
international pricing trends.
❖ Governments often subsidise fertilisers to make them more affordable for farmers, aiming to support
agricultural productivity and food security.
❖ Deregulating non-subsidized fertilisers: It refers to removing government controls or regulations that
affect the pricing, distribution, or sale of fertilisers without subsidies.
❖ Key points about deregulating non-subsidized fertilisers:
➢ Market-driven pricing: Without government intervention, prices of non-subsidized fertilizers are
determined by market forces such as supply, demand, and competition.
➢ Increased competition: Deregulation can lead to a more competitive market as companies may freely
enter the market to offer fertilizers, potentially driving down prices.
❖ Reduced government expenditure: Governments can save on subsidy costs associated with fertilizers,
which may be redirected to other agricultural or developmental initiatives.
❖ Impact on farmers: Farmers may experience fluctuations in fertilizer prices depending on market
conditions, impacting their cost of production and profitability.
❖ Potential benefits: Deregulation can encourage innovation in fertilizer technologies and distribution
methods, potentially improving efficiency and availability.
Why Deregulate Non-Subsidised Fertilizers in India?
❖ Subsidy Burden:
➢ The Government of India spends a significant amount on fertilizer subsidies (₹ 163,999.80 crore
budgeted for 2024-25).
➢ However, the subsidy burden is decreasing due to falling global fertilizer prices.
❖ Slow Registration Process for New Fertilizers:
➢ Registering a new fertilizer product in India is a slow process, taking an average of 804 days.
➢ This is significantly longer compared to other countries (e.g., 30 days in the European Union).
➢ The lengthy process hinders the introduction of innovative fertilizers for Indian farmers.
Drawbacks of Deregulation Of Non-Subsidized Fertilizers:
❖ Impact on small farmers: Non subsidized fertilizers are expensive, its deregulation can impact small
farmers negatively, leading to a wider gap between large and small scale agriculture.
❖ Limited benefit for staple crops: Farmers use fertilizers for staple crops the most. These crops are not very
profitable due to which farmers might be hesitant to use expensive fertilizers.
❖ Information asymmetry and potential misuse: Deregulation can lead to a wider range of fertilizer options
available to farmers. Therefore, there is a need for proper guidance and education to farmers.
Staple Crops:
Stable crops, also known as staple crops, are agricultural products that form the foundation of a typical diet in a
given population. They are called "stable" or "staple" because they are:

86
❖ Consistently consumed: They are eaten regularly and form a large part of people's daily caloric intake.
❖ Widely available: They are produced in large quantities and are generally affordable.
❖ Long shelf life: Many staple crops can be stored for extended periods without spoiling.
❖ Nutritionally important: They often provide a significant source of energy (carbohydrates) and other
essential nutrients.
❖ Culturally significant: They are often deeply ingrained in the culinary traditions of a region.
❖ Economically important: They play a crucial role in agricultural economies.
Recommendations for Improvement:
❖ Government should allow automatic registration for new products meeting:
➢ Minimum content of total plant nutrients.
➢ Maximum limit of heavy metals and other contaminants.
➢ This approach is used by most advanced countries without requiring agronomic or bio-efficacy trials.
❖ Automatic Registration for Water-Soluble Fertilizers (WSF): In October 2015, the Modi government
issued guidelines for WSF commercialisation.
➢ WSFs must be 100% water-soluble and can be applied through drip irrigation or spraying.
➢ Specifications for WSFs:
✓ Minimum 30% total nutrient content (25% primary nutrients NPK).
✓ Balance of secondary (S, calcium, magnesium) and micro-nutrients (zinc, boron, manganese,
iron, copper, molybdenum).
✓ Maximum limits for contaminants (lead, cadmium, arsenic, total chloride, and sodium).
➢ Companies can market WSFs meeting these standards after notifying authorities 30 days in advance.
Benefits of the WSF Model for Fertilisers:
❖ The WSF model offers several advantages for both farmers and fertiliser companies:
❖ Faster access to innovative products: Unlike traditional fertilisers, WSFs don't require lengthy
registration processes. Companies can launch new WSF products after informing the government,
allowing farmers quicker access to the latest advancements in crop nutrition.
❖ Improved nutrient uptake: Plants absorb nutrients from WSFs more efficiently compared to traditional
field-applied fertilisers. This translates to better crop yields and potentially less fertiliser waste.
❖ Targeted nutrient delivery: WSFs come in various formulations, allowing farmers to choose fertilisers that
meet the specific needs of their crops at different stages of growth.
❖ Reduced environmental impact: Because of the higher nutrient uptake, WSFs can potentially lead to less
fertiliser runoff, which can contribute to water pollution.
❖ More options for high-value crops: WSFs are particularly well-suited for high-value crops like fruits and
vegetables, offering farmers a wider range of fertiliser options to maximise their harvest
Challenges of the WSF Model:
❖ Higher cost: WSF fertilisers are more expensive than traditional options due to their higher solubility and
specific ingredients.
➢ This may limit their adoption by some farmers, particularly those cultivating staple crops with lower
profit margins.
❖ Mixing and application: Unlike liquid fertilisers that come pre-dissolved, WSFs are typically sold in crystal
form requiring mixing with water before application.

87
 ➢ This adds an extra step to the application process for farmers.
❖ Limited scope: The current proposal only focuses on deregulating non-subsidized fertilizers. Deregulating
heavily subsidised fertilisers like urea is a complex political issue that is not addressed by the WSF model.
Conclusion:
Deregulating non-subsidized fertilizers can reduce government expenditure and expedite access to innovative
products but may adversely affect small farmers and staple crop cultivation.

3.8 The Synergy between Culture and Economy

Context:
Culture and economy are deeply intertwined, ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Maitri Cultural Economy
each influencing and enhancing the other. This Summit 2024, Kumbh Mela, etc.
can lead to sustainable economic progress. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Interrelationship between culture
Synergy between Culture and Economy: and economy, etc.
❖ This synergy can be observed through various lenses, from local community impacts to global economic
trends.
❖ Cultural assets such as traditions, arts, and heritage sites can drive economic growth.
❖ Cities with rich cultural histories often attract tourism, which stimulates local businesses and generates
revenue.
❖ For example, the cultural heritage of cities like Paris and Rome makes them top tourist destinations,
contributing significantly to their economies.
Brace for stronger inflation and possibly weaker central banks:
❖ The creative sector, including music, film, fashion, and design, is a major economic driver.
❖ These industries not only create jobs and generate income but also foster innovation and attract investments.
❖ The global success of Hollywood and the fashion industry in Milan and New York are prime examples of
how culture fuels economic activity.
❖ Governments often implement cultural policies to boost economic development.
❖ By investing in cultural infrastructure such as museums, theatres, and festivals, they create vibrant
communities that attract residents, businesses, and tourists.
❖ These investments can lead to urban regeneration and increased property values.
❖ A culturally diverse workforce brings various perspectives and skills, fostering creativity and problem-
solving.
❖ This diversity can enhance a company's ability to innovate and adapt to changing markets, making
economies more resilient to shocks.
❖ Cultural education enhances human capital by fostering critical thinking, creativity, and communication
skills.
❖ These qualities are essential in the modern economy, where knowledge and innovation are key drivers of
success.
❖ Investing in cultural education can thus contribute to a more skilled and adaptable workforce.
❖ Maitreya Dadashri, the force behind the summit also shared this vision, "The synergy between culture and
economy forms the foundation of sustainable development.
❖ We envision a future where spiritual and economic prosperity evolve hand in hand," he said.

88
❖ Countries and cities often use culture to brand themselves and build soft power.
❖ Cultural diplomacy, through international cultural events, exchanges, and collaborations, can enhance a
nation's global image and influence, attracting foreign investment and tourism.
❖ Law and Justice Minister Arjun Ram Meghwal echoed this sentiment at the Maitri Cultural Economy
Summit 2024.
❖ "The Modi government has been dedicated to nurturing culture to harness its economic potential," he said.
❖ He emphasised that India's cultural economy is deeply rooted in the ancient wisdom of the Vedas and
Puranas, making it an intrinsic part of the nation's identity.
❖ Cultural tourism in cities like Ayodhya, Varanasi, and Puri, along with major events such as the Kumbh
Mela, play a significant role in contributing to the GDP.
❖ In conclusion, the synergy between culture and economy is a powerful combo that drives both societal and
economic progress.
❖ By recognizing and fostering this relationship, policymakers, businesses, and communities can harness
cultural assets to achieve sustainable economic growth and development.
❖ This was aptly summed up by Union Minister Nitin Gadkari when he said that importance of cultural
economic governance must be the cornerstone of our policies.
❖ Globalisation has increased cultural exchange, leading to the spread of ideas, goods, and services across
borders.
❖ This cultural exchange can open new markets for businesses and create opportunities for economic
partnerships.
❖ For instance, the global popularity of K-pop and Japanese anime has created vast economic opportunities
for South Korea and Japan.
Conclusion:
The synergy between culture and economy fosters sustainable growth, innovation, and resilience, driving
societal and economic progress through cultural assets and diverse, skilled workforces.

3.9 Choosing The Right Track To Cut Post-Harvest Losses

Context:
India ranks second in global agriculture ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Perishable Commodity, Kisan
production, but its share in global agricultural Rail, Kisan Rail scheme, etc.
exports is only 2.4%, placing it eighth in the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Challenge for India's agricultural
world. sector, Economic and social implications of agricultural
Choosing The Right Track To Cut Post- losses, etc.
Harvest Losses:
❖ This is attributed to several factors that include low productivity, an inability to meet desired quality
standards and inefficiencies in the supply chain such as an inadequate transportation network and
infrastructure, which also leads to significant post-harvest losses.
❖ India’s post-harvest losses amount to approximately ₹1,52,790 crore annually, according to a Ministry of
Food Processing Industries 2022 study.
❖ As India’s population continues to grow, the challenge of meeting the food and nutrition demand of its
people will continue to intensify.
❖ While growing more food is part of the solution, the prevention of post-harvest losses is crucial.

89
Post-Harvest Losses:
❖ Post-harvest losses, in simple terms, refer to the amount of food that is lost or wasted after the crop has been
harvested but before it reaches the consumer.
❖ These losses occur during various stages:
➢ Handling: When crops are damaged during picking, sorting, or packing.
➢ Storage: When food spoils or is eaten by pests in warehouses or silos.
➢ Transportation: When produce is damaged or spoils while being moved from farms to markets.
➢ Processing: When edible parts are discarded during activities like milling or canning.
➢ Distribution: When food spoils or is damaged in shops, supermarkets, or other points
Perishable Commodity:
❖ A perishable commodity is any product that can spoil, decay, or become unsafe to consume if not stored
properly or used within a short time.
❖ These items have a limited shelf life and typically need refrigeration or special handling to stay fresh.
❖ Examples Include:
➢ Fresh fruits and vegetables
➢ Dairy products
➢ Meat and fish
➢ Eggs
➢ Cut flowers.
A Closer Look At India’s Post-Harvest Loss:
❖ The biggest loss is from perishable commodities, which include livestock produce such as eggs, fish and
meat (22%), fruits (19%) and vegetables (18%).
❖ During the export of perishables, approximately 19% of food is lost, particularly at the importcountry (trade
partner) stage.
❖ Storage, transportation and marketing play a critical role in ensuring that perishable products reach the
consumer in time.
❖ The strengthening of agri-logistics is recognisedas a priority by the Committee on Doubling Farmer’s Income
(DFI).
❖ There are multiple logistical requirements in a single supply chain.
❖ Starting with first mile transport from farmgate to mandi (wholesale/retail), long haul or wholesale
transportation by rail, road, water or air, and last mile transportation to the consumer.
❖ The trade of perishables faces a time shortage once the crop is harvested.
❖ The latest agriculture Census shows that 86% of farmers in India are small and marginal (SMF).
❖ They struggle to attain economy of scale due to the small production.
❖ Together with a lack of assured market connectivity, this results in post-harvest losses, which includes
income losses for the farmers.
❖ In India, food price volatility has been caused partly by supply constraints affecting perishable produce.
❖ As in a NITI Aayog report, the revenue of the Indian Railways is primarily driven by freight transport,
which includes commodities such as iron, steel, fertilizers and agricultural produce.
❖ In the 2022 fiscal year, it accounted for 75% of its total earnings.
❖ The Indian Railways efficiently connects urban centres and rural areas across the country.

90
❖ The Food Corporation of India is heavily dependent on the Indian Railways to move approximately 90% of
its food grains.
❖ In contrast, about 97% of fruits and vegetables are transported by road.
Initiatives by the Railways:
❖ The Indian Railways has taken a few initiatives to improve its freight operations in perishables.
❖ The truck-on-train service carries loaded trucks on railway wagons.
❖ Efforts are being made to expand this service following successful trial runs involving commodities such as
milk and cattle feed.
❖ During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Railways introduced parcel special trains to transport perishables and
seeds between market and producers.
❖ Additionally, to support SMFs, the Kisan Rail was initiated to connect perishables (inclusive of milk, meat
and fish) production surplus regions to consumption regions more efficiently.
❖ A recent study highlighted the impact of the Kisan Rail scheme on reducing post-harvest losses and
enhancing farmer incomes in India.
❖ For example, grape growers in Nashik, Maharashtra, secured a net profit of ₹5,000 per quintal by
supplying about 22,000 quintals using Kisan Rail.
❖ This highlights the advantage of using rail-based long-haul of fruits and vegetables.
❖ In recent times, the role of the Railways in the agricultural sector has shown promising results.
❖ However, initiatives must also focus on increasing awareness and accessibility of farmers to available
Railway schemes.
❖ Friends of Champions 12.3 India, a coalition of food supply chain actors powered by WRI India, also
identified that multiple touch points during the transport of perishables using the Railways is a challenge.
❖ Therefore, investment in specialised wagons for temperature-controlled transport and the establishment of
rail-side facilities for safe cargo handling are essential.
❖ This would also present a significant opportunity to enhance food safety in the agriculture sector, by
minimising spoilage and contamination risks, thereby supporting both domestic and export markets.
❖ Further, the DFI committee recommends streamlining loading and unloading processes to minimise transit
times.
❖ It also emphasises addressing staffing shortages through recruitment and training initiatives. Prioritising
the Railways over roadways, particularly for fruit and vegetable transportation, promises efficient
transportation.
Untapped Opportunities:
❖ The Railways offers a tremendous opportunity to reduce post-harvest losses and positively impact not just
livelihoods but also the environment.
❖ Findings from the Logistics Division, Ministry of Commerce, state that the Indian Railways generates up to
80% less carbon dioxide for freight traffic than road transport.
❖ There is a need for adopting systems-based approach, cutting across modes of transport and geographies.
❖ The private sector can play a crucial role in enhancing operational efficiency and strengthening the rail
infrastructure through public-private partnerships.
❖ The budgetary allocation for agriculture 2024 also aims to bridge the farm-to-market gap with modern
infrastructure and value-addition support.

91
❖ Such Railway initiatives complement these efforts by supporting the efficient transportation of perishable
goods and minimising post-harvest losses.
Conclusion:
Reducing post-harvest losses in India through improved rail logistics and infrastructure is crucial for enhancing
food security, farmer incomes, and environmental sustainability.

3.10 Nestle Adds 3 gm Sugar In Every Serving Of Cerelac Sold In India: Report
Context:
Findings showed that in India, all 15 Cerelac
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Ethical dilemma associated with
baby products contain an average of nearly 3
profit motives and public health faced by multinational
grams of sugar per serving.
corporations (MNCs), etc.
Investigation Findings:
❖ High Levels of Added Sugar: Two of Nestle's best-selling baby-food brands in India contain high levels of
added sugar.
➢ In contrast, similar products are sugar-free in the UK, Germany, Switzerland, and other developed
nations.
❖ Public Eye Report: Nestle adds sugar and honey to infant milk and cereal products in several countries.
➢ This practice violates international guidelines aimed at preventing obesity and chronic diseases.
➢ Violations were found only in Asian, African, and Latin American countries.
Government Response:
❖ India's Action: The Indian government has taken note of the report. Charges against the baby-food products
are being examined.
➢ Findings from the study will be presented to a scientific panel.
Nestle's Statement:
❖ Reduction in Added Sugars: Nestle India Ltd. spokesperson stated that the company has reduced added
sugars in its infant cereals portfolio by 30% over the past five years.
➢ The company continues to "review" and "reformulate" products to reduce added sugars further.
❖ Nutritional Quality: Nestle emphasizes the nutritional quality of its products for early childhood. The
company prioritizes using high-quality ingredients.
Investigation Findings:
❖ Sugar Content in Cerelac: In India, all 15 Cerelac baby products contain an average of nearly 3 grams of
sugar per serving.
➢ In Ethiopia and Thailand, Cerelac contains nearly 6 grams of sugar per serving.
❖ Disclosure Issues: The amount of added sugar is often not disclosed in the nutritional information on the
packaging.
➢ Nestle prominently highlights vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients using idealizing imagery, but
lacks transparency about added sugar.
Ethical Concerns:
❖ Double standards in product formulation: Nestle is using different formulations for the same product in
different countries, with higher sugar content in developing nations compared to developed ones. This suggests
a lack of ethical consistency in their global practices.

92
❖ Conflict between profit motives and public health: There's a clear tension between Nestle's business
interests (creating palatable, sellable products) and the health interests of consumers, especially vulnerable
populations like infants.
❖ Corporate social responsibility: This situation challenges Nestle's claims of prioritizing nutrition and
health, highlighting potential gaps between their stated values and actual practices.
❖ Lack of transparency: The report mentions that the amount of added sugar is often not disclosed on product
packaging. This lack of transparency prevents parents from making fully informed decisions about their
children's nutrition.
❖ Potential for addiction: Experts cited in the report warn that sugar is highly addictive. By adding it to baby
foods, Nestle may be cultivating lifelong consumers at the expense of children's health.
Conclusion:
The investigation reveals Nestle's unethical practices of adding undisclosed sugars to baby foods in developing
nations, conflicting with their public health commitments and corporate values.

3.11 Land Reforms in India

Content:
Land reforms are crucial for economic
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: JAM trinity, Digital India Land
development, social equity, and financial
Records Modernization Programme, Unique Land Parcel
inclusion.
Identification Number, SVAMITVA Scheme, Model
Background and Importance: Agriculture Land Leasing Act, 2016, Gram Panchayat
❖ Clean land records are often overlooked in Development Plans (GPDP), etc.
discussions of financial inclusion. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Impact of land reforms on socio-
❖ Secure land tenure is a prerequisite for economic conditions of marginal and small farmers, etc.
economic stability and growth.
❖ Clear land titles significantly enhance access to credit, especially in rural India.
Current Challenges:
❖ Outdated, incomplete, or inaccurate land records.
❖ Small and fragmented land holdings.
❖ High number of land-related disputes.
❖ Inefficient land acquisition processes.
❖ Persistence of informal, unsecured borrowing despite JAM trinity advancements.
❖ Disproportionate impact on marginalized communities, especially women.
❖ Land scarcity: India's land per capita projected to decrease significantly by 2050.
Key Government Initiatives:
a) Digital India Land Records Modernization Programme (DILRMP):
➢ Evolved from National Land Records Modernization Programme (NILRMP).
➢ Aim: Modernize land records management, minimize disputes, enhance transparency.
➢ Central Sector Scheme with 100% central government funding.
➢ Budget: ₹875 crores, extended from 2021-22 to 2025-26.
➢ New components: Computerization of revenue courts, Aadhaar integration with ROR.
➢ Progress:

93
 ✓ 95.09% of villages have computerized Records of Rights (RoRs).
✓ 68.02% of cadastral maps digitized.
✓ 94.95% computerization of registration completed.
✓ 87.48% integration of Sub Registrar offices with land records.
b) Unique Land Parcel Identification Number (ULPIN) or Bhu-Aadhar:
➢ 14-digit alphanumeric ID for each land parcel based on geo-coordinates.
➢ Complies with international standards (ECCMA and OGC).
➢ Includes ownership details, plot size, and geographical coordinates.
➢ Aims to facilitate real estate transactions and improve disaster planning.
c) SVAMITVA Scheme:
➢ Uses drone technology for precise land mapping in rural areas.
➢ Provides legal ownership cards to villagers.
➢ Supports property tax determination and Gram Panchayat revenue.
➢ Progress:
✓ 3,04,862 villages surveyed by drones.
✓ 9,29,91,300 parcels digitized.
✓ 2,53,805 maps handed over to state authorities.
✓ 1,21,593 property cards prepared, 72,712 distributed.
d) Model Agriculture Land Leasing Act, 2016:
➢ Aimed to improve land access for small and marginal farmers through leasing.
➢ Provides mechanism for tenants to avail institutional credit.
➢ Specifies rights and responsibilities of landowners and tenants.
➢ Includes dispute resolution mechanisms.
Political and Implementation Challenges:
❖ Amendments to land acquisition law put in abeyance in 2015 due to political opposition.
❖ Withdrawal of three farm laws in 2021, including contract farming legalization.
❖ Slow implementation of Model Agriculture Land Leasing Act by states.
❖ Varying progress across states in ULPIN and SVAMITVA implementation.
❖ Lack of implementation in some states (e.g., West Bengal, Bihar for SVAMITVA).
Economic Impact:
❖ GDP loss of about 1.3% due to land dispute-related project delays.
❖ 66% of civil suits in India related to land/property disputes.
❖ Average pendency of land acquisition disputes: 20 years.
❖ Major cause of cost escalation and time overruns in projects.
❖ Underemployment in agriculture sector (44% of workforce) partly due to fragmented holdings.
International Comparison and Future Projections:
❖ India's projected land per capita by 2050: 1/4th of current value.
❖ Significantly lower than China (4 times) and Brazil (20 times).
❖ Need for improved land record system due to land scarcity.

94
Proposed Reforms and Future Focus:
❖ Shift from presumptive to conclusive land titling system.
❖ Complete implementation of DILRMP and ULPIN across all states.
❖ Focus on reducing disputes and delays in land acquisition.
❖ Potential changes in land-use policies for urban, forest, and agricultural land.
❖ Need for real-time updates of land records with encumbrance information.
❖ Integration of land records with satellite imagery.
❖ Addressing regional disparities in digitization and reforms implementation.
Benefits of Comprehensive Land Reforms:
❖ Enhanced credit flow to needy sectors.
❖ Resolution of land-related disputes.
❖ Improved agricultural productivity through mechanization and scale.
❖ Greater financial flexibility for landowners.
❖ Improved supply chain efficiencies.
❖ Better disaster planning and response.
❖ Support for Gram Panchayat Development Plans (GPDP)
Conclusion:
Comprehensive land reforms in India are imperative for economic growth, equity, and resilience, requiring
streamlined implementation and inclusive policies to achieve sustainable development goals effectively.

3.12 The Promise Of Parametric Insurance

Context:
With the world experiencing a surge in extreme ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Parametric Insurance Coverage
weather events, the insurance industry needs to (PIC), Countries Followed this PIC, India’s Scenario,
enhance disaster resilience by parametric Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana, Restructured
insurance coverage. Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme, etc.
About Parametric Insurance Coverage: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Parametric Insurance Coverage-
❖ Real-time Measurement: Several Need, Significance, Implementation in the World,
insurance products based on the Scenario in India and Actions Required, etc.
parameters of a weather event are needed, wherein, payments are triggered based on real-time measurements
such as specific flood levels, wind speed, etc.
➢ For such ‘parametric’ products, payments are made regardless of actual loss or physical verification.
❖ Provisions Offered: Thus far, insurers have been offering standardized parametric products only for low
frequency, high-impact disasters such as earthquakes, cyclones, and hurricanes.
➢ In 2023, after a 6.8 magnitude earthquake struck Morocco, it received $275 million parametric
insurance cover arranged with the help of the World Bank.
➢ High frequency but low-impact disasters such as landslides, rain, and heat were overlooked, but the
consequences of climate change are slowly changing that.
❖ Followed by: Disaster-prone island countries have largely shifted from the risk retention model and
embraced such insurance for climate adaptation.
➢ Over time, this has built trust between states and insurers, leading to more reasonable pricing and
trigger-payout combinations.

95
 ➢ While this is more difficult in poorer populations, parametric insurance for earthquakes in New Zealand
and Turkey has shown that it can be done.
➢ Aided by multilateral institutions, the Pacific and Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Companies
have displayed regional pooling of risk and have successfully implemented parametric contracts with the
insurance sector.
Parametric Insurance Coverage in India:
❖ Crop Insurance: The successful Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana is based on verification of loss, while
a new parametric product, the Restructured Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme is based on threshold
limits, not requiring field verification.
❖ Role of States:
➢ Nagaland: The first State to buy a parametric cover for extreme precipitation in 2021.
✓ It fixes an absolute annual premium, duration and rate-on-line, allowing bidders to compete over
lower threshold limits and maximized payouts.
✓ It has imaginatively used the India Meteorological Department’s credible supply of data on
precipitation for tehsil-sized grids, opening the doors for other States to consider similar
products for insurance against cyclones, wind, and rain.
➢ Kerala: The Co-operative Milk Marketing Federation in Kerala too has implemented parametric
insurance for dairy farmers for lower milk yields due to heat stress to cattle.
❖ Contribution by the Private Insurance Industries: They have witnessed a rising number of offers of
parametric products, customized for States, corporations, self-help groups, and micro-finance institutions.
➢ They insure disasters such as extreme precipitation, which is an endemic issue in the north-east;
cyclones, which are a standard occurrence in coastal States and extreme heat, a suddenly prominent and
much-publicized hazard.
❖ Contribution by Corporations: Some large corporates have initiated parametric products for cyclonic
winds and high waves at competitive prices, using wind speed, cyclone tracks, and storm surge data.
❖ Need: The recent impact of heavy rains in West Bengal, Meghalaya, Manipur, and Mizoram in the aftermath
of Cyclone Remal underscores the need to reduce the financial burden of the State.
Arising Concerns:
❖ Gap in Insurance Coverage: As per a recent report, losses from natural disasters amounted to $280 billion
in 2023 (warmest year on record), of which only about $100 billion was insured.
➢ The gap in insurance coverage was particularly wide between developed and developing economies.
❖ Difficult for Assessment: At present, the globally accepted method of disaster risk reduction is to transfer
risk through indemnity-based insurance products, which require physical assessment of damage for
payouts.
➢ However, calamities that hit large populations and wipe out settlements, especially of the economically
disadvantaged communities who have little record of their assets, it becomes difficult to verify the
losses.
Way Forward:
❖ Ensure Effective Use: For governments to ensure effective use of parametric products, following five factors
are essential:
➢ Precise thresholds and proper monitoring mechanisms

96
 ➢ Experience sharing between governments to incorporate lessons learned
➢ Following the mandatory bidding process for transparent price discovery
➢ A widespread retail payout dissemination system
➢ Encouraging premium payment by households in the long term
❖ Collaborative Approach: Given South Asia’s reputation as the world’s most “climate-vulnerable zone”,
India and its neighborhood could consider such products, pool their risks collaboratively, and strike better
bargains with the world’s largest insurance companies.
➢ India is uniquely placed for the use of such products, given that it has the Aadhaar-based payment
dissemination system.

3.13 Benefits Of The Domestic 'Silk Route'

Context:
India seems set to become the world’s leading ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Sericulture, Types of Silk,
producer of silk and silk products by 2030. Production in Silk, Initiatives to boost Sericulture Market
Sericulture: , etc.
Sericulture is the cultivation of silkworms to ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Sericulture, Process of Silk
produce silk. Production, Types of Silk, Production in Silk, Challenges,
Here’s an overview of the process: Initiatives to boost Sericulture Market , etc.
❖ Selection of Silkworm Eggs: High-quality silkworm eggs are selected from a healthy breed. These eggs are
incubated under controlled conditions to hatch into larvae.
❖ Hatching: The eggs hatch into tiny silkworm larvae, which are then placed on trays with a clean and hygienic
environment.
❖ Feeding: The larvae are fed fresh mulberry leaves several times a day. This feeding process continues for
about 4-6 weeks, during which the larvae undergo several molting stages (shedding their skin).
❖ Spinning the Cocoon: After the final molting stage, the silkworms spin cocoons. Each silkworm produces a
single long filament by secreting a proteinaceous substance called fibroin, which hardens on exposure to air
to form silk. This process takes about 2-3 days.
❖ Stifling: To kill the pupae inside and prevent them from breaking the cocoon, the harvested cocoons are
subjected to heat treatment. This process is known as stifling and can be done using steam, hot air, or sun
drying.
Types of Silk:
India is a unique silk producer in the world because four types of silk are produced here:
❖ Mulberry silk: This is the most common type. It is produced by domesticated moths called Bombyx mori,
which feed on mulberry leaves. It has a strong, fine texture and is glossy, making it perfect for sarees.
❖ Muga silk: This is a special golden-colored silk made from wild silkworms (Antheraea assamensis) found
in Assam. It is highly valued for its shine and durability.
❖ Eri silk: Also known as 'Ahimsa silk' because the silkworms are usually not killed in the process. It is
mainly produced in the northeastern states from Samia ricini moths that feed on castor leaves.
❖ Tussar silk: This is a weather-proof material - cool in summer and warm in winter. It is mainly produced
in states like Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, and Odisha.
➢ Tussar silk, mentioned in ancient Sanskrit texts as Kosa, is virtually a weather-proof material, as the
garments made from it remain cool in summer and warm in winter.

97
Production in Silk:
❖ Becoming the Number 1: The annual production of silk, estimated at 36,500 tonnes in 2022-23, is projected
to surge to more than 50,000 tonnes by 2030, and surpass that of China, the world’s largest silk producer.
❖ Growing Market: According to silk-industry sources, the sericulture market, estimated at worth over Rs
53,000 crore in 2023, is expected to exceed Rs 2 trillion by the early 2030s, registering a robust annual
growth rate of over 15 per cent.
❖ Producers State wise: Apart from the major silk-producing states like Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, West
Bengal, and Tamil Nadu, and the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir, some smaller players in this
sector, such as Uttar Pradesh and Maharashtra, have also drawn up ambitious plans to promote sericulture
Challenges:
❖ Lack of Technological Advancement: Insufficient investment in research and development hampers the
adoption of new technologies and practices that could improve productivity and disease resistance in
silkworms
❖ Huge Domestic Demand: Indian sericulture exports may follow an unpredictable trajectory due largely to
the huge domestic demand for silk products, which is growing faster than indigenous production.
➢ Even now India has to import about 4,000 tonnes of silk annually to meet the requirements of the
silk-based industry.
❖ Limited Exports: So, regardless of the anticipated rise in domestic silk output, the availability of silk for
exports may remain limited, and continue to fluctuate, as has been the case in the recent past.
➢ In 2021-22: the country exported silk and its products worth around $248.56 million, up 25.3 per cent
from the previous year’s shipments.
➢ In 2022-23: But these exports dipped to $220.5 million in 2022-23.
❖ Less Focus on By-Products: Extracting oil from silkworm pupae, which have a high content of health-
boosting Omega-3 fatty acid, and also sericin, a gelatinous substance rich in protein. It is also producing
mulberry juice, which has huge consumer demand.
➢ India is hardly exploiting the commercial potential of such products.
Initiatives to boost Sericulture Market :
❖ Modern Technology: India’s main focus now is on inducting modern technologies into this sector, where a
sizable section of silk farmers is still following the age-old practices of silk production.
❖ Increase the production of plants: The area under mulberry, castor, and other plants, whose leaves constitute
the basic feed of silkworms, is also proposed to be expanded in several states.
❖ Increasing the Income: More importantly, efforts are afoot to encourage gainful uses of sericulture
byproducts, some of which have great commercial potential.
➢ This would help augment the income of silk farmers and improve the quality of silk fibre, fabric, and
other products, including silk garments.
❖ Awareness Campaign: Though sericulture is more lucrative than many other allied fields of agriculture, its
profitability can be ramped up by promoting gainful utilisation of its byproducts. Government must run an
awareness campaign to educate farmers about the benefits of byproducts and using it as a lucrative alternative

98
3.14 UNION BUDGET 2024-25
Context:
❖ Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Nine key priorities, Skilling
presented her seventh straight Budget on Program, New Employment-Linked Incentive Schemes,
July 23 for the fiscal 2024-25, surpassing Purvodaya Scheme, Credit Guarantee Scheme for
the record of former Prime Minister MSMEs , Mudra Loans, PM Surya Ghar Muft Bijli
Morarji Desai. Yojana etc.
❖ The presentation on July 23 is the first ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Productivity and Resilience in
Budget by the BJP-led NDA government Agriculture, Productivity and Resilience in Agriculture,
since it was re-elected in June. Employment & Skilling, Inclusive Human Resource
Nine Key Priorities: Development and Social Justice, Manufacturing &
❖ This budget envisions sustained efforts Services, Urban Development, Energy Security,
across nine key priorities to generate ample Infrastructure , Innovation, Research & Development &
opportunities for all, in pursuit of ‘Viksit Next Generation Reforms etc.
Bharat.’
❖ Among these, significant announcements have been made in relation to the infrastructure sector.
❖ The key priorities include
1. Productivity and Resilience in Agriculture
2. Employment & Skilling
3. Inclusive Human Resource Development and Social Justice
4. Manufacturing & Services
5. Urban Development
6. Energy Security
7. Infrastructure
8. Innovation, Research & Development
9. Next Generation Reforms
Priority 1: Productivity and Resilience in Agriculture:
❖ AIM: Government will undertake a comprehensive review of the agriculture research setup to bring the
focus on raising productivity.
Productivity in agriculture:
❖ It refers to the efficiency with which agricultural inputs (such as land, labor, fertilizers, seeds, and water)
are converted into outputs (such as crops, livestock, and other agricultural products).
❖ Higher productivity means more output is produced from the same amount of inputs, indicating a more
efficient use of resources
❖ China's yield of grain production is higher than that of India's
Resilience in agriculture:
❖ It refers to the capacity of agricultural systems to absorb shocks and stresses, adapt to changing conditions,
and recover from adverse events such as extreme weather, pest infestations, economic fluctuations, and
market volatility.

99
❖ Transforming Agriculture Research: By Challenge mode Funding
implementing comprehensive review of
❖ It involves setting up a competitive process where
the agriculture research setup to bring
participants (such as startups, researchers, or companies)
focus on raising productivity and
are invited to propose solutions to predefined challenges.
developing climate resilient varieties.
❖ The best proposals receive funding and support to
➢ Funding: It will be provided in
develop and implement their ideas.
challenge mode, including to the
private sector. Domain experts both
from the government and outside will oversee the conduct of such research
❖ Release of new varieties: New 109 high-yielding and climate-resilient varieties of 32 field and
horticulture crops will be released for cultivation by farmers.
❖ National Cooperation Policy: The government will bring out a National Cooperation Policy for systematic,
orderly and all-round development of the cooperative sector.
➢ Policy Goal:
✓ Fast-tracking growth of rural economy and
✓ generation of employment opportunities on a large scale
✓ 1.52 lakh crore has been allocated for agriculture and allied sectors this year.
❖ Atmanirbharta: For oil seeds such as mustard, groundnut, sesame, soyabean and sunflower
❖ Vegetable production & supply chain: Promotion of FPOs, cooperatives & start-ups for vegetable supply
chains for collection, storage, and marketing.
➢ Initiatives: Large scale clusters for vegetable production will be developed closer to major
consumption centres.
✓ It will promote Farmer-Producer Organizations, cooperatives and start-ups for vegetable
supply chains
including for
collection, storage,
and marketing.
❖ Natural Farming:
➢ In the next two years, 1
crore farmers across
the country will be
initiated into natural
farming.
➢ Certification and
branding: One crore
farmers across the
country will be initiated
into natural farming
supported by
certification and
branding.
➢ 10,000 need-based bio-input resource centers will be established.

100
❖ Digital Public Infrastructure for Agriculture
➢ Central government, in partnership with the states, will facilitate the implementation of the Digital Public
Infrastructure (DPI) in agriculture for coverage of farmers and their lands in 3 years.
➢ Key Initiatives:
✓ Digital Crop Survey: Conducted for Kharif in 400 districts this year.
✓ Farmer and Land Registries: The details of 6 crore farmers and their lands will be brought into
the farmer and land registries.
✓ Kisan Credit Cards: Jan Samarth based Kisan Credit Cards will be enabled in 5 states.
❖ Shrimp Production & Export
➢ Breeding Centres for Shrimp: The Union Finance Minister said Financial support for setting up a
network of Nucleus Breeding Centres for Shrimp Broodstocks will be provided.
➢ NABARD: Financing for Shrimp farming, processing and export will be facilitated through NABARD.
Priority 2: Employment and Skilling:
❖ 5 schemes aimed at skilling and employment will target 4.1 crore youth over the next 5 years with a
budgetary allocation of Rs 2 lakh crore.
❖ New Employment-Linked Incentive Schemes Announced in Union Budget 2024-25: Finance Minister
announced three employment-linked incentive schemes to boost employment in manufacturing and other
formal sectors:
1. Scheme A: First-Timers:
✓ Benefit: Provides a month’s wage (up to ₹15,000) in three installments to new employees
registered with EPFO.
✓ Eligibility: The eligibility limit will be Rs 1 lakh per month
✓ Impact: Expected to benefit 210 lakh youths.
2. Scheme B: Job Creation in Manufacturing
✓ Focus: Incentivizes additional employment in manufacturing for first-time employees.
✓ Benefit: Incentive provided to both employees and employers for EPFO contributions during the
first four years of employment.
✓ Impact: Expected to benefit 30 lakh youths and their employers.
3. Scheme C: Support to Employers
✓ Focus: Covers additional employment in all sectors.
✓ Benefit: Government will reimburse employers up to ₹3,000 per month for two years towards
EPFO contributions for each additional employee.
✓ Eligibility: Employees earning up to ₹1 lakh per month.
✓ Impact: Expected to incentivize additional employment of 50 lakh persons.
❖ Skilling Program
➢ 4th New Scheme: A centrally sponsored scheme for skilling 20 lakh youth over five years.
➢ Industrial Training Institutes: 1,000 ITIs to be upgraded with hub-and-spoke arrangements.
➢ Course content and design: It will be aligned to the skill needs of industry, and new courses will be
introduced for emerging needs.
❖ Skilling Loans
➢ Model Skill Loan Scheme: Revised to facilitate loans up to ₹7.5 lakh with a government guarantee.
➢ Impact: Expected to help 25,000 students annually.

101
❖ Education Loans Participation Of Women In The Workforce:
➢ Financial Support: Loans up to ₹10
❖ It will facilitate higher participation of women in the
lakh for higher education in
workforce through setting up of working women hostels
domestic institutions.
in collaboration with industry, and establishing
➢ E-Vouchers: Direct interest
creches.
subvention of 3% for 1 lakh
❖ In addition, the partnership will seek to organize women-
students each year.
specific skilling programmes, and promotion of market
Priority 3: Inclusive HR Development access for women SHG enterprises.
and Social Justice,
❖ Purvodaya: for all round development of Bihar, Jharkhand, West Bengal, Odisha and Andhra Pradesh.
➢ Key Focus Areas Include:
✓ Human Resource Development
✓ Infrastructure Development
✓ Economic Opportunities
❖ Andhra Pradesh:
➢ Rs 15,000 crore to be allocated for development of Amravati as AP's capital.
➢ Money to be raised from multilateral funding agencies and routed through the Centre, announced
Sitharaman.
❖ Bihar:
➢ The government also proposes Rs 26,000 crore for various road projects in Bihar.
➢ Key Infrastructure Project
✓ Amritsar Kolkata Industrial Corridor
✓ Industrial Node at Gaya: Supports
industrial development and integrates
cultural heritage with modern
economic centers ("Vikas bhi
Virasat bhi").
✓ Expressways: Patna-Purnia,
Buxar-Bhagalpur, Bodhgaya,
Rajgir, Vaishali, and Darbhanga
spurs.
✓ Bridge: Additional 2-lane bridge
over the Ganga at Buxar.
✓ Power Plant: New 2400 MW plant
at Pirpainti.
✓ Cost: Total ₹26,000 crore for
connectivity projects and ₹21,400
crore for power projects.
❖ PM Awas Yojana: Three crore additional
houses under the PM Awas Yojana in rural
and urban areas in the country have been
announced.

102
❖ Women-Led Development: Allocation of more than ` 3 lakh crore for schemes benefitting women and girls.
❖ North East region: More than 100 branches of India Post Payment Bank will be set up in the NorthEast
region.
❖ Pradhan Mantri Janjatiya Unnat Gram Abhiyan: The Government will launch the Pradhan Mantri
Janjatiya Unnat Gram Abhiyan by adopting saturation coverage for tribal families in tribal-majority
villages and aspirational districts.
➢ This will cover 63,000 villages benefitting 5 crore tribal people.
Priority 4: Manufacturing & Services:
❖ Support for Promotion of MSMEs : The Pooling of credit risk
budget provides special attention to
❖ It refers to the process where multiple loans or financial
MSMEs and manufacturing, particularly
assets are combined into a single portfolio to diversify and
labour-intensive manufacturing.
manage the risk associated with lending or investing.
➢ Credit Guarantee Scheme for
❖ This technique is commonly used in finance to reduce the
MSMEs in the Manufacturing
impact of any single loan’s default on the overall
Sector
portfolio.
✓ A new credit guarantee scheme
for term loans to MSMEs for
machinery and equipment purchase without collateral.
✓ Pooling of Credit Risk: scheme will operate on pooling of credit risks of such MSMEs
✓ A separately constituted self-financing guarantee fund will provide, to each applicant, guarantee
cover up to ` 100 crore, while the loan amount may be larger.
➢ New assessment model for MSME Credit
✓ Public sector banks will build their in-house capability to assess MSMEs for credit, instead of
relying on external assessment.
✓ It will be developing or developing a new credit assessment model, based on the scoring of
digital footprints of MSMEs in the economy.
➢ Credit Support During Stress: New mechanism for facilitating continuation of bank credit to MSMEs
during their stress period.
✓ While being in the ‘Special mention account’ (SMA) stage for reasons beyond their control,
MSMEs need credit to continue
their business and to avoid getting
into the NPA stage.
✓ Credit availability will be
supported through a guarantee
from a government promoted
fund.
➢ Mudra Loans: The limit of Mudra
loans will be enhanced to ₹ 20 lakh
from the current ₹ 10 lakh for those
entrepreneurs who have availed and
successfully repaid previous loans
under the ‘Tarun’ category.

103
 ➢ SIDBI branches in MSME clusters: SIDBI will open 24 new branches this year, expanding to 168 out
of 242 major MSME clusters within 3 years.
➢ MSME Units for Food Irradiation, Quality & Safety Testing:
✓ Financial support for setting up of 50 multi-product food irradiation units in the MSME sector will
be provided.
✓ Setting up of 100 food quality and safety testing labs with NABL accreditation will be facilitated.
❖ Measures for promotion of Manufacturing & Services
➢ Internship in Top Companies:
✓ A new scheme (5th scheme under the Prime Minister’s package) for internships in 500 top
companies for 1 crore youth over 5 years, with an allowance and one-time assistance.
✓ An internship allowance of ` 5,000 per month along with a one-time assistance of ` 6,000 will be
provided.
➢ Industrial Parks:
✓ Development of "plug and play" industrial parks in 100 cities in partnership with states and
private sector.
✓ 12 new industrial parks under the National Industrial Corridor Development Programme
➢ Offshore Mining of Minerals: The government will launch the auction of the first tranche of offshore
blocks for mining, building on the exploration already carried out.
Priority 5: Urban Development
❖ Stamp Duty: Those states will be encouraged by the Union Government which continue to charge high
stamp duty to moderate the rates for all, and also consider further lowering duties for properties
purchased by women.
➢ This reform will be made an essential
component of urban development
schemes.
❖ Street Markets: Building on the success of
PM SVANidhi Scheme in transforming the
lives of street vendors, the Government
envisions a scheme to support each year,
over the next five years, the development
of 100 weekly ‘haats’ or street food hubs
in select cities.
❖ Cities as Growth Hubs: In collaboration
with states, the Union Government will
facilitate development of ‘Cities as Growth
Hubs’.
➢ Achievement Strategy: The
development of ‘Cities as Growth Hubs’ will be achieved through economic and transit planning, and
orderly development of peri-urban areas utilising town planning schemes.
❖ Creative Redevelopment of Cities: For creative brownfield redevelopment of existing cities with a
transformative impact, the government will formulate a framework for enabling policies, market-based
mechanisms and regulation.

104
❖ Transit Oriented Development:
This Development plans for 14
large cities with a population
above 30 lakh will be formulated,
along with an implementation
and financing strategy.
❖ Urban Housing: Under the PM
Awas Yojana Urban 2.0, housing
needs of 1 crore urban poor and
middle-class families will be
addressed with an investment of ₹
10 lakh crore.
➢ Implementation Strategy:
This will include:
✓ Central Assistance: ₹
2.2 lakh crore in the next 5 years
✓ Interest Subsidy: To facilitate loans at affordable rates
✓ Enabling Policies and Regulations: For efficient and transparent rental housing markets with
enhanced availability
❖ Water Supply and Sanitation: The Union Government will promote water supply, sewage treatment and
solid waste management projects and services for 100 large cities through bankable projects.
➢ These projects will also envisage use of treated water for irrigation and filling up of tanks in nearby
areas.
➢ Implementation: By the Union Government in partnership with the State Governments and
Multilateral Development Banks.
Priority 6: Energy Security
❖ Research and Development of Small and Modular Nuclear Reactors: Nuclear energy is expected to form
a very significant part of the energy mix for Viksit Bharat. Towards that pursuit, the government will partner
with the private sector for:
➢ Setting up Bharat Small Reactors
➢ Research & development of Bharat Small Modular Reactor
➢ Research & development of newer technologies for nuclear energy
➢ The R&D funding announced in the interim budget will be made available.
❖ Pumped Storage Policy: A policy for promoting pumped storage projects will be brought out for electricity
storage and facilitating smooth integration of the growing share of renewable energy with its variable &
intermittent nature in the overall energy mix.
❖ Advanced Ultra SuperCritical (AUSC) Thermal Power Plants: The development of indigenous
technology for AUSC thermal power plants with much higher efficiency has been completed.
➢ Setting up of Joint Venture: A joint venture between NTPC and BHEL will set up a full scale 800
MW commercial plant using AUSC technology.
➢ Fiscal Support: The government will provide the required fiscal support.

105
 ➢ Significance: The
development of indigenous
capacity for the production
of high-grade steel and
other advanced metallurgy
materials for these plants
will result in strong spin-
off benefits for the
economy.
❖ Energy Transition: A policy
document on appropriate
energy transition pathways
that balances the imperatives
of employment, growth and
environmental sustainability
will be formulated.
❖ Energy Audit: Financial support for shifting of micro and small industries to cleaner forms of energy
➢ Facilitate investment grade energy audit in 60 clusters, next phase expands to 100 clusters.
❖ PM Surya Ghar Muft Bijli Yojana: In line with the announcement in the interim budget, PM Surya Ghar
Muft Bijli Yojana has been
launched to install rooftop solar
plants to enable 1 crore
households to obtain free
electricity up to 300 units every
month.
➢ Achievement: The scheme
has received positive response
with more than 1.28 crore
registrations and 14 lakh
applications.
❖ Roadmap for ‘Hard to Abate’
Industries: A roadmap for moving the ‘hard to abate’ industries from ‘energy efficiency’ targets to
‘emission targets’ will be formulated.
➢ Appropriate regulations for transition of these industries from the current ‘Perform, Achieve and Trade’
mode to ‘Indian Carbon Market’ mode will be put in place.
❖ Support to Traditional Micro and Small Industries: An investment-grade energy audit of traditional
micro and small industries in 60 clusters, including brass and ceramic, will be facilitated.
➢ Next Phase: The scheme will be replicated in another 100 clusters in the next phase.
➢ Financial Support: The financial support will be provided for shifting them to cleaner forms of energy
and implementation of energy efficiency measures.
Priority 7: Infrastructure
❖ Tourism: Positioning India as a global tourist destination will also create jobs, stimulate investments and
unlock economic opportunities for other sectors.

106
 ➢ In addition to the measures
outlined in the interim budget,
following measures has been
proposed:
✓ Corridor Projects for
Vishnupad Temple at
Gaya and Mahabodhi
Temple at Bodh Gaya in
Bihar: Their
comprehensive
development will be
supported, modelled on
the successful Kashi
Vishwanath Temple
Corridor, to transform
them into world class pilgrim and tourist destinations.
• Both temples are of immense spiritual significance.
✓ Rajgir: A comprehensive development initiative for Rajgir will be undertaken.
• It holds immense religious significance for Hindus, Buddhists and Jains.
• The 20th Tirthankara Munisuvrata temple in the Jain Temple complex is ancient.
• The Saptharishi or the 7 hotsprings form a warm water “Brahmakund” that is sacred.
✓ Nalanda: The government will support the development of Nalanda as a tourist centre besides
reviving Nalanda University to its glorious stature.
✓ Odisha: Its scenic beauty, temples, monuments, craftsmanship, wildlife sanctuaries, natural
landscapes and pristine beaches make it an ultimate tourism destination. The Union government
will provide assistance for their development.
❖ Infrastructure Investment by
Central Government: The
Budget has provided ₹ 11,11,111
crore for capital expenditure to
maintain strong fiscal support for
infrastructure over the next 5
years, in conjunction with
imperatives of other priorities
and fiscal consolidation.
➢ This would be 3.4% of
India’s GDP.
❖ Irrigation and Flood Mitigation:
➢ Bihar: This state has frequently suffered from floods, many of them originating outside India. Plans to
build flood control structures in Nepal are yet to progress.
✓ Financial Support: Through the Accelerated Irrigation Benefit Programme and other sources,
the Union Government will provide financial support for projects with estimated cost of ₹ 11,500

107
 crore such as the Kosi-Mechi
intra-state link and 20 other
ongoing and new schemes
including barrages, river
pollution abatement and
irrigation projects.
✓ Survey and investigation of
Kosi related flood mitigation
and irrigation projects will also
be undertaken.
➢ Assam: It grapples with floods every
year by the Brahmaputra River and
its tributaries, originating outside
India. The Union Government will provide assistance to Assam for flood management and related
projects.
➢ Himachal Pradesh: Suffered extensive losses due to floods last year. The Union Government will
provide assistance to the state for reconstruction and rehabilitation through multilateral development
assistance.
➢ Others: The Union Government will provide assistance to Uttarakhand that suffered losses due to cloud
bursts and massive landslides and Sikkim that witnessed devastating flash floods and landslides that
wreaked havoc across the state.
Priority 8: Innovation, Research & Development
❖ Anusandhan National Research
Fund: The Union Government
will operationalize this fund for
basic research and prototype
development.
➢ Inclusion of Private Sector:
The Union Government will
also set up a mechanism for
spurring private sector-driven
research and innovation at
commercial scale with a
financing pool of ₹ 1 lakh
crore in line with the
announcement in the interim
budget.
➢ Space Economy: With the continued emphasis on expanding the space economy by 5 times in the next
10 years, a venture capital fund of ₹ 1,000 crore will be set up.
Priority 9: Next Generation Reforms
❖ Rural Land Related Actions: These actions will facilitate credit flow and other agricultural services. It will
include:

108
 ➢ Assignment of
Unique Land Parcel
Identification
Number (ULPIN) or
Bhu-Aadhaar for all
lands
➢ Digitization of
cadastral maps
➢ Survey of map sub-
divisions as per
current ownership
➢ Establishment of
land registry
➢ Linking to the farmers registry
❖ Urban Land Related Actions: Land records in urban areas will be digitized with GIS mapping.
➢ An IT based system for property record administration, updating, and tax administration will be
established.
➢ These will also facilitate improving the financial position of urban local bodies.
❖ Taxonomy for Climate Finance: It will be developed for enhancing the availability of capital for climate
adaptation and mitigation. This will support achievements of India’s climate commitments and green
transition.
❖ Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and Overseas Investment (OI): The rules and regulations for FDI and
OIs will be simplified to:
➢ Facilitate foreign direct
investments
➢ Nudge prioritization
➢ Promote opportunities for
using Indian Rupee as a
currency for OIs
❖ NPS Vatsalya: It is a plan for
contribution by parents and
guardians for minors.
➢ On attaining the age of
majority, the plan can be
converted seamlessly into a
normal NPS account.
❖ New Pension Scheme (NPS): A
solution will be evolved which
addresses the relevant issues while maintaining fiscal prudence to protect the common citizens.
❖ Labour Related Reforms:
➢ Services to Labour: A comprehensive integration of e-shram portals with other portals will facilitate
such a one-stop solution.

109
 ✓ Open Architecture Databases: For the rapidly changing labour market, skill requirements and
available job roles
✓ Connection Mechanism: A mechanism to connect job-aspirants with potential employers and
skill providers will be covered in these services.
➢ Shram Suvidha & Samadhan Portal: These will be revamped to enhance ease of compliance for
industry and trade.
❖ Use of Technology: The Union Government will step up adoption of technology towards digitalization of
the economy.
➢ Achievement: Technology has been successfully used for improving productivity and bridging
inequality in the Indian economy during the past 10 years.
✓ Public investment in digital infrastructure and innovations by the private sector have helped in
improving access of all citizens, particularly the common people, to market resources,
education, health and services.
❖ Ease of Doing Business: To enhance ‘Ease of Doing Business’, states will be incentivized for
implementation of their Business Reforms Action Plans and digitalization.
➢ The Union Government is already working on the Jan Vishwas Bill 2.0.
❖ Data and Statistics: For improving data governance, collection, processing and management of data and
statistics, different sectoral data bases, including those established under the Digital India mission, will be
utilized with active use of technology tools.

3.15 The Problem with India's Blocking of the Chinese

Context:
Indian authorities have promised more visas to ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Programme for International
Chinese technicians, whose help Indian Student Assessment (PISA), Organisation for Economic
businesses urgently need. Co-operation and Development (OECD), etc.
Problem with India's Blocking of the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Challenges in skilling youth
Chinese: population, Current skill development ecosystem in India,
❖ Rajesh Kumar Singh, Secretary, Government programs in addressing the skill gap, etc.
Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, recently accepted claims by Indian companies that
"a significant skill gap" exists between Chinese and Indian factory supervisors and workers.
❖ As a Vellore-based shoe manufacturer explained, Chinese professionals are "highly productive." They can
"help you produce 150 items with the same resources with which we produce 100".
❖ The Engineering Export Promotion Council of India's chairman has joined the call for more visas for
Chinese technicians.
❖ From footwear and textiles to engineering and electronics, Indian businesses have purchased machines from
China but cannot use them productively without the help of Chinese technicians.
❖ Leaders of Indian industry associations keep reminding officials that the machines are lying idle, and export
orders unfulfilled.
❖ Gautam Adani's solar manufacturing facility is also awaiting visas for Chinese workers.
❖ The official acknowledgement of India's huge skill deficit is important and impressive.
❖ Rarely is there such clarity that even "low-tech", labour-intensive production requires a deep well of
expertise.

110
❖ China honed exactly this expertise over the past 40 years to become the world's manufacturing hub.
❖ Its experts are less expensive than those from elsewhere.
❖ Yet, while the government has few, if any, restrictions on international experts, it holds the Chinese back,
citing national security concerns.
❖ This is a problem.
❖ The Chinese can help India secure a foothold on the lowest rungs of the global skills' ladder.
❖ Those rungs are rising: India must jump on now.
❖ But especially since the government is already slow walking its promise of more visas to the Chinese, this
moment must trigger action on the real culprit: woeful Indian education.
❖ For, despite the hype, the world is not waiting for India.
❖ Without foreign technical assistance and vastly upgraded domestic education (as also in China), job-rich
prosperity will remain a cruel mirage.
Discouraging Visa Prospects:
❖ In 2019, Chinese nationals received 2,00,000 visas, but the numbers fell sharply after deadly clashes
between Indian and Chinese troops in 2020.
❖ Indian officials accused the Chinese of violating visa conditions and laundering money to evade India's tax
laws.
❖ Last year, the number of visas to Chinese personnel was down to 2,000.
❖ A security-driven mindset has taken root.
❖ This year, even the meagre 1,000 visas for Chinese electronics professionals are stuck in a "pipeline",
undergoing "intensive screening".
❖ Despite positive noises by Commerce and Industry Ministry officials, a cabinet Minister, who chose to remain
anonymous, tempered expectations.
❖ "Visas," the Minister said, "will be issued for Chinese technicians and businessmen only after screening
with assurance that travel conditions will not be violated".
❖ Such "screening" might well kill this initiative with a thousand cuts.
Integrating Foreign Knowledge:
❖ East Asian economic history teaches us that foreign knowledge is pivotal but spurs development only when
combined with adequately educated domestic workers.
❖ Weak Indian education makes foreign expertise especially urgent.
❖ In the 1980s, Korean businesses bought foreign machines to dismantle and reverse engineer them.
❖ By then, Korea had nearly three decades of a solid educational foundation and needed minimal human
assistance.
❖ They sourced foreign knowledge as was embodied in machines.
❖ China began its explosive growth in the early 1980s with a weaker education base than Korea's.
❖ However, the breadth and the quality of Chinese primary education - achieved during the Communist era
- had primed it for rapid development, as a World Bank report predicted in 1981.
❖ To enhance domestic capabilities, Deng Xiaoping - better known for special economic zones and Tiananmen
Square - sent senior policymakers on international study tours and sought foreign investors willing to
bring global knowledge to China.
❖ Once again, the interaction of domestic and foreign knowledge proved potent, propelling China to become
the world's global manufacturing hub.

111
❖ India, in the meantime, built more school buildings and enrolled more children in schools. But as the surveys
of learning outcomes depressingly remind us, the schools have rarely educated the children.
❖ Stanford University's Eric Hanushek - the world's pre-eminent scholar on the tight relationship between
education quality and growth - points out that only about 15% of Indian school students have the basic
reading and arithmetic skills required for an international economy; 85% of Chinese children have those
skills.
❖ And China is not standing still. Since 2018, Chinese school students have bettered the world's best in the
Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) conducted by the Organisation for Economic
Co-operation and Development (OECD).
❖ Successive PISA evaluations and internal Chinese assessments show ever-larger numbers of Chinese
children achieving world-class levels of learning.
❖ India participated in a 2009 PISA evaluation, and dropped out after a cringe-worthy performance.
The Red Queen Race:
❖ China, for all its faults and problems, has learnt a fundamental lesson that the Red Queen imparted in Lewis
Carroll's Through the Looking Glass.
❖ You must run twice as fast as you can to stay in the same place.
❖ You must run faster than that to get ahead. Chinese universities are among the world's best, especially in
computer science and mathematics.
❖ Chinese scientists are making advances in various applied sciences of relevance to industrial progress.
❖ A world leader in electric vehicles and solar technology, China is ready to breach the inner sanctums of
artificial intelligence.
❖ Indian and international elites seem unable to learn the lesson from China's example.
❖ The economists Rohit Lamba and Raghuram Rajan have mistakenly given up hope of generating Indian
jobs for the, as yet, vast global market for labour-intensive products.
❖ Instead, they say that India must grow jobs in technology-enhanced service exports.
❖ This proposition ignores the tiny base of high-quality Indian university education.
❖ And as the historian Mukul Kesavan's poignant description of Delhi University's decay reminds us, Indian
leadership is eviscerating some of its best institutions.
The Reality in India:
❖ Undeterred by such evidence, Martin Wolf of the Financial Times predicts that India - a country that cannot
educate its children and provide its vast millions with dignified jobs - is on course to be a global economic
superpower.
❖ However, India has all-but-missed the China- plus-one window.
❖ Mexico (due to its strategic location) and Vietnam (well-located and possessing exceptional human capital)
seized this opportunity when barriers descended on Chinese products.
❖ In fact, foreign investors are shying away from India, and India's labour-intensive manufactured exports
(goods exports minus petrochemicals and chemicals) are stuck at a 1.3% share of global market.
❖ India's spurt in technology-related service exports during the COVID-19 years has come to a grinding halt.
❖ Even graduates from the Indian Institutes of Technology are struggling to find jobs.
❖ Many formerly at the bottom rungs of Bengaluru's IT economy in support, maintenance, and basic coding
roles - are seeking opportunities in the gig economy.

112
❖ IT jobs have fallen off their peak of just above five million in 2023, which itself was minuscule in a working-
age population of a billion people and a workforce of 600 million.
❖ Make no mistake, if national security and self-reliance mantras block even the baby step of visas for
relevant foreign experts, India will miss another opportunity for a new beginning.
❖ With dysfunction in school and university education and an overvalued rupee, any prospect of labour-
intensive manufactured exports will die again.
❖ India must address its severely deficient human capital rather than harbouring fanciful notions of its place in
the world.
❖ The global Red Queen race is intensifying.
❖ More windows will close as increased millions helplessly await dignified jobs.
Conclusion:
India can overcome its skill deficit and global challenges by investing in education reform and embracing
foreign expertise, paving the way for robust economic growth.

113
 4. Science and Technology
4.1 Digital Jurisprudence In India, In An Al Era
Context:
Even though Generative AI (GAI) stands as a ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Generative AI, Information
transformative force, wielding power to Technology (Intermediaries Guidelines) Rules, Large
revolutionise society in ground-breaking ways, Language Models (LLMs), ChatGPT, K.S. Puttaswamy
existing legal frameworks and judicial judgment, Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023 etc.
precedents that have been designed for a pre- ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Challenges posed by Generative
Al world may struggle to effectively govern AI, etc.
this rapidly-evolving technology.
Safe harbour and liability fixation:
❖ One of the most persistent and contentious issues in Internet governance has been the fixing of liability on
"intermediaries" for content hosted by them.
❖ The landmark Shreya Singhal judgment addressed this by upholding Section 79 of the IT Act which grants
intermediaries 'safe harbour' protection against hosting content, contingent upon meeting the due diligence
requirements outlined in Section 3(1)(b) of the Information Technology (Intermediaries Guidelines)
Rules.
❖ However, its application to Generative Al tools remains challenging.
❖ There are contrasting views on the role of GAI tools.
❖ Some argue that they should be considered intermediaries since they are used almost like a search engine
even though they do not host links to third-party websites.
❖ Others argue that they are mere "conduits" for user prompts, where altering the prompt leads to changes in
output - essentially making the generated content akin to third-party speech, and, therefore, attracting lesser
liability for the content generated.
❖ In Christian Louboutin Sas us Nakul Bajaj and Ors (2018), the Delhi High Court held that safe harbour
protection applies solely to "passive" intermediaries, referring to entities functioning as mere conduits or
passive transmitters of information.
❖ However, in the context of Large Language Models (LLMs), making a distinction between user-generated
and platform-generated content is increasingly challenging.
❖ Additionally, liability in the case of Al chatbots arises once the information is reposted on other platforms
by the user; mere response to a user prompt is not considered dissemination.
❖ Generative Al outputs have already led to legal conflicts in various jurisdictions.
❖ In June 2023, a radio host in the United States filed a lawsuit against Open Al, alleging that Chat GPT had
defamed him.
❖ The ambiguity in classifying GAI tools, whether as intermediaries, conduits, or active creators, will
complicate the ability of courts to assign liability, particularly in user reposts.
The Copyright Conundrum:
❖ Section 16 of Indian Copyright Act 1957 specifically provides that "no person" shall be entitled to
protection of copyright except by the provisions of the Act.

114
❖ As in India, reluctance persists regarding the provisions of copyright protection to works generated by Al
globally.
❖ The critical questions are: should existing copyright provisions be revised to accommodate AI?
❖ If Al-generated works gain protection, would co- authorship with a human be mandatory?
❖ Should recognition extend to the user, the programme itself, and by extension, the programmer, or both?
❖ The 161st Parliamentary Standing Committee Report found that the Copyright Act of 1957 is "not well
equipped to facilitate authorship and ownership by Artificial Intelligence".
❖ Under current Indian law, a copyright owner can take legal action against anyone who infringes on his/her
work with remedies such as injunctions and damages.
❖ However, the question of who is responsible for copyright infringement by Al tools remains unclear.
❖ As previously argued, classifying GAI tools, whether as intermediaries, conduits, or active creators, will
complicate the courts' ability to assign liability.
❖ ChatGPT's 'Terms of Use' attempt to shift liability to the user for any illegal output. But the enforceability
of such terms in India is uncertain.
❖ The landmark K.S. Puttaswamy judgment (2017) by the Supreme Court of India established a strong
foundation for privacy jurisprudence in the country, leading to the enactment of the Digital Personal Data
Protection Act, 2023 (DPDP).
❖ While traditional data aggregators or consent managers raise privacy concerns during the collection and
distribution of personal information, Generative Al introduces a new layer of complexity.
❖ The DPDP Act introduces the "right to erasure" as well as "right to be forgotten".
❖ However, once a GAI model is trained on a dataset, it cannot truly "unlearn" the information it has already
absorbed.
❖ This raises a critical question.
❖ How can individuals exercise control over their personal information when it is woven into the very fabric of
a powerful Al model?
Steps to Pursue:
❖ First, learning by doing.
➢ Consider granting GAI platforms temporary immunity from liability following a sandbox approach.
➢ This approach allows responsible development while gathering data to identify legal issues that could
inform future laws and regulations.
❖ Second, data rights and responsibilities.
➢ The process of data acquisition for GAl training requires an overhaul.
➢ Developers must prioritise legal compliance by ensuring proper licensing and compensation for the
intellectual property used in training models.
➢ Solutions could include revenue-sharing or licensing agreements with data owners.
❖ Third, licensing challenges.
➢ Licensing data for GAI is complex as web-data lacks a centralised licensing body similar to copyright
societies in the music industry.
➢ A potential solution is the creation of centralised platforms, akin to stock photo websites such as Getty
Images, which simplify licensing, streamline access to necessary data for developers and ensure data
integrity against historical bias and discrimination.
➢ The jurisprudence around Generative Al (GAI) is hazy and yet to be evolved.

115
 ➢ It demands a comprehensive re-evaluation of existing digital jurisprudence.
➢ A holistic, government-wide approach and judicious interpretations by the constitutional courts are
essential to maximise the benefits of this powerful technology, but safeguarding individual rights and
protecting them against unwelcome harm all the while.
Conclusion:
Clear legal frameworks for AI are essential to balance innovation with accountability, ensuring data rights,
proper licensing, and protection against misuse while fostering responsible development.

4.2 Coal Gasification

About the Coal Gasification Scheme:
❖ Third Category: Under this, Rs 600 crore ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Coal, Coal Gasification,
has been provisioned for demonstration Methods of Coal Gasification, etc.
projects (indigenous technology) or ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Process of coal gasification,
small-scale product- based gasification Potential benefits and challenges of coal gasification, etc.
plants.
➢ A lump-sum grant of Rs 100 crore or 15 per cent of capex, whichever is lower, will be given to the
selected entity.
❖ Selection of Entities: The selection of entities under categories II and III through a competitive and
transparent bidding process.
What is Coal Gasification?
❖ About: Coal Gasification is a thermo-chemical process that converts coal into simple molecules, primarily
carbon monoxide and hydrogen, called synthesis gas or syngas.
❖ Mechanism: In the gasification process, coal is partially oxidised by air, oxygen, steam, or carbon dioxide
under controlled conditions to produce a liquid fuel known as syngas.
❖ Significance: The combustion of this gas is cleaner and more efficient than coal combustion since emissions
are trapped at the gasification stage.
❖ Methods of Coal Gasification:
➢ In-situ method: In this, oxygen is infused into the seam together with water and ignited at high
temperatures, causing coal to partly oxidize into hydrogen, CO, carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4),
and hydrogen sulfide (H2S).
➢ Ex-situ reactors: They are designed to simulate the gasification process above the ground's surface.
✓ Sulphur in coal is transformed to H2S and trace volumes of carbonyl sulphide (COS) during the
gasification process.
Need for Coal Gasification:
❖ A Proven Reserve of Thermal Coal: A country's total estimated coal reserve (resource) per the Coal
Inventory published by GSI, as of 01.04.2022 is 361411.46 million tonnes.
❖ Global Standing: Second largest in the world after China.
➢ Production Surge: 14.8% rise in production reaching 893 MT in the 2022-2023 financial year.
➢ Contribution: India contributes more than 10% of the global coal production.
❖ Coal Gasification Target: The government has launched the National Coal Gasification Mission to achieve
coal gasification and liquefaction of 100 MT of coal by 2030.

116
❖ Government Production Target:
➢ The Government aims for self-reliance by boosting domestic production.
➢ Targeting over 1 billion tonnes in 2023-2024 and further increase it to 1.5 billion tonnes by 2029-2030.
❖ Reducing Import Dependency: India has a huge dependency on imports of crude and natural gas-based
products mainly methanol, ammonia, ammonium nitrate, and olefins, which can be easily substituted by
by-products derived from syngas.
❖ Transition to Sustainable Energy: India has huge reserves of coal, it would benefit India if it finds a
sustainable way of using these reserves as the world including India is gradually transitioning away from
coal toward cleaner fuels in the wake of climate change.
❖ Sustainable Usage of Coal: Given India's growth potential and rising demand for power, the demand for
coal is projected to rise from the current requirement of nearly one billion tonnes to 1.5 billion tonnes by
2029-30.
❖ Pharmaceutical Industry: India plans to produce active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) domestically
rather than importing them from China.
➢ There is a high potential for Syngas to make APIs and methanol as a solvent.
❖ Cleaner and environmentally Friendly: Coal gasification plants produce no scrubber sludge.
➢ The majority of the wash water is reprocessed, and residual wastewater from gasification plants can be
treated effectively.
➢ As a result, coal gasification is considered a cleaner coal technology than coal combustion.
Challenges with Coal Gasification in India:
❖ Inferior Quality of Coals: The high ash content in Indian coal is a technical barrier to a larger adoption of
coal gasification.
➢ The ash percentage of indigenously available coal ranges between 30-35 per cent even after washing,
which is quite high.
❖ Induced Subsidence of Surrounding Rocks: The space created by deep mining during the coal gasification
may cause significant deformation in the remaining coal and surrounding rocks.
❖ Occupational Hazard: The coal Gasification process cannot be controlled to the same extent as surface
gasifiers, which poses the risk of high temperature and pressure in the cavity, furthering the workers' risk.
❖ Environmental Factors: According to some studies, coal gasification generates more CO2 than a
conventional coal power station.
❖ Groundwater Contamination: While the nation already faces water scarcity, coal gasification is a more
water-intensive energy generation method.
❖ Economy of Projects: It is an inherently 'unsteady' state process; the flow rate and the heating value of the
product gas will vary over time.
➢ Changes in the quantity and quality of gas produced will significantly impact the project's economics.
❖ Technological Concern: Lack of availability of proven gasification technology suitable for poor poor-
quality Coal.
Way Forward:
❖ Regulation on Ash Content: The ash content of coal supplies needs to be enforced. Present regulations
limiting ash content to 34% are not being enforced.
➢ Coal washeries pose challenges regarding investment, water usage and water disposal.

117
 ➢ Coal blending is the path forward, as waste streams from the gasification process are easier to handle
and can be value-adding in themselves (e.g. sulphur, slag).
❖ Level Playing Field: Exemption from currently applicable Cess / Duties on Coal Feedstock prices should
be provided for environment- friendly Coal Gasification Projects due to its Clean Technology adaptation.
❖ National Policy on Coal Gasification & Liquefaction: This should be urgently formulated and
promulgated for faster and smoother implementation of Coal Gasification Projects.
❖ Dedicated Closed Coal Mines for Coal Gasification: Coal Mines should be earmarked for Coal
Gasification Projects (to be awarded through Auction Linkage) for better Coal Quality consistency,
sustained Supply & closer Mining & Transportation Cost control.
❖ Viability Gap Funding: Financial incentives from the government to support very high CAP of gasification
projects needed to improve the viability of 'Energy Security' (Clean) projects.
Conclusion:
Coal gasification offers a cleaner energy alternative, but overcoming technical and environmental challenges
requires robust regulations, financial incentives, and sustainable practices to ensure successful implementation.

4.3 Global Planetary Defence Efforts Ahead Of Earth’s 2029 Close Encounter With
Asteroid Apophis
Context:
❖ The Indian Space Research Organization ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: 99942 Apophis, ISRO’s Plans
(ISRO) intends to engage proactively in for Apophis, NASA’s Double Asteroid Redirection Test
global efforts for planetary defense, (DART) Mission, Asteroids, Asteroid Day, Near-Earth
focusing on Earth's upcoming close Object (NEO), Potentially Hazardous Object (PHA),
encounter with Asteroid Apophis in 2029. Kinetic Impact, Nuclear Detonation, the Gravity Tractor,
❖ This commitment was underscored during etc.
commemorating Asteroid Day 2024 on ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Asteroids, Methods of Deflection
30th June. of Asteroids from Earth, 99942 Apophis, Global actions
About 99942 Apophis: in Space and Technology , etc.
❖ A Near-Earth object (NEO): It is a near-
Earth object (NEO) and it is believed that this may reach Earth in 2029.
❖ Distance from the Earth: The average distance between the Earth and the Moon is 239,000 miles and the
99942 Aposphis will be just 38,012km or 23,619 miles away from the Earth on April 14, 2029.
➢ Hence, it would be 10 times closer than the moon, and moving with a speed of 29.98km per second.
➢ Although this distance is considerable in cosmic terms, it is remarkably close in astronomical terms.
❖ Size: The asteroid is 1,1100 feet or 335 meters in size.
❖ Its Discovery: Astronomers Roy Tucker, David Tholen, and Fabrizio Bernardi discovered the asteroid
99942 Apophis on June 19, 2004.
➢ They only managed to observe the asteroid for two days due to technical and weather problems.
➢ A team at the Siding Spring Observatory in Australia spotted the asteroid again later in the same year.
➢ Spacecraft Used: OSIRIS-REx (Origins, Spectral Interpretation, Resource Identification, and Security –
Regolith Explorer) was renamed OSIRIS-APophis EXplorer (OSIRIS-APEX) and was sent to study
Apophys during the asteroid's 2029 Earth flyby.

118
❖ Naming: Apophis is named after the demon serpent who personified evil and chaos in ancient Egyptian
mythology.
❖ Visibility: The asteroid will be very close to earth, and people will be able to have a glimpse of it from a safe
distance.
➢ It will be visible to observers in the Eastern Hemisphere and they don't need any telescopes or
binoculars.
➢ It is a rare opportunity for all astronomers to study the relic that has shifted from a potential threat to
a subject of scientific interest.
❖ Chances to Strike: Many reports earlier claimed that it will strike Earth in 2029. However, NASA recently
clarified that a radar observation in March 2021 along with orbit analysis confirmed that the Apophis 2029
wouldn't hit Earth.
❖ Impact: While the likelihood of a direct impact is low, the potential consequences necessitate proactive
measures.
ISRO’s Plans for Apophis:
❖ Observation and Study: ISRO plans to observe Apophis when it reaches 32,000 kilometers from Earth,
gathering crucial data to develop effective defense strategies.
❖ Collaboration: ISRO may collaborate with other space agencies such as JAXA (Japan Aerospace
Exploration Agency), ESA (European Space Agency), and NASA (National Aeronautics and Space
Administration), potentially contributing instruments to a joint mission focused on Apophis or offering other
forms of support.
❖ Objective:
➢ Support and Knowledge Sharing: ISRO aims to contribute instruments or other support to enhance
understanding of asteroids and planetary defense strategies.
➢ Mission Participation: By participating in this mission, India can actively contribute to global research
on planetary defense.
❖ Acknowledgement to Study: ISRO acknowledges the importance of studying Apophis during its close
approach to Earth, aiming to advance planetary defense efforts through insights into the asteroid's composition,
structure, and behavior.
➢ This effort aims to provide insights into planetary defense strategies capable of averting future
asteroid impacts on Earth.
❖ Necessity for Collaboration: ISRO's focus on planetary defense highlights the necessity for international
collaboration in safeguarding Earth from potential cosmic threats.
❖ Dedication for Advancement: India's involvement in these endeavors demonstrates its dedication to
advancing space science and ensuring the protection of Earth.
About NASA’s Double Asteroid Redirection Test (DART) Mission:
❖ Uniqueness: NASA’s DART mission in 2022 facilitated the change of trajectory of an asteroid in deep
space. It is a mission to show that it is possible to impart a little bit of a change of trajectory to an asteroid and
cause it to depart from its course.
➢ It showed that a spacecraft’s kinetic impact with its target asteroid, Dimorphos, had successfully altered
the orbit of the asteroid.
❖ Significance: This marks humanity’s first time purposely changing the motion of a celestial object and
the first full-scale demonstration of asteroid deflection technology.

119
About Asteroids:
❖ Refers: Minor planets, also known as asteroids or planetoids, are celestial objects that orbit the Sun but are
significantly smaller than the major planets.
❖ Size: These rocky and metallic bodies vary in size from a few meters to hundreds of kilometers in diameter.
❖ Existence: They primarily inhabit the asteroid belt, a region located between the orbits of Mars and
Jupiter, but can also be found throughout the solar system.
❖ Importance: Minor planets are remnants from the early stages of solar system formation and provide valuable
insights into the history and composition of our cosmic neighborhood.
❖ Deflection of Asteroids from Earth: Kinetic Impact, Nuclear Detonation, the Gravity Tractor can
accurately determine the asteroid's new orbit and deliver any remaining required deflection.
➢ Through a combination of detection, tracking, and deflection methods, researchers can identify and
redirect asteroids that pose a threat to Earth.
➢ However, no single method is a panacea. Each has its strengths and limitations, and the choice of
approach will depend on factors such as the size and composition of the asteroid, the warning time
available, and the resources at disposal.
❖ Concerning Impacts:
➢ Huge Devastation: Luis Walter Alvarez and his son Walter are known for their theory that an asteroid
collided with our planet 66 million years ago and caused all non-bird dinosaurs and many other
animals to die out.
➢ Impacted Site: The Chicxulub crater, Yucatán Peninsula in Mexico.
✓ The asteroid is thought to have been between 10 and 15 kilometers wide, but the velocity of its
collision caused the creation of a much larger crater, 150 kilometers in diameter. It's the second-
largest crater on the planet.
• The Vredefort impact structure is the largest verified impact structure on Earth.
Asteroid Day:
❖ June 30th: It is observed every year by the space community on June 30 on account of a huge air blast from
an asteroid flattening 2,200 sq km of forest in Siberia, Russia, on June 30, 1908.
➢ Asteroids are hypothesized to have caused the extinction of dinosaurs.
About Near-Earth Object (NEO):
❖ It is an asteroid or comet which passes close to the Earth's orbit.
❖ In technical terms, a NEO is considered to have a trajectory which brings it within 1.3 astronomical units of
the Sun and hence within 0.3 astronomical units, or approximately 45 million kilometers, of the Earth's
orbit.
Potentially Hazardous Object (PHA):
❖ PHAs are currently defined based on parameters that measure the asteroid's potential to make threatening
close approaches to the Earth.
Conclusion:
Planetary defense is a complex and multifaceted challenge that requires ongoing research, development, and
international cooperation. There is a need to invest in these efforts and work together as a global community
to protect our planet and secure Earth.

120
4.4 Glacial Geoengineering
Context:
❖ A group of scientists has released a white ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Glacial geoengineering,
paper on glacial geoengineering to assess Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC),
possible technological interventions that ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Concerns associated with rising
could help address catastrophic sea-level sea level, prospects and challenges of implementing
rise scenarios. glacial geoengineering, etc.
❖ The white paper results from two recent
geoengineering conferences at the University of Chicago and Stanford University, catalyzed by the newly
formed Climate Systems Engineering initiative.
❖ Aim: The paper seeks to understand the benefits, risks, and governance of technologies that might reduce
the impacts of accumulated greenhouse gases.
Glacial Geoengineering:
❖ Glacial Geoengineering: It refers to deliberate, large-scale interventions aimed at slowing or preventing
the melting of glaciers and ice sheets.
❖ Major Areas of Research: The report identifies major areas of research for the future, including
determining what natural processes might limit ice sheet deterioration and what human interventions could
enhance those processes.
Concerns Associated with Rising Sea Level:
❖ Coastal flooding: Low-lying areas become more vulnerable to flooding, especially during storms and high
tides.
❖ Erosion: Increased water levels accelerate coastal erosion, damaging shorelines and infrastructure.
❖ Habitat loss: Coastal ecosystems like wetlands and mangroves can be submerged, affecting wildlife and
biodiversity.
❖ Saltwater intrusion: Rising seas can contaminate freshwater aquifers, affecting drinking water supplies and
agriculture.
❖ Infrastructure damage: Roads, buildings, and utilities in coastal areas may be damaged or rendered unusable.
❖ Displacement of people: Coastal communities may be forced to relocate, creating climate refugees.
❖ Economic impact: Tourism, fishing, and other coastal industries can be severely affected.
Glacier Geoengineering Intervention Proposed:
❖ Fibre-based Curtains: These consist of berms or fibre- based "curtains" attached to the seabed around
the feet of ice shelves, which reduce the ice shelves' exposure to warm ocean water circulating under them.
➢ Modelling studies suggest that modest curtains could slow sea level rise from the melting of these
glaciers by a factor of 10, as they would delay the collapse of Antarctica's Thwaites and Pine Island
glaciers.
➢ For Example, the Thwaites Glacier in Antarctica might require as little as 50 miles of seabed nets
and curtains to make a difference.
❖ Drilling Holes through the Glacier Bed: This potential intervention involves drilling holes through the
glacier bed (to either drain water from below the ice before it affects the glacier or to try to freeze the glacier
bed artificially) to slow the flow of streams that carry meltwater off the ice sheet into the sea.
➢ Hypothesis: Reducing the amount of meltwater would cause the ice stream to freeze up and halt
melting.

121
Need for Geoengineering Interventions:
❖ Tipping Point: There have been documented changes in every major glacier system worldwide, and as
climate change continues, these massive ice sheets will melt, leading to rising global sea levels.
➢ The sixth assessment report (AR6) by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
estimated that the global sea level could rise between 0.43 m and 0.84 m by 2100 relative to 1986-2005.
Drawbacks:
❖ Changing Local Ecology: Installing curtains could deflect warm water to nearby ice shelves, potentially
reducing their stability while changing local ecology in uncertain ways.
❖ Disruption of Indigenous lives: The installation would disrupt local sea life and the lives of people who
live and depend on the ecosystem, including many Indigenous peoples.
❖ Distraction from Climate Action: Geoengineering technologies are labelled as a 'dangerous distraction'
from urgent climate action as they can divert attention from necessary immediate actions to a future date.
The technologies also cannot be fairly governed globally and come with risks.
❖ Heavy Technology Intensive: Although the drilling approach might be less harmful to ecosystems, but it
might not be very effective as it would require a lot of engineering under harsh conditions.
❖ Ensuring Effective Collaboration: Any such interventions would need to be conducted with input from
nations worldwide, calling for robust participation amongst all stakeholders, especially the Island states.
❖ Effectiveness of the Potential Outcome: Most of the ice that would affect global sea levels is concentrated
in a few areas in the Arctic and Antarctic, thus casting doubts about the possibility and effectiveness of such
interventions.
❖ There is limited scientific and economic understanding of glacial interventions, particularly regarding
large-scale ice-sheet deterioration (most notably that caused by marine ice-sheet instability) associated with
ice streams and glaciers in Antarctica and Greenland.
Conclusion:
Glacial geoengineering offers promising solutions to combat rising sea levels, but concerns about ecological
impacts, effectiveness, and governance must be addressed for sustainable implementation.

4.5 Cave on the Moon: What this Discovery means for Space Exploration
Context:
The discovery of a cave in the deepest known ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Neil Armstrong and Buzz
pit on the moon, not far from where Neil Aldrin, Sea of Tranquillity, NASA’s Lunar
Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed, could Reconnaissance Orbiter (LRO), Lunar Conditions, etc.
provide astronauts with a welcoming habitat to ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Significance of Lunar Caves, etc.
make shelters.
Discovery of Lunar Cave:
❖ Location: Sea of Tranquillity, near the site of the first lunar landing.
❖ Key Details:
➢ Size: Approximately 45 meters wide and up to 80 meters long.
➢ Formation: Resulted from the collapse of a lava tube, formed by volcanic activity over a billion years
ago.
➢ Identification: Identified using photos from NASA’s Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter (LRO) in 2010.

122
Protecting Humans from Harsh Lunar Conditions:
❖ Lunar Conditions:
➢ Radiation Exposure: 150 times stronger solar radiation than Earth.
➢ Temperature Extremes: Daytime heating to 127°C; nighttime cooling to -173°C.
➢ Stable Temperatures in Caves: Average around 17°C, shielding from extreme lunar surface conditions.
➢ Protection from Hazards: Shielding from radiation and micrometeorites, enhancing safety for human
explorers.
❖ Significance:
➢ Future Missions: Could serve as potential habitats for astronauts.
➢ Exploration: Offers insights into lunar geology and potential resource utilization.
➢ Scientific Value: Validates decades-old theories about the existence of lunar caves.
➢ Viability: Caves could serve as future lunar bases or emergency shelters.
➢ Advantages: Stable temperatures and protection from environmental extremes.
❖ Challenges:
➢ Accessibility: Depth of caves poses challenges for human access.
➢ Risks: Potential for cave-ins and avalanches.
➢ Structural Stability: Requires further research using ground-penetrating radar, robots, or cameras.
❖ Research Needs:
➢ Mapping and Understanding: Detailed mapping of cave properties and structural stability.
➢ Monitoring Systems: Implementation of systems for seismic activity and cave movement monitoring.
➢ Safety Measures: Designing safety zones within caves for astronaut protection during emergencies.
Conclusion:
There is a need for ongoing research to enhance understanding and utilization of lunar caves for human
habitation.

4.6 How children win with U-WIN, govt’s new online vaccine portal
Context:
On the government’s 100-day health agenda is ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: U-WIN, Key Features of U-
the countrywide rollout of U-WIN, an online WIN, Integration with eVIN , Benefits of U-Win,
vaccine management portal for childhood Implementation Status, Challenges and Considerations,
vaccination — similar to CoWIN used during etc.
the Covid-19 pandemic. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: U-WIN, Key Features of U-WIN,
U-WIN: Universal Immunization WIN Integration with eVIN , Benefits of U-Win,
Portal Implementation Status, Challenges , Way Forward,
❖ Part of government's 100-day health Conclusion etc.
agenda
❖ Online vaccine management portal for childhood vaccination
❖ Similar to CoWIN used during COVID-19 pandemic
❖ Aims: To digitize and individualize immunization records from birth
❖ Goal: Identify and reach children outside the current vaccine net

123
Key Features of U-WIN:
❖ Registration Process
➢ For children up to 6 years and pregnant mothers
➢ Uses government ID (e.g., Aadhaar) and mobile numbers
➢ Records 25 shots for children and 2 for pregnant mothers
❖ Digital Vaccination Certificate
➢ Checkered certificate with color-coded vaccines
➢ Displays vaccination dates and due dates for next shots
➢ Eliminates need for physical vaccination booklets
➢ Enables vaccination anywhere in the country
❖ SMS Reminders
➢ Sends alerts to parents before next vaccination due date
❖ Locating Vaccination Centers
➢ Helps find nearest center and book available slots
❖ Health Worker Support
➢ Generates automatic due-lists of children in respective areas
❖ Data Collection and Analysis
➢ Registers births, birth weight, and physical deformities
✓ U-WIN also registers all births, the three vaccines against polio, hepatitis B, and tuberculosis
administered at birth, a child’s birth weight, and any physical deformities observed at birth.
✓ These data-points can be utilised by other government programmes as well — the idea is to
eventually connect all digital records through ABHA (Ayushman Bharat Health Account) ID.
➢ Allows study of micro-trends across areas
Integration with eVIN (Electronic Vaccine Intelligence Network)
❖ Inventory Management
➢ Tracks vaccine vials from central stores to vaccination sites
➢ Monitors doses used, wasted, and returned
➢ Facilitates demand forecasting for vaccines
❖ Temperature and Humidity Monitoring
➢ Real-time tracking using sensors attached to freezers
Benefits of U-WIN
❖ Improved Compliance : Regular reminders to parents
❖ Portability: Ensures continuity of vaccination for migrant families
❖ Error Reduction: Acts as a decision support system for health workers
❖ Granular Data Collection
➢ Provides individual-level vaccination data
➢ Helps differentiate between over-vaccinated and under-vaccinated children
❖ Reduction in "Zero Dose" Children
➢ Current scenario: 1.6 million zero dose children in India (2023)
➢ Example: Increase in missed measles vaccinations (1.6 million in 2023, up from 1.1 million in 2022)

124
 ➢ Potential to address measles outbreaks (e.g., in Bihar, Gujarat, Haryana, Jharkhand, and Maharashtra in
2022)
Implementation Status:
❖ Pilot phase in several states: The pilot phase aims to test the network’s performance, identify potential issues,
and gather feedback from users.
➢ Wireless infrastructure has been set up in selected schools and colleges, providing students and staff with
enhanced internet access.
❖ Nationwide rollout imminent Test
➢ Initial Rollout: The first phase of the nationwide rollout will target key regions and institutions that are
ready for implementation.
➢ Full Deployment: Gradually, the network will be extended to cover all educational institutions across
the country, ensuring ubiquitous wireless connectivity for students and staff.
Challenges and Considerations:
❖ Digital infrastructure requirements
➢ Bandwidth and Speed: Ensuring sufficient bandwidth and high-speed connectivity to support multiple
users and devices simultaneously.
➢ Coverage and Signal Strength: Achieving comprehensive coverage with strong signal strength,
particularly in large or multi-story buildings.
➢ Hardware Requirements: Procuring and installing high-quality routers, access points, and other
networking equipment.
❖ Training of health workers
➢ Training programs for staff and support teams should be organized to ensure smooth operation and
maintenance of the network.
❖ Ensuring data privacy and security: Developing a robust incident response plan to quickly address and
mitigate data breaches or security incidents.
➢ Encryption: Implementing strong encryption protocols (e.g., WPA3 for Wi-Fi) to protect data in transit.
Conclusion:
❖ Potential to revolutionise childhood immunization in India
❖ Long-term benefits for policy-making and implementation
❖ Contribution to achieving universal immunization coverage

125
 5. Environment and Geography
5.1 Court On Climate Right And How India Can Enforce It
Context:
Through its recent judgment in M.K. ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: M.K. Ranjitsinh and Ors. vs
Ranjitsinh and Ors. vs Union of India & Union of India & Ors., right to life and the right to
Ors., the Supreme Court of India has dropped a equality, etc.
large rock into the relatively placid waters of ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Right to be free from adverse
India's nascent climate change jurisprudence. effects of climate change as a constitutional right, Need
Court On Climate Right: for a comprehensive climate change law in India, etc.
❖ It has read into the Constitution of India the
right to 'be free from the adverse effects of climate change', identifying both the right to life and the right
to equality as its sources.
❖ As a new government considers its imperatives and agenda, Ranjitsinh provides an intriguing opportunity to
think through and possibly enact much more systematic governance around climate change.
A new right around climate:
❖ Scholars and legal practitioners are still unpacking the judgment.
❖ The issue before the Court was whether and how electricity transmission lines can be built through the
habitat of the critically endangered Great Indian Bustard.
❖ The government claimed that a previous court order protecting the bird's habitat had affected the country's
renewable energy potential.
❖ Modifying this order, the Court prioritised transmission infrastructure to enable accelerated development
of renewable energy to address climate change.
❖ But the more seismic aspect of the judgment was the newly minted 'climate right' rooted in the
constitutionally guaranteed right to life (Article 21) and right to equality (Article 14).
❖ Reading this right into the Constitution potentially opens the door to climate litigation, empowering citizens
to demand from the government that this right be protected.
❖ But the judgment also leaves unresolved questions.
❖ Does the Court overstate the large-scale clean energy agenda as the main pathway to avoiding climate harms
and, correspondingly, understate climate adaptation and local environmental resilience?
❖ Just how will this right against the adverse effects of climate change be protected?
❖ And what might it mean for the agenda of the newly formed government?
❖ One way forward is the slow accretion of judicial decisions around this right. But another is new legislation
to actively realise a right against the adverse effects of climate change.
❖ The former approach, the proliferation of court- based action through enhanced litigation around climate
claims, will likely lead, slowly and over time, to an incomplete patchwork of (judiciary- led) protections.
❖ As with many other well-meaning judicial orders directing the protection of fundamental rights, realising
climate rights could become contingent on the passage of several subsequent policy actions.
❖ Moreover, a patchwork approach is less likely to chart an overarching framework to guide future policy.
❖ Is the latter approach, climate legislation, then a preferred approach to protect climate rights?

126
❖ The judgment itself states that there is no 'umbrella legislation' in India that relates to climate change.
❖ And in so doing, seems to implicitly recognise the merits of an overarching, framework legislation.
❖ Drawing from the experience of other countries, framework legislation can bring several advantages.
❖ It can set the vision for engaging with climate change across sectors and regions, create necessary
institutions and endow them with powers, and put in place processes for structured and deliberative
governance in anticipation of and reaction to climate change.
Indian context is important:
❖ These are important advantages, and good reasons for India to consider climate legislation.
❖ But at the same time, it is essential that Indian climate legislation not blindly copy other countries, and is
tailored to the Indian context.
❖ Undoubtedly, India needs to transition to a low- carbon energy future, an imperative that is highlighted in
the Ranjitsinh judgment.
❖ But this, by itself, is not nearly enough to enforce right against the adverse effects of climate change.
❖ Climate legislation should also create a supportive regulatory environment for more sustainable cities,
buildings, and transport networks.
❖ It should enable adaptation measures such as heat action plans sensitive to local context.
❖ It should provide mechanisms for shifting to more climate-resilient crops.
❖ It should protect key ecosystems such as mangroves that act as a buffer against extreme weather events.
❖ And, it should actively consider questions of social equity in how it achieves these tasks.
❖ In brief, it should provide a way of mainstreaming and internalising climate change considerations into
how India develops.
❖ Nothing less is required to make progress toward avoiding the adverse effects of climate change.
Conclusion:
A comprehensive climate legislation tailored to India's context is crucial to protect climate rights and ensure
sustainable development, adaptation, and resilience against climate change.

5.2 Breaking The Minerals Monopoly

Context:
In the 21st century, critical minerals and rare
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Critical Minerals, Importance,
earths have taken centre stage, becoming
India’s Initiatives, Global Partnership, China’s
crucial for electronics, renewable energy,
Dominance, etc.
electric vehicles, defence, aerospace, and
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Critical Minerals- Importance,
medical devices.
Need, Challenges and Way Forward, etc.
About Critical Minerals:
❖ These refer to minerals that are essential for the economy and national security due to their widespread use
in various industries.
Importance of Critical Minerals:
❖ Surging Demand and Deepening Reliance: Minerals like graphite, manganese, cobalt and nickel as
“critical”, and highlighting their pivotal role in shaping future technologies and industries.
➢ The global surge in demand has elevated critical minerals to the status of strategic assets and
geopolitical tools.

127
❖ For Climate: The International Renewable Energy Agency’s pathway to restrict global temperature rise to
1.5°C posits that renewables will constitute 91% of the energy mix by 2050, requiring massive quantities of
minerals like silicon, silver, lithium, and rare earths such as neodymium and dysprosium.
Dominance of China on Critical Minerals:
❖ These minerals are concentrated in a few nations, with China being the dominant one possessing
substantial reserves of dysprosium (50%), neodymium (50%), and graphite (65%).
❖ Strategic Agreements: China’s mineral dominance is fortified by securing advantageous agreements across
Africa, Latin America, Central Asia, and Australia, often through initiatives like the Belt and Road
Initiative (BRI).
➢ Example: China’s $1.3 billion BRI investment in mineral exploration and processing in Ghana,
Guinea, Niger, Sierra Leone, and Mali ensured privileged access to bauxite and lithium.
❖ Monopoly on Mineral Processing: China’s monopoly is reinforced by being the mineral processing capital
of the world.
➢ China controls substantial global shares — graphite (80%), dysprosium (100%), manganese (93%),
and neodymium (88%).
➢ This industrial prowess of China, driven by economies of scale, has reduced their processing costs and
erected significant barriers to entry for other nations.
❖ Monopolistic Weaponization of Critical Minerals: Here, China’s monopoly is raising concern.
➢ Example: In 2010, China restricted rare earth exports to Japan amidst a territorial dispute.
✓ Recently, in 2023, following US semiconductor technology restrictions, China imposed controls on
germanium and gallium exports.
Significance of Critical Minerals for India:
❖ Ambition for Net-zero Emissions: India’s ambitions for net-zero emissions by 2070, semiconductor
foundries, and expanding defence, nuclear, and space industries underscore the critical importance of minerals
like lithium, nickel, copper, and cobalt.
❖ Securing Supply Chain: With India heavily reliant on imports for these minerals — 100% for cobalt,
nickel and lithium, and 93% for copper and its concentrates, securing supply chains is crucial amid potential
geopolitical pressures and vulnerabilities in strategic sectors.
❖ Huge Mineral Deposits: India has abundant heavy minerals, found in the sands of Kerala, Tamil Nadu,
Andhra Pradesh, and Odisha, and significant deposits of polymetallic ferromanganese nodules and
crusts in the Andaman Sea and Lakshadweep Sea, along with deep-seated deposits inland.
➢ Many critical minerals have remained undiscovered due to the focus on bulk minerals, neglecting
deep-seated critical minerals.
➢ Exploration was restricted to government entities, hindering investment and adoption of advanced
prospecting technologies.
❖ Crucial Minerals: India, like many other countries, relies on critical minerals to support its industrial and
technological advancements. These minerals are crucial for the manufacturing of advanced technologies,
infrastructure development, and strategic defense capabilities.
India’s Initiatives to enhance Production of Critical Minerals:
❖ Identification of Minerals: The government has identified 30 critical minerals and taken over their
prospecting to streamline state efforts.

128
❖ Allow for FDI: In 2019, 100% foreign direct investment was allowed.
❖ Exploration of Deep-Seated Critical Minerals: The Geological Survey of India has launched over 250
projects to explore deep-seated critical minerals.
❖ Various Amendments: In 2023 to the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957, and
the Offshore Areas Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 2002, have permitted the entry of the
private sector through auctions.
❖ Reclassification: Certain minerals previously classified as atomic, have been reclassified, facilitating
private-sector mining.
❖ Multiple Auctions: Three rounds of auctions for blocks of lithium and rare earths started in November
2023 have been completed.
➢ Offshore blocks are also set for auction, opening new opportunities, and startup challenges aiming to
develop advanced processing technologies have been launched.
❖ Examination of Stockpiling: Stockpiling key minerals for renewable energy, automotive, space, defence, and
semiconductor sectors is also under examination.
❖ Collaboration with Others: India is starting to collaborate with other countries.
➢ Example: Khanij Bidesh India is assisting Argentina in lithium exploration across five blocks and
discussing lithium and cobalt blocks in Australia.
❖ The Mineral Security Partnership: In 2023, India joined this partnership, which was a US initiative with 13
countries and the EU, and began in mid-2022.
Way Forward:
❖ Investment in Beneficiation and Processing Facilities: India, as a trusted friend of Africa, should be
investing in beneficiation and processing facilities, promoting local economies and sustainable relationships.
❖ Public-Private Partnership: To expedite international initiatives, the government should involve both the
private sector and public-sector undertaking.
❖ Enhancement of Mineral Processing Capabilities: India must enhance its mineral processing capabilities to
meet its low-concentration core and specific end-use requirements.
❖ Learn from Others: India can draw inspiration from Indonesia’s success in nickel to lead globally in critical
minerals, where it has access to domestic and international raw materials.
❖ Provision for Incentives: Like oil-refining, India has the potential to become a global leader in lithium
refining and to address global bottlenecks in critical minerals. To achieve this, the production-linked incentive
is required.
❖ Investment and Advancement: While policy initiatives have been implemented, there is now a pressing need
for investments and technological advancements.

5.3 Making Sense of Assam Floods

Context:
❖ The Brahmaputra Valley that encompasses ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Flood, Factors for Assam
the Northeast part of India witnesses Floods, Effect of Floods on Assam, etc.
floods almost every year, leaving behind ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Flood, Assam Floods- Factors,
a tale of death and destruction. Effects and Measures need to be taken, etc.
❖ In recent years, however, the extent of
devastation due to floods has increased significantly.

129
About Flood:
❖ A flood is an overflow of water that submerges land that is usually dry.
❖ In the sense of "flowing water", the word may also be applied to the inflow of the tide.
❖ There are three common type of floods:
❖ Flash Floods:
➢ Caused by rapid and extensive rainfalls.
❖ River Floods:
➢ Caused when consistent rain or snow melt forces a river to exceed capacity.
❖ Coastal Floods:
➢ Caused by storm surges associated with tropical cyclones and tsunami.
Why Assam Gets Flooded Every Year?
❖ The Brahmaputra Factor:
➢ Location: Assam is situated at the foothills of the Himalayas and comprises two valleys namely
Brahmaputra and Barak.
➢ Huge Coverage: It flows through Assam over a length of around 650 km with an average width of 5.46
km, making it the principal river that crisscrosses the floodplains.
➢ Sedimentation: Coming from the Kailash range (high elevation), the river gets highly sedimented by the
time it enters Assam (low elevation).
✓ Due to this flattening of the slope, there is a sudden drop in velocity and the river deposits huge
quantities of sediment and other debris collected from hilly terrains on the riverbed, raising its level.
✓ During summers, the sedimentation increases as soil erodes with the melting of glaciers.
The Monsoon Factor:
❖ Intense Monsoon: According to the State Disaster Management Authority, annual rainfall averages around
2900 mm with maximum precipitation in June and July.
➢ The Water Resources Ministry of Assam states that 85% of the annual rainfall in the Brahmaputra
basin takes place during the monsoon months.
➢ Besides, the valley gets a good amount of rainfall in April and May due to thunderstorm activities which
account for flooding during heavy rain in June, when the soil is already saturated.
Riverbank Erosion:
❖ Need: As sedimented rivers move through the state along with their tributaries, they take with them soil and
sediment from banks.
➢ Soil erodes and rivers expand as it gets more area and this results in flooding.
➢ This erosion of the land alongside rivers has emerged as a serious problem for Assam.
➢ A major cause of the displacement of people due to the disappearance of villages.
✓ The width of Brahmaputra has increased up to 15 km due to bank erosion at some places in
Assam.
Human intervention:
❖ Construction of Embankments:
➢ Embankments are constructed to confine the course of a river. This solution, however, has evolved
to be an added challenge over time in Assam.

130
 ✓ Construction of embankments first started in Assam in the 1960s to control floods.
✓ Six decades later, most of these embankments have either outlived their utility or are in bad
condition. Many others were washed away.
✓ Every year, as floods follow monsoon, river water breaches these barriers and inundated houses and
land.
❖ Population Boom:
➢ Population boom in the State has put more pressure on the State's ecology.
✓ The population density of Brahmaputra valley has highly increased as per the 2011 census, according
to a report by the Brahmaputra Board.
➢ The board under the Ministry of Jai Shakti monitors the Brahmaputra and Barak Valley and
covers States under the Brahmaputra basin.
Climate Change:
❖ A Report by the State government: It states that extreme rainfall events will increase by 38%.
❖ Factors: Heavy rainfall replacing continuous low or normal rainfall during monsoon combined with the
melting of glaciers due to rising temperatures will mean:
➢ Rivers from the Himalayas will be carrying more water and sediment even before they enter Assam
where smaller rivers are swelled up due to incessant rainfall.
➢ This increases the possibility of frequent flash floods in low-lying areas.
❖ Other Factors Worsened the Flood Situation: Deforestation, Hill Cutting, Encroachments, Destruction of
Wetlands, Lack of Drainage System in the State, Unplanned Urban Growth, Construction of Dams, Hydro
Projects, Irrigation Projects, etc.
Adverse Effect of Floods on Assam:
❖ Kaziranga National Park:
➢ More than 15% of the Kaziranga National Park has been inundated with the Brahmaputra flowing above
the danger level, an official statement noted.
➢ At least five animals, including a leopard, have been killed in floods in the national park so far this
year.
➢ However, large frequent floods have started creating problems for the national park.
✓ NH-37: When the flood water hits a certain level, the animal moves towards safer, higher ground in
the Karbi Anglong hills. However, they have to cross NH-37 which cuts across the park, which leads
to the killing of animals in road accidents.
❖ Effects on Infrastructure:
➢ Train services got disrupted as water affected railway tracks at several places.
➢ All modes of transport went on halt except Boats, which charged as much as ₹100 per 100 m in some
areas to make up for their inability to fish or ferry people to rivers for a living.
✓ Food and potable water is not easily available.
➢ Roads and bridges have suffered serious damage.
❖ Effects on Animals:
➢ Killing by Poachers: Animals are also killed by poachers who take advantage of their vulnerability.
➢ Human-animal Conflict: Animals also move towards villages in floods, this leads to human-animal
conflict.

131
Advantages of Floods in the Northeast Region:
❖ Raising of Lowlands: Every year, the Brahmaputra and its tributaries transport billions of tonnes of sediment,
mainly from the Eastern Himalayas. This raised the lowlands and regularly adjusted river beds.
❖ Rejuvenation of Ecosystem: Floods cause disruption and damage but they also generate a bounty of fish and
rejuvenate flood-plain ecosystems all along the Brahmaputra, including in the Kaziranga.
❖ Shaping of the State: The entire Assam landscape has been shaped over millions of years with the help of an
active monsoonal environment and mighty rivers that carry sediments weathered from the still-rising
Himalayas.
Measures Need to be Taken:
❖ Information Communications: It should be ensured that more credible information is made available so that
preparedness can be improved and residents can be alerted.
➢ Experts have indicated that the region needs more institutionalized and technologically advanced systems
to allow for credible and fast warning systems.
❖ Protecting Kaziranga: Emphasis needs to be put on securing animal corridors and ensuring a safe passage to
the Karbi hills.
➢ Need for a landscape-scale conservation approach that recognises the value of the Karbi Anglong hills.
➢ The highlands of Karbi Anglong, where the animals take refuge, are the lifeline of the park during the
floods.
❖ Constructing Sluice Gates: Sluice Gates should be constructed on tributaries of Brahmaputra and other
rivers. It would prove to be an effective step.
➢ Sluice Gate's valves are designed to seal in one direction and commonly are used to control water levels
and flow rates in rivers and canals.
➢ They also are used in wastewater treatment plants.
❖ Other Measures: A Centre for Disaster Management should be established in Assam to carry out studies for
effective implementation of measures.

5.4 The Toll that Extreme Heat Takes on Women

Context:
Extreme heat is our planet's norm for now and ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Global Gender Gap Index,
perhaps for years to come. International Labour Organization, etc.
Extreme Heat: ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Impact of extreme heat on women,
❖ The warmest year on record was 2023. Socio-economic challenge that highlights existing gender
❖ Temperatures in several parts of India disparities, etc.
during May-June 2024 were reported to be
record- breaking.
❖ Women are disproportionately harmed by extreme heat, largely because of unequal power dynamics,
gender norms, and unequal access to resources, as reflected in the Global Gender Gap Index that places
India at 18th rank from the bottom.
❖ Perhaps we should be alarmed by the numbers - India is home to more than one-in-six women in the world
- and extreme heat is now their reality.

132
Hidden Toll:
❖ A recent report by the ADB (Rising Above the Heat) highlights the unequal impact of extreme heat on
women in Asia and the Pacific.
❖ For instance, women living in informal settlements in cities (also at the margins and in slums) face multiple
challenges due to rising temperatures.
❖ Their homes could turn into heat chambers since the material used in informal, urban neighbourhoods, such
as tin, asbestos, and plastic, trap heat.
❖ Women also toil in poorly ventilated kitchens, experiencing scorching temperatures while cooking. Rising
temperatures are compounded by extreme time poverty and care burden for them.
❖ Due to lower productivity stemming from heat stress, women work considerably longer hours to complete
their share of unpaid work at home.
❖ According to Arsht-Rock's 'Scorching Divide' report, the productivity loss due to heatwaves translates to 90
more minutes of care work per day in India.
❖ This adds to the pre-existing gender differences in time-use pattern; in doing unpaid work like cooking,
cleaning, and fetching water and fuel, women spend two and a half times minutes more per day than men
(National Statistical Office 2019 data).
❖ Intriguingly, more than two-third of women's productivity loss from heat strain occurs in the domain of
unpaid labour in India.
❖ The loss also reflects opportunity costs associated with heat stress - that women could have earned extra
income, acquired skills, or rested enough.
Worryingly Pervasive:
❖ Urban female informal labourers face harsh weather, whether working in marketplaces, streets, construction
sites, landfills, or even their employers' homes.
❖ Due to their occupational settings, these casual- wage workers - street vendors, paid domestic helpers,
construction workers, and sanitation workers are vulnerable to climatic extremes, reports the International
Labour Organization ('Work in a Changing Climate').
❖ The situation worsens with energy poverty - living without cooling facilities such as ventilated spaces, fans,
air conditioners, or coolers.
❖ Greenery and other natural forms of cooling are also becoming increasingly unavailable for public
consumption in dense urban areas.
❖ Furthermore, water scarcity and power fluctuations raise the challenge of being hydrated and staying
comfortable.
❖ The situation in rural India is equally severe.
❖ Consider the daily routine of a woman in a heatwave-affected rural area: she begins her morning cooking
using biomass over a hot stove, bearing the brunt of ensuing disease burden.
❖ Since 56.8% of rural Indian families cook on biomass (NFHS-5), acknowledging the extent of this public
health hazard is essential.
❖ Women's days also involve longer working hours under heat stress.
❖ If she does home-based work inside the living area with asbestos or tin roofing, temperatures could become
unbearable, making labour increasingly unsafe.
Conclusion:
Extreme heat disproportionately impacts women in India, exacerbating existing gender inequalities and posing
significant health, productivity, and safety challenges, especially in informal and rural settings.

133
5.5 The Issue With India’s Tree Planting Schemes
Context:
The exploitation of forest resources due to ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Forest Degradation, Tree
uncontrolled and unsustainable practices has Plantation for Healthy Environment, Carbon
degraded forest landscapes, emphasizing on
Sequestration, Van Mahotsava, Carbon Sink, the One
reoriented innervations and strategies that
Trillion Project, the “Great Green Wall of China”, the “10
can help to bring changes in the ecological
Billion Tree Tsunami”, the “Bonn Challenge, Paris
systems of forests, and create resilient forests
Agreement, 2021-2030 as a Decade of Ecosystem
that have diverse capacities and capabilities.
Restoration by the United Nations, monoculture, etc.
High Forest Degradation:
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Forest Degradation and Tree
❖ Concerning Statistics: The World Bank Plantation- India’s Contribution and Statistics, Need,
estimates that the world has lost about 10 Significance, Challenges, Actions Taken and Measures
million square km of forests since the Need to be Taken, etc.
start of the 20th century.
❖ Action Taken: The emphasis on forest restoration approaches was the main purpose of declaring the decade
of 2021-2030 as a Decade of Ecosystem Restoration by the United Nations.
➢ Target: Restoration of 350 million hectares of degraded land to generate $9 trillion in ecosystem
services and sequester an additional 13 gigatons-26 gigatons of greenhouse gases from the
atmosphere.
Tree Plantation for Healthy Environment:
❖ A Method: It is one of the proven methods to support and sustain biodiversity with spectacular potential
to address climate-related crises and other environmental challenges.
❖ Includes: Biological carbon sequestration, as a mechanism to store and remove carbon dioxide from the
atmosphere.
❖ Action taken in India: Keeping this indispensable role of trees in maintaining the ecological balance, the
then Indian Agriculture Minister, K.M. Munshi launched the Van Mahotsava (‘festival of trees’)
programme in July 1950.
➢ Since then, India has been religiously celebrating this programme of tree planting, annually, in the first
week of July.
➢ To some extent, these efforts have been successful not only in motivating people but also in bringing
tangible results that include improving the forest area.
❖ Challenges with such Drives: The neglect of ecology and locality with little involvement of people in
various tree planting programmes has been a major concern of environmentalists and scientists in recent years.
➢ Adverse Impact on Ecosystem: As per Joseph Veldman Sstudy, except for deforested areas, tree
planting in certain locations such as grasslands and animal habitat destroys plant and animal habitats
and can damage ecosystems, increase wildfire intensity and exacerbate global warming.
✓ Various experts expressed scepticism in considering grasslands as deforested and degraded
lands for selecting them for tree planting by rehabilitation; these lands are highly productive and
biodiverse, supporting many livestock and people.
Fancy Drives, Catchy Slogans:
❖ With catchy slogans, glamorous drives and headline-grabbing campaigns, the programmes of tree planting,
both globally and at a national level, have attracted huge media attention and the involvement of people
including various organisations to fulfil their objectives.

134
 ➢ Examples: Planting drive in various Indian States, the “One Trillion Project” of the World Economic
Forum, the “Great Green Wall of China”, the “10 Billion Tree Tsunami” of Pakistan or the “Bonn
Challenge” to restore 150 mn hectares of degraded and deforested landscapes by 2020 and 350 mn
hectares by 2030.
❖ Criticism: Limited community participation, a lack of adequate post-planting measures and for promoting
monoculture.
➢ Thereby proving less effective for carbon sequestration and biodiversity development.
India’s Achievement:
❖ Paris Agreement: In 2023, the Indian Prime Minister said that ‘India is the only G20 country that has
fulfilled its commitments under the Paris Agreement’.
❖ Carbon Sink: In the Rajya Sabha, in February 2024, the Union Minister of State for Environment, Forest and
Climate Change said that ‘India has achieved an additional carbon sink of 1.97 billion tonnes of CO2
equivalent’.
Challenges faced by India:
❖ Following challenges are mentioned below that pose problems for India’s initiatives to restore 26 million
hectares of degraded forests by 2030 and to improve forest cover using steps that include tree planting.
➢ Encroachment: In India, nearly 10 million hectares of its forests are under encroachment.
➢ High Dependency: Nearly 27.5 crore of people are dependent on forests for subsistence.
➢ Non-Forest Purpose Usage: Nearly 5.7 million hectares of forest land have been lost for non-forestry
purposes since Independence.
Way Forward:
❖ In the background of the criticism of mass planting drives, India needs to:
➢ Introspect the strategies
➢ Focus on adequate finances
➢ Public awareness
campaigns, Social media,
and incentivised
community participation
➢ Technical considerations
Conclusion:
Planting saplings alone does not fulfil
the multifarious expectations unless provision for adequate post-planting measures and monitoring of tree
growth have been taken. There is a need to focus on a more rewarding approach of restoration and other
alternative low-cost approaches such as tree islands which involve planting in small patches or islands.

5.6 Why Economic Survey Argues For Climate Adaptation, Not Mitigation
The Economic Survey has pointed to flaws and ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Economic Survey, Kyoto
inequities in the global climate action regime, Protocol, Paris Agreement, Intergovernmental Panel on
and suggested alternative pathways that Climate Change (IPCC), etc.
incorporate lifestyle and behavioural changes. ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Climate adaptation strategies and
mitigation efforts etc.

135
Economic Survey on Climate Change:
❖ Focus on System Flaws and Inequities: Two chapters on climate change highlights flaws and inequities in
the current system and suggests alternative pathways for reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
❖ Lifestyle and Behavioural Changes: Emphasizes the importance of lifestyle and behavioural changes and
proposes incorporating these changes to mitigate climate impact.
❖ Critique of Temperature Targets: Notes "excessive preoccupation" with 1.5- or 2-degree Celsius targets.
Argues this pressure is unrealistic for developing countries.
Global Climate Action Framework:
❖ Effectiveness Issues:
➢ Consistent failure to meet set targets.
➢ Inequitable system favoring developed nations.
❖ Developed vs Developing Countries Debate:
➢ Historical responsibility of developed nations (e.g., US).
➢ Unfulfilled commitments by developed countries a. Emission reduction targets b. Financial and
technological support.
International Climate Architecture:
❖ Critique:
➢ Perpetuation of existing world order.
➢ Favoring industrialized nations' interests
❖ Evolution of Climate Agreements:
➢ Kyoto Protocol: More equitable approach.
➢ Paris Agreement: Shift in global climate strategy.
❖ Role of Scientific Bodies:
➢ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC): Alignment with developed countries' narrative.
Bias in climate scenarios and models.
India's Climate Strategy:
❖ Infrastructure Development:
➢ Potential for climate-resilient infrastructure.
➢ Challenges in implementation:
✓ Smart Cities project.
✓ Railway station modernization.
❖ Mission Life:
➢ Focus on lifestyle and behavioral changes.
➢ Current status: Yet to become a mass movement.
Economic Survey Implications:
❖ Possible Policy Shifts:
➢ Potential change in India's energy transition approach.
➢ Call for effective action post-criticism of established order.
Conclusion:
The Economic Survey underscores systemic flaws and inequities in global climate action, urging lifestyle
changes and equitable policies for a resilient, sustainable future.

136
5.7 As Mumbai Floods Again, A Reminder Of The Need To Protect Mangroves
Context:
Across India’s coastline, and especially in ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Mangrove Ecosystem, Global
vulnerable megacities like Mumbai and Mangrove Alliance and Mangrove Alliance for Climate,
Chennai, large infrastructure projects Mangrove Initiative for Shoreline Habitats and Tangible
continue to threaten invaluable ecosystems Incomes (MISHTI), etc.
like mangrove forests.
❖ Relevancy for Mains: Causes of depletion of mangroves,
Mumbai Floods Again: Importance of mangroves, etc.
❖ Currently, torrential rainfall in parts of
Maharashtra has caused flooding, including in Mumbai.
❖ When developing transport networks or expanding ports, policymakers should acknowledge and address the
trade-offs and consequences of tinkering with nature.
❖ Instead, planners are often perpetuating an outdated model of urbanisation that prioritises humanengineered
grey infrastructure at the expense of intact habitats.
❖ In the long term, this will only increase the costs of adapting to and addressing the swelling tide of challenges
in a heating world.
❖ Half of the world’s mangroves are at risk due to human activities and climate change, according to a recent
assessment by the International Union for Conservation of Nature.
The Cost of a Not-So-Green Urbanisation:
❖ India has lost 40 per cent of its mangrove cover over the last century, as per an Indian Institute of Science
study.
❖ Mumbai experienced devastating flooding on 26 July, 2005.
❖ A cloudburst led to a punishing downfall which claimed 698 lives. Over a lakh houses were destroyed,
20,000 cars were damaged and over 24,000 animals died.
❖ The date is now observed as the International Day for the Conservation of the Mangrove Ecosystem.
❖ In 2015, Chennai too, met a similar fate.
❖ After unprecedented levels of rainfall, the city came to a standstill and over 200 people lost their lives
❖ But as conservation efforts embrace local communities’ knowledge and new technological tools, we have
a much better understanding of the benefits provided by bio shields like mangroves.
❖ With their stilt-like arched aerial roots, mangrove forests dissipate the energy of large waves and protect
people and infrastructure from flooding as it becomes more frequent due to poor planning choices and more
intense storms.
❖ Current global estimates suggest mangroves provide flood protection benefits of up to $65 billion each
year.
❖ Mangroves also store four times more carbon than the equivalent area of a tropical forest, provide a nursery
for juvenile fish and a home to many other
Tailwinds of Change:
❖ Fortunately, there are tailwinds that could reverse the destruction of these marvels of nature.
❖ At the international level, the Global Mangrove Alliance and Mangrove Alliance for Climate (of which
India is a member) are fostering collaboration, fostering and utilising ambition for protection and restoration,
and raising resources for this ecosystem.

137
❖ Domestically, mangroves are part of India’s 2030 target of creating a sink of 2.5-3 billion tonnes of carbon
dioxide equivalent through additional green cover.
❖ Mangroves were included in the Budget 2023-24 through the Amrit Dharohar scheme, centred around
ecotourism and the role of local communities in the conservation of Ramsar Sites, and the Mangrove
Initiative for Shoreline Habitats and Tangible Incomes (MISHTI), which aims to restore more than 500
square kilometres of mangroves over the next five years.
❖ States are also taking key actions: The Maharashtra Mangrove Cell has commissioned a two-year satellite-
based assessment of the state of mangroves across its coastline, and the Green Tamil Nadu Mission has
allocated a budget of Rs 1,000 crore to increase forest cover (including coastal forests) from 23 to 33 per cent.
How We Can Help:
❖ Civil society can play an important role in assisting these efforts, acting as a bridge between policy, local
communities and scientific research.
❖ This could strengthen policy frameworks and practices on the ground.
❖ Over the next couple of years, the Soonabai Pirojsha Godrej Foundation will be anchoring a Mangrove
Coalition focused on Mumbai and Chennai that aims to enhance the protection and management of urban
mangroves through an interdisciplinary, integrated and inclusive approach to conservation.
❖ The coalition’s three key pillars of work could be relevant to efforts at safeguarding other ecosystems too.
❖ First, our partners will work with decisionmakers using the logic of “natural capital” towards quantifying
ecosystem services in different development scenarios.
➢ This will be an effort towards reversing patterns of urban planning in which blue and green
infrastructure like creeks and forests have been undervalued as compared to human-engineered grey
infrastructure.
➢ In addition to the carbon storage, biodiversity benefits and coastal and flood protection described
above, mangroves also mitigate the effects of urban heat islands, provide air quality benefits, and offer
opportunities for tourism and recreation.
❖ Second, as we think about the multilayered governance of these urban ecosystems, we plan to engage deeply
with local communities who have often been left out of decision-making because of a “fortress style” of
conservation.
➢ Through understanding the land-use dynamics between mangroves and urban settlements and
envisioning possibilities for livelihoods in addition to fishing and crab farming, we hope to partner
with communities towards stewardship of these habitats.
➢ As India rapidly urbanises, we need a new paradigm that preserves the commons for the people whose
lives are most directly intertwined with these spaces.
❖ Third, we plan to conduct participatory ecological studies involving local community members, students,
and wildlife enthusiasts.
➢ In addition to deepening people’s connection to urban ecosystems, such citizen science efforts can
generate valuable data about flora and fauna that could help inform a Mangrove Health Index.
➢ From Koli fisherfolk documenting what they’re finding in their nets to birdwatchers through their
binoculars, urban citizens from varied backgrounds are often closest to observing nature’s wonder as
well as its transformations.
Conclusion:
To combat flooding and climate impacts, prioritizing mangrove conservation and integrating natural
ecosystems into urban planning are essential for sustainable development and community resilience.

138
 6. Defence and Security
6.1 Martian Dream vs Reality
Context:
❖ Recently, Elon Musk has unveiled an ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Mars Colonization Transport,
audacious vision: A million-strong Interplanetary Transport System,Artemis, Challenges in
Martian metropolis. Mars Colonization , etc.
❖ This grand blueprint has reignited the ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Mars Colonization Transport,
question: Can we really colonise Mars? Interplanetary Transport System, Artemis, Significance
Background: & Relevance of Mars , Challenges in Mars Colonization
❖ Mars Colonization Transport: SpaceX etc.
Mars colonization program is an ambition of the company SpaceX and particularly of its founder Elon Musk
to colonize Mars.
➢ The main element of this is the plan to establish a self-sustained large scale settlement on Mars and
claim political self-determination on Mars.
➢ Mars Colonial Transporter (MCT) fundamentally consists of a re-usable Booster, an Interplanetary
Spaceship and a Tanker craft for in-orbit re-fueling.
❖ Interplanetary Transport System: The Interplanetary Transport System was a concept for a fully reusable
rocket that could transport around 450 tons to LEO (Low Earth Orbit).
➢ It was the predecessor to the Big Falcon Rocket and the successor to the Mars Colonial Transporter.
❖ Starship: SpaceX’s Starship spacecraft and Super Heavy rocket – collectively referred to as Starship –
represent a fully reusable transportation system designed to carry both crew and cargo to Earth orbit, the
Moon, Mars and beyond.
❖ NASA’s Artemis: A step before going to Mars
➢ NASA’s Artemis campaign is exploring the Moon for scientific discovery, technology advancement,
and to learn how to live and work on another world as we prepare for human missions to Mars.
➢ It will collaborate with commercial and international partners and establish the first long-term
presence on the Moon.
Mars Colonization: Vision vs Reality
❖ Elon Musk's Vision
➢ Goal: Establish a million-strong Martian metropolis
➢ Timeline: Within 20 years
➢ Elements: Spacesuits, domed habitats, interplanetary reproduction, Tesla Cyber Trucks
❖ Current Reality
➢ NASA's projection: Human landings on Mars not until 2040s
➢ Recent incident: Astronauts stranded on ISS due to Boeing Starliner malfunction
➢ Highlights the challenges in space exploration
Relevance of Mars:
❖ Scientific Discovery
➢ Potential to uncover past or present microbial life

139
 ➢ Insights into planetary formation and evolution
❖ Technological Advancement
➢ Drives innovation in areas like space travel, life support systems, and resource utilization
➢ Developments often have applications on Earth
❖ Ensuring Human Survival
➢ Establishing a presence on another planet as a "backup" for humanity
➢ Protection against potential extinction events on Earth
❖ Resource Potential
➢ Possible access to rare metals and other resources
➢ Could provide economic incentives for further space exploration
❖ Stepping Stone for Further Space Exploration
➢ Develops technologies and experience for long-duration space travel
➢ Serves as a base for exploring deeper into the solar system
Challenges in Mars Colonization:
❖ Technical Challenges
1. Navigation and Trajectory
✓ Development of sustainable life support systems & Establishing reliable communication systems
between Earth and Mars
✓ Precise calculation of interplanetary trajectories
✓ Ensuring safe entry, descent, and landing on Mars
2. Spacecraft and Fuel Management
✓ Development of sustainable life support systems & Establishing reliable communication systems
between Earth and Mars
3. Radiation Protection
✓ Shielding astronauts from cosmic radiation and solar particle events
✓ Developing protective materials and structures
4. Microgravity Effects
✓ Addressing the health impacts of prolonged microgravity on the human body
✓ Developing countermeasures such as exercise regimens and artificial gravity
5. Soft-landing on Mars
✓ Designing landing systems that can safely deliver payloads to the Martian surface
✓ Overcoming challenges posed by Mars’ thin atmosphere
❖ Logistical Challenges
1. Launch Windows
✓ Timing: Optimal launch windows occur approximately every 26 months when Earth and Mars are
in favorable alignment (known as opposition).
✓ Missed Opportunities: Missing a launch window can delay missions by more than two years,
impacting overall mission timelines and costs.
2. Travel Duration
✓ Time Frame: The journey to Mars takes between 150 to 300 days, depending on the relative
positions of Earth and Mars and the propulsion technology used.

140
 ✓ Resource Management: Ensuring adequate supplies of food, water, and other essentials for the
duration of the trip.
3. Resupply Difficulties
✓ The vast distance between Earth and Mars makes resupply missions highly challenging and costly.
❖ Health Challenges
➢ Bone Loss
➢ Vision Problems
➢ Genetic Changes
➢ Amplified Threats due to Constant Radiation Exposure
❖ Economic Challenges
➢ Cost: Each SpaceX Starship launch estimated at $3 million
✓ The total cost of a Mars mission, including development, operations, and infrastructure, can run into
billions of dollars.
➢ Self-sufficiency: Requires millions in population
✓ Population: Achieving self-sufficiency on Mars requires a large population, potentially in the
millions, to support a diverse and stable economy.
✓ Infrastructure: Significant investments are needed to build the necessary infrastructure for housing,
food production, medical facilities, and energy generation.
✓ Economies of Scale: Establishing a viable economy on Mars will require economies of scale, which
can only be achieved with a substantial population base.
❖ Ethical and Legal Challenges
➢ Biological Contamination
✓ Mars certainly has a hostile environment for human life, but on the Red Planet, humans will be
the invasive species.
✓ We can’t contaminate Mars with Earth germs, and vice versa (if there are Martian life forms).
➢ Ownership Issues
✓ The history of European colonisation isn’t kind to such claims.
✓ If we’re going to settle on Mars, we'll need a Martian Constitution — one that learns from our
mistakes here on Earth.
Potential Solutions and Developments:
❖ Technology
➢ Spacex Starship: World's biggest rocket, plans for 150-meter-tall version
➢ MOXIE: Technology to convert Martian CO2 to oxygen
➢ Water extraction and recycling technologies
❖ Habitat
➢ Initial settlements likely in caves for protection
➢ Potential for robotic manufacturing
❖ Economic Possibilities
➢ If concentrated supplies of metals of equal or greater value than silver (such as germanium, hafnium,
lanthanum, cerium, rhenium etc.) were available on Mars, they could potentially be transported back
to Earth for a substantial profit.

141
❖ Preparation
➢ Possible training on Moon before Mars missions
➢ Need for strict international regulations

6.2 Kargil Vijay Diwas: How The Indian Army Conquered The Unkind Conditions
Of Kargil
Context:
India’s victory in the Kargil War was as much ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Kargil War, Operation Vijay,
against the terrain and the climate, as it was etc.
against Pakistani combatants. We tell you ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Impact of the Kargil War on
how our soldiers braved – and conquered – India's defense policies, etc.
Kargil’s hostile conditions.
Kargil Vijay Diwas:
❖ Tributes on Kargil Vijay Diwas: Leaders across India’s political spectrum paid tributes to the armed forces
and fallen martyrs. The occasion marked the 24th anniversary of Kargil Vijay Diwas.
❖ Operation Vijay: The Indian Army sent a message not only to Pakistan but to the whole world that when it
comes to our national interests, our Army will not back down at any cost.
The Kargil War:
❖ End of the Kargil War: Ended on July 26, 1999 with eviction of the last remaining Pakistani troops and
infiltrators from positions on the Indian side of the Line of Control (LoC).
❖ Trigger of the Conflict: Infiltrators from Pakistan crossed the LoC and occupied high positions in Ladakh’s
Kargil district.
❖ Realization of the Scale: Over the first few weeks, the scale of the invasion revealed the undeniable role of
the Pakistani state. Indian forces began efforts to recapture critical positions.
❖ Recapture Efforts: Complete withdrawal of all Pakistani regular and irregular troops from Kargil
announced on July 26, 1999.
Challenging Conditions:
❖ Enemy Infiltrators: Supported by non-stop shelling from Pakistani artillery across the border.
❖ Geography: Located at the northern edge of the LoC, 200 km northeast of Srinagar, and 230 km west of
Leh.
➢ Enemy Advantage: Pakistani forces occupied high positions overlooking Indian positions.
❖ High Altitude Warfare: The high altitude environment determined the nature and conduct of the campaign.
❖ Physiological Effects: Acute mountain sickness, headaches, nausea, appetite loss, muscular weakness,
general fatigue. Severe impact on human body, posing logistical and strategic challenges.
❖ Crippling Cold: Winter temperatures as low as (-)30 degrees Celsius where guns jam, operators expend
great energy to keep warm.
How the Army Conquered Kargil’s Conditions:
❖ Army's Adaptations: Acclimatisation and training programs initiated to better prepare soldiers for high-
altitude conditions.
➢ Better cold-weather gear procured, though inadequacies persisted.

142
❖ High-Altitude Assault Techniques: Shifted from daytime frontal attacks to small groups scaling near-
vertical terrain and honed techniques for high-altitude combat.
❖ Effective Use of Firepower: Artillery support coordination overwhelming firepower coordinated with daring
manoeuvres.
Conclusion:
Kargil Vijay Diwas commemorates India's resilience and sacrifice, showcasing the armed forces' adaptability
and bravery in overcoming high-altitude challenges to defend national interests.

143
 7. Society and Social Justice
7.1 Hathras Stampede Kills Over 100: Why Stampedes Take Place
Context:
From overcrowding and poor planning, to ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Stampedes pose threat to public
human psychology, many factors may lie safety, Socio-economic, psychological, and
behind deadly stampedes. administrative factors contributing to stampedes, etc.
Tragic Stampede Incident:
❖ Around 121 people, mostly women, killed in Hathras district, Uttar Pradesh. The incident occurred during a
religious gathering.
❖ It is not the first fatal stampede at a religious gathering in India.
❖ 79% of all stampedes in India from 1954-2012 occurred during religious mass gatherings according to the
“Human stampedes during religious festivals: A comparative review of mass gathering emergencies in India”
Definition of a Stampede:
❖ Defined by Wenguo Weng and others as “an impulsive mass movement of a crowd that often results in
injuries and deaths”.
❖ Illiyas and others describe it as the “disruption of the orderly movement of crowds… leading to injuries
and fatalities”.
❖ Often occurs in response to perceived danger, loss of physical space, or a desire to attain something
gratifying
Causes of Stampede Casualties:
❖ Traumatic Asphyxia: Most common cause of death is the partial or complete cessation of respiration due
to external compression of the thorax and/or upper abdomen.
➢ Can occur even in moderate crowds of six to seven people pushing in one direction.
❖ Other Causes:
➢ Myocardial infarction (heart attack).
➢ Direct crushing injury to internal organs.
➢ Head injuries.
➢ Neck compression.
Human Psychology and Stampedes:
❖ Mass Gatherings: Typically occur during mass gatherings, both spontaneous (e.g., metro stations) and
planned (e.g., religious events).
❖ Panic: Panic triggers or exacerbates stampedes. Psychologist Alexander Mintz (1952) theorized that
cooperative behavior is needed for success in panic-producing situations.
➢ Once cooperation is disturbed, pushing becomes the least disadvantageous behavior for individuals,
leading to disastrous outcomes for the group.
❖ Craze: Sociologist Neil J. Smelser (1962) defined “craze” as the mobilisation for action based on a positive
wish-fulfillment belief.
➢ This belief, whether rational or irrational, spreads in large groups and can lead to actions detrimental
to individual interests

144
❖ Example from Hathras: According to Uttar Pradesh Chief Secretary, people rushed to touch the preacher’s
feet and collect soil from where he walked, leading to the stampede
❖ Contribution of Physical Organization to Stampedes: Psychology of mass behavior is not the only factor
behind stampedes. Better design of spaces for mass gatherings can prevent many stampedes. Improved design
can help prevent panic from setting in.
Factors Contributing to Stampedes (Chun-Hao Shao et al., 2018):
❖ Lack of light.
❖ Undivided crowd flow.
❖ Collapse of barriers or buildings.
❖ Blocked exits and evacuation routes.
❖ Poor design of hardware (e.g., revolving doors at entrances).
❖ Fire hazards.
❖ Importance of Crowd Density
➢ Crowd density should influence space design for mass gatherings.
➢ High density increases evacuation time and panic risk.
Types of Stampedes (K.M. Ngai et al., 2009)
❖ Unidirectional Stampedes: Occur when crowd moving in one direction faces sudden force changes.
➢ Positive force: Sudden stop situations (e.g., bottlenecks, blocked exits).
➢ Negative force: Broken barriers or columns causing people to tumble.
❖ Turbulent Stampedes: Occur in uncontrolled crowd situations. Induced panic or merging crowds from
different directions.
Preventing and Mitigating Stampedes:
❖ Controlled Entry:
Ideally, limit the number
of people entering a
contained space.
❖ Critical Measures:
➢ Number and
Placement of Exits:
Essential for safe
evacuation.
➢ Event Organisers'
Vigilance:
Continuous
monitoring and real-
time interventions.
❖ Planning and
Mitigation: Identify
potential hazards. Design
and execute appropriate
mitigation measures.

145
❖ Stampede Risk-Reduction Framework: Live surveillance of the crowd. Monitor pressure buildup, crowd
density, bottlenecks. Identify sources of crowd disturbance. Manage and control crowds effectively.
❖ Importance of Communication: Between Organisers and with the Crowd. Coordination among temple
authorities, local administration, and police.
Notable Deadly Stampedes:
❖ Moscow, Russia (1896): One of the first documented human crowd disasters. Occurred on the eve of Russian
Tsar Nicholas II’s coronation ceremony. Over 1,000 people crushed or trampled to death. Triggered by rumors
of souvenir shortages.
❖ Allahabad, India (1954): Most fatal Kumbh Mela stampede in history. Lack of crowd control, poor planning,
and excessive VIP presence. Triggered by a crowd surge breaking through barriers. Approximately 800 deaths.
Lessons from this tragedy are foundational for managing the Kumbh Mela.
❖ Lima, Peru (1963): Fans incensed at a referee’s decision during a Peru-Argentina match. Police fired tear gas
into grandstands, causing mass panic. Escaping spectators crushed in enclosed stairways blocked with solid
gates.
❖ Wai, India (2005): Annual pilgrimage at Mandhardevi temple, Maharashtra. Over 340 people trampled to
death, hundreds injured. Triggered when people fell on slippery steps due to broken coconuts.
❖ Mina, Saudi Arabia (2015): Deadly stampede during Hajj pilgrimage. Two large groups of pilgrims
intersected on the same street.
Conclusion:
Effective crowd management, better space design, and vigilant monitoring are essential to prevent stampedes
and ensure safety at mass gatherings, particularly during religious events.

7.2 Initiative By Sierra Leone To Stop Child Marriage

Context: ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Location of Sierra Leone.
A new law in the West African country of Sierra ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Major Factors Associated with
Leone allows child brides to annul their Child Marriage, Legislative Framework and Initiatives
marriages and be financially compensated. Related to Child Marriage, Need to Change Societal
Provisions of New Law to Combat Child Attitude, etc.
Marriage:
❖ Unique Approach: The new legislation goes further than many
other similar laws in Africa by penalising people who enable the
marriage like the parents, the officiant and even the wedding
guests in addition to the husband.
➢ Holding the entire community responsible is a unique
approach.
❖ Age Restriction: It prohibits marriage for anyone under 18.
❖ Punishment: Penalties include both fines and jail terms.
➢ Strict penalties include:
✓ Up to 15 years imprisonment
✓ Fines up to $5000 (significant in local context)
❖ Restriction on Cohabitation: It covers cohabitation with minors
as well.

146
❖ Relief for Victims: Victims have been provided with
following provision of:
➢ Seeking financial compensation
➢ Petition for marriage annulment
❖ Expected Outcomes: The new law would be helpful in
creating a deterrent effect on community and reduced
societal pressure.
❖ Concern Arising: In other countries, criminalising child
marriage has driven the practice underground, leading
communities to close ranks and girls to have even fewer
protections against the practice.
➢ It only provides support for victims, not just
prevention.
❖ Action Required: To gain a positive change, it is must to
change attitude towards such practices. Following actions are
required to combat the challenge of child marriage:
➢ An Inclusive Approach: As per researchers and experts, for the law to have any real impact, officials
will have to build sustained relationships with communities, especially in the rural areas, where child
marriage is more common.
➢ Expansion of Welfare Efforts: To address this challenge, addressing poverty is required. There is also
a need to expand efforts to educate communities about sexual and reproductive health.

7.3 Why India is Godmen’s Own Country

Context:
The recent Hathras stampede, claiming 121 ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Reason For The Heavy Craze Of
lives, has brought to the forefront the issue of Godman In India , Hathras stampede , Issues in treating
‘why Indians are drawn to Godmen?’ Godmen equal to people , Way Forward etc.
Reason For The Heavy Craze Of Godman In India
❖ Promise Of Empowerment:
➢ Coming from Humble Background: Some of the godmen themselves come from a humble background.
Eg: Bhole Baba is a Dalit
➢ Their appeal is largely among the socially and economically marginalised though they do have their
share of wealthy followers who are lavish with donations.
➢ In a deeply hierarchical and caste conscious society like ours, cults give a sense of community and
belonging
❖ Instant Gratification:
➢ Some godmen gives people the psychological support and try to give them instant gratification
➢ Offering instant gratification is a matter of grave concern as the curiosity and energy of the people must
be fed by Scientific and positive thinking rather than ideology of dissent.
❖ Enormous Human Appetite for Miracles
➢ We want miracles to happen to us. Especially, when we are surrounded with insurmountable odds
resulting in hopelessness and despair.

147
❖ Attaining Popularity by using Social Media Platforms:
➢ This creates a great hype around him and he swiftly digs his control over people deeper.
Issues in treating Godmen equal to people
❖ The disciples become so invested that you cannot criticise or question the guru.
❖ He has a touch of divinity.
❖ Then whatever the charges may be, it is seen as a conspiracy by the followers
Way Forward
❖ Develop Scientific Temper: Article 51 A of our constitution which deals with fundamental duties makes it
a duty of every citizen to develop Scientific Temper.
➢ It is the Scientific Temper that helps in developing Secularism, Humanism & Spirit of enquiry and
reform.
❖ Public Awareness Campaign: Marketing effort to build public recognition of a problem through media,
messaging, and an organized set of communication tactics.
❖ Multi-Disciplinary Planning: Planning for mass gatherings is an inter-agency, multi-disciplinary approach
which relies on the identification of potential hazards to the design and execution of appropriate mitigation
measures.
❖ Risk Reduction Measures: The number and placement of exits becomes crucial, as does event organisers’
vigilance, monitoring, and real-time preventive interventions.

7.4 India’s Demographic Journey Of Hits And Misses

Context:
As we observe World Population Day on July ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Sustainable Development Goals
11, there is much to look at in India’s (SDGs), National Family Health Survey (NFHS)-5, Total
demographic journey over the decades. fertility rate (TFR), demographic dividend, Mahatma
India’s Demographic Journey Of Hits Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
And Misses: (MGNREGA), Janani Suraksha Yojana of 2005,
❖ It was in 1989 that the United Nations POSHAN Abhiyaan, Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR),
established the day after Dr. K.C. etc.
Zachariah, a renowned demographer, had ❖ Relevancy for Mains: India's journey towards achieving
proposed the concept of a ‘World Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), Challenges and
Population Day’. opportunities presented by India's population trends, etc.
❖ The world population had touched five billion in 1987 and challenges such as poverty, health and gender
inequality were plaguing the world, developing countries in particular.
❖ The decades of the 1960s and 1970s were scary as the global population was growing at a yearly rate of
2%.
❖ For India, there was a prediction of doom.
❖ This meant that widespread poverty, hunger and deaths were soon to follow in the next decades.
❖ However, despite the predictions, the next decades told a different story altogether.
❖ Global fertility rates declined rapidly.
❖ Due to improvements in living conditions and medical infrastructure, life expectancy increased.
❖ In India too, fertility rates began to fall since the 1970s and at present is below the replacement level.

148
❖ India’s progress in many health parameters has been outstanding.
❖ There have been significant reductions in maternal and child mortality.
❖ In 2015, the UN adopted the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) which were soon recognised as
important metrics in assessing the progress of nations.
❖ With 2030, the target year, drawing closer, India’s progress in the SDGs should be understood particularly
in light of its population dynamics.
❖ Three components, namely fertility, mortality, and migration, play a pivotal role in shaping India’s
demographic landscape.
❖ India has made significant strides in reducing its fertility.
❖ According to the National Family Health Survey (NFHS)-5, India’s total fertility rate (TFR) decreased
from 3.4 to 2 between 1992 and 2021, dropping below the replacement level of 2.1.
❖ There has been a significant drop in the mortality rate as well.
❖ The average life expectancy of Indians has also increased over time.
❖ With this, India is experiencing a demographic shift, towards an ageing population.
❖ According to the 2011 Census, individuals aged 60 years and above constituted 8.6% of the total population.
❖ The figure is projected to rise up to 19.5% by 2050.
❖ But what really do these changing dynamics signify?
❖ India’s population dynamics is intertwined with its ‘development’ scenario.
❖ The reduction in fertility signifies a transition toward smaller family norms.
❖ This can reduce the proportion of the dependent population and result in a demographic dividend — a
period where the working-age population is larger than the dependent population.
❖ India can harness the potential of its young workforce by creating employment.
❖ The decline in mortality and increase in life expectancy are reflections of a robust health-care system and
increased living standards.
❖ The issue of population ageing, however, requires a long-term plan — focusing on geriatric care and
providing social security benefits.
❖ Migration and urbanisation are also critical issues.
❖ Rapid rural to urban migration is posing a threat to the existing urban infrastructure.
❖ Among all these, gender equality also finds an important place.
❖ Women labour force participation, which is straggling, their notable absence from political representation
and their unending plight within society are the silent issues which can sabotage India’s path to 2030.
❖ With six years in hand to meet the targets, India’s road to 2030 crosses the path with its population dynamics.
❖ Population issues such as gender equality and socio-cultural divides cannot be ignored in the journey to
achieve SDGs.
❖ It is only with a thorough understanding that India will be able to achieve a ‘development’ which is
sustainable in its truest sense.
The Country’s SDG Journey:
❖ ‘Development’ in the simplest way means ensuring the basic requirements of food, shelter and health for
all.
❖ ‘No Poverty, Zero Hunger and Good Health’ are the three most important SDGs which form the core of
‘development’.

149
❖ India’s journey from the brink of a demographic disaster to striving towards the 2030 goal of ‘leaving no one
behind’ has seen a couple of hits and misses.
❖ India made great leaps towards the goal of eradicating poverty.
❖ The proportion of the population living below the poverty line reduced from 48% to 10% between 1990
and 2019.
❖ The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) that came into effect
in 2006 played a critical role in addressing rural poverty.
❖ The Janani Suraksha Yojana of 2005 — it provides cash benefits to pregnant women — not only
accentuated institutional deliveries but also saved poor families from hefty health expenditures.
❖ In his controversial book, The Population Bomb (1968), Paul R. Ehrlich raised serious questions about
India’s ability to feed its population in the years to come.
❖ With the Green Revolution, India became self sufficient in crop production and averted a catastrophe.
❖ The proportion of the population suffering from hunger reduced from 18.3% in 2001 to 16.6% in 2021.
❖ However, India’s nutrition picture is not completely rosy.
❖ India contributes a third of the global burden of malnutrition.
❖ Though the Indian government launched the Prime Minister’s Overarching Scheme for Holistic
Nourishment (POSHAN) Abhiyaan in 2018, it will still require a miracle to fulfil the target of ‘Zero
Hunger’ by 2030.
❖ Health is one sector in India where progress made has been remarkable.
❖ All the critical mortality indicators have seen steady declines.
❖ The Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR) decreased from 384.4 in 2000 to 102.7 in 2020. The mortality rate
for children under five reduced significantly post 2000s.
❖ The infant mortality rate also reduced from 66.7 deaths per 1,000 live births in 2000 to 25.5 deaths per 1,000
live births in 2021.
❖ Although India is still not near reaching the targets, it seems to be on the right track.
❖ These achievements show that there has been a significant improvement in the quality and coverage of health
care.
❖ Despite these achievements, India’s road towards 2030 is not easy.
❖ According to Oxfam, the top 10% of India’s population holds 77% of the national wealth.
❖ If the fruits of development are not equitably distributed and if development does not percolate to the
poorest of the poor and the wealth scenario remains so skewed as it is now, ‘sustainable development’ can
never be achieved in its truest sense.
❖ Absolute growth in GDP numbers has limited importance for a country where the top 1% holds 40% of the
total wealth.
❖ Hunger and nutrition is another sector in crisis. In the Global Hunger Index (2023), India’s rank was 111
out of 125 countries.
❖ In terms of nutrition, stunting, wasting and underweight among children below five years and anaemia
among women pose serious challenges. India’s epidemiological trajectory shows that the country has a double
burden of communicable and non-communicable diseases (NCD).
❖ This is a serious challenge for India which also combats the early onset of NCDs and the rising health needs
of the elderly.

150
What Needs Looking Into:
❖ For India to achieve the SDGs, the changing population dynamics has to be acknowledged while forming
policies.
❖ India needs to address income inequality, harness its demographic dividend by creating job opportunities
for the youth of India and address changing health needs.
❖ NCDs, which incur high out-of-pocket expenditures, are catastrophic for some families.
❖ India needs a stronger safety net to save these families from slipping into utter poverty.
❖ The nutrition scenario should be set right by strengthening programmes.
❖ This will require an increase in budgetary allocation for the health and nutrition sectors.
❖ Another, but often missed, paradigm of this entire development discussion is gender equality.
❖ A gender equal approach and empowerment of vulnerable women can solve most issues and propel India’s
progress in the SDGs.
❖ India still has a long journey to cover in order to meet all the targets of the SDGs.
❖ This will require multi-sectoral collaboration and political will.
❖ India’s progress in SDGs is directly proportional to the well-being of its population and the route to
progress lies in a better understanding of its population dynamics and addressing the issues.
Conclusion:
India's progress towards the SDGs hinges on addressing population dynamics, income inequality, gender
equality, and health needs, requiring multi-sectoral collaboration and strong political will.

7.5 Demand For A Separate ‘Bhil Pradesh’

Context:
❖ Relevancy for Prelims: About Bhil Pradesh, Adivasi
A large number of people from the Bhil tribe Jallianwala, Govind Guru, Need, Significance and
recently gathered at a rally in Rajasthan and Challenges of Creation of Small States in India, etc.
raised the “long due” demand for an ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Bhil Pradesh, Creation of Small
independent ‘Bhil state’. States in India- Need, Significance, Challenges, and
About ‘Bhil Pradesh’: Consequences, etc.
❖ Demanding Regions: The Bhil community has been
demanding that 49 districts be carved out of the four states
comprising parts of Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat
and Maharashtra, to establish Bhil Pradesh.
❖ Historical Background: Bhil social reformer and spiritual
leader Govind Guru first raised the demand for a separate state
for tribals back in 1913.
➢ This was after the Mangarh massacre, which took place
six years before Jallianwalla Bagh and is sometimes
referred to as the “Adivasi Jallianwala”.
➢ It saw hundreds of Bhil tribals being killed by British
forces on November 17, 1913, in the hills of Mangarh on
the Rajasthan-Gujarat border.
➢ The sacrifice of the tribals in 1913 wasn’t just for the
Bhakti movement but for the demand of Bhil Pradesh.”
➢ Post-Independence, the demand for Bhil Pradesh was raised repeatedly.

151
Why do the tribals want a Separate State?
❖ Earlier, a Single Entity: Earlier, the Dungarpur, Banswara, Udaipur region in Rajasthan and Gujarat, MP,
etc. was part of a single entity. But post-Independence, the tribal majority regions were divided.
❖ Delay on Implementation: Several Union governments brought various “laws, benefits, schemes, and
committee reports” on tribals over time, but went slow on their execution and implementation.
➢ Example: The Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 law was
enacted in 1996. However,the Rajasthan government adopted it in 1999, and came out with its Rules in
2011.
➢ But even in a few villages, people don’t even know about this law. Even the legislatures and executives
do not have proper knowledge about the law.”
✓ The Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996, a law meant to
decentralise governance and empower gram sabhas in tribal areas.
Arguments in Creation of Small states in India:
❖ Better Governance and Administration: Smaller states are easier to manage and administer, as they have a
smaller population and geographical area. This can lead to better public services and development.
❖ More Equitable Distribution of Resources: Smaller states can ensure that resources are more equitably
distributed among different regions and communities. This is because there is less competition for resources
and the government is more accountable to the people.
❖ Increased Participation in Democracy: Smaller states can encourage greater participation in democracy, as
people feel more connected to their government and have a greater say in decision-making.
❖ Cultural and Linguistic Preservation: Smaller states can help to preserve and promote distinct cultures and
languages. This is because people are more likely to feel a sense of identity and belonging to a smaller state.
Arguments against Creation of Small States in India:
❖ Increased Administrative Costs: The creation of new states can lead to increased administrative costs, as
new government institutions need to be set up and maintained.
❖ Inter-State Disputes: Smaller states can lead to an increase in inter-state disputes, as there is more competition
for resources and territory.
❖ Loss of National Unity: The creation of new states can lead to a weakening of national unity, as people may
identify more with their state than with the country as a whole.
❖ Regional Imbalances: Smaller states may not be able to generate enough resources to sustain themselves,
which can lead to regional imbalances.
Conclusion:
The creation of new states is a double-edged sword. While it holds significant potential, it also comes with multiple
challenges. An informed, sensitive, and participatory approach, keeping the larger national interest in mind, is
crucial when taking such a significant step. There is a need to empower local governance and determine the
demands of state creation on a case to case basis.

152
 8. History and Art & Culture
8.1 The Santhal Hul Rebellion: A Fight Against British Colonial Rule
Context:
The Santhal Hul Rebellion was a major ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Santhal Hul Rebellion, Damin-
uprising in 1855 against British colonial rule in i-Koh region, Sido and Kanhu Murmu, etc.
India. Led by Sido and Kanhu Murmu, along ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Factors that led to Santhal
with their siblings, this rebellion occurred in the rebellion, Santhal rebellion impact on colonial policies,
Damin-i-Koh region of present-day etc.
Jharkhand. It was a significant moment in the
history of tribal resistance against colonial exploitation.
Background of the Rebellion:
❖ 1832- Creation of Damin-i-Koh: The British created 'Damin-i-Koh', an area of 1,366 square miles, as a
designated region for the Santhals.
❖ Invitation to Santhals: Santhals were invited to clear forests and cultivate land in this newly created area.
❖ British Motives: The British aimed to collect revenue from Santhal labor, viewing it as an opportunity for
economic gain.
Exploitation of Santhals:
❖ Land Grabbing: Zamindars created fake documents to claim Santhal lands, depriving them of their rightful
property.
❖ Exorbitant Interest Rates: Moneylenders charged interest rates as high as 500%, trapping Santhals in a
cycle of debt.
❖ Corrupt Officials: British officers took bribes and ignored Santhal grievances, leaving them without
recourse.
Leaders of the Rebellion:
❖ Sido and Kanhu Murmu: The main leaders from Bhognadih village who spearheaded the rebellion.
❖ Chand and Bhairav Murmu: Brothers who joined the cause and supported the rebellion.
❖ Phulo and Jhano: Sisters who provided crucial support to the rebellion effort.
The Spark of Rebellion:
❖ Divine Vision: Sido had a vision from Thakur Bonga, the Santhal deity, which inspired the rebellion.
❖ Divine Message: The message received was: "You are my son. Go, liberate your people."
❖ Decision to Fight: This vision led to the decision to fight against the oppression faced by the Santhals.
Preparation for the Rebellion:
❖ Gathering Support: Leaders traveled village to village, rallying support for the cause.
❖ Weapon Crafting: Weapons were made from sal tree branches and bamboo, showcasing resourcefulness.
❖ Assembly at Bhognadih: 10,000 Santhals assembled at Bhognadih.
The Rebellion Begins:
❖ Declaration of Independence: The rebels declared: "We will not recognize British rule anymore"
❖ Growing Army: The army swelled to 60,000 Santhals, showing widespread support.

153
❖ Guerrilla Tactics: The rebels used guerrilla warfare tactics against British forces.
Suppression of the Rebellion:
❖ Santhals killed: Over 15,000.
❖ Villages destroyed: 10,000.
❖ Displaced Santhals: Thousands fled to jungles.
❖ Additional casualties: Many died of hunger and disease.
Fate of the Leaders:
❖ Sido Murmu: Hanged on August 9, 1855, in Bhagalpur jail.
❖ Kanhu Murmu: Executed in February 1856 in Kolkata's Alipur jail.
❖ Chand and Bhairav Murmu: Captured and met a tragic end.
Immediate Impacts of the Rebellion:
❖ Administrative Changes: Formation of separate Santhal Pargana administrative unit.
❖ Governance System: Introduction of non- regulation system in Santhal areas.
❖ Land Reforms: Land revenue reforms and new survey conducted in 1856.
❖ Judicial Reforms: Implementation of Santhal Pargana Civil Rules in 1856 to address Santhal grievances.
❖ Financial Regulations: New regulations on moneylending practices to prevent exploitation.
❖ Forest Rights: Recognition of forest rights in the Indian Forest Act of 1865.
Key Legislation Following the Rebellion:
❖ 1876: Santhal Pargana Tenancy Act enacted to protect Santhal land rights.
❖ 1908: Chhotanagpur Tenancy Act passed, further safeguarding tribal land.
❖ Ongoing: Both acts remain valid and continue to protect tribal land rights.
Long-term Impacts of the Rebellion:
❖ Tribal Rights Awareness: The rebellion led to increased awareness of tribal rights across India.
❖ Inspiration for Movements: It served as an inspiration for later tribal movements against exploitation.
❖ Legal Developments: The rebellion contributed to the development of land alienation laws to protect tribal
interests.
Conclusion:
The Santhal Rebellion, led by Sido and Kanhu Murmu, catalyzed significant legal reforms and heightened
awareness of tribal rights, inspiring future movements against exploitation.

154
 9. Ethics, Integrity and Aptitude
9.1 Robot Suicide
Context:
Recently, a robot working for the Gumi City ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Robot Suicide- Ethics, AI
Council in South Korea was recently found machines and Rights, etc.
unresponsive at the bottom of a two-meter
staircase. Locals are labelling it country’s first robot “suicide”.
❖ High Usage of Robots in South Korea: The International Federation of Robotics says that South Korea has
one of the highest robot densities in the world, with one industrial robot for every ten human employees.
❖ Earlier Such Case: This is not the first time a robot has met an untimely end. In 2017, a security robot
named Steve working in Washington, DC reportedly “died by suicide” by drowning in a fountain.
➢ However, on further investigation, it was found out that the robot had dived in the water body after
skidding on a loose brick surface.
❖ Implications of this Robot Suicide: The robot’s sudden demise has stirred up a mix of emotions and
opinions in local media and online forums.
➢ This incident raises questions about the robot's workload and broader implications of robot
integration.
➢ It may never fully understand the mechanical mind, one thing is certain – this incident has sparked an
important conversation about the future of robots in our society.
❖ On Granting Rights:
➢ Eligible for Rights: Some experts believe "a robot should have consciousness, intentionality, rationality,
personhood, autonomy, and sentience to be eligible for rights".
➢ Eligible for Rites: Granting rights is not the only way to address the moral status of robots. Envisioning
robots as rites bearers and not rights bearers could work better.
❖ Conclusion:
➢ This debate is unlikely to die in a hurry, as AI-powered robots become more intelligent, and
increasingly do more human-like tasks, there will be more clamor for them to be treated the same as
humans. It's our "emotional connect" that will dictate a lot of this reasoning.

9.2 Ethical Issues Involved in the Case of Trainee IAS Officer Puja Khedkar
Context:
Probationary IAS officer Puja Khedkar, in the ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: Other Backward Classes (OBC)
eye of a storm over the authenticity of her non-creamy layer status, etc.
disability and OBC status claims that got her ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Issues of transparency in the
appointed to the civil services, could face
selection and training process for civil servants, Integrity
termination of service and even criminal
in public service, etc.
charges of forgery if the one-man panel set by
the Centre to probe the matter finds any misrepresentation or suppression of facts on her part.
Public Service to Public Scrutiny:
❖ Abuse of Power and Privilege: Khedkar allegedly demanded special treatment not typically afforded to
trainee officers, such as a separate office and official car.

155
 ➢ She reportedly used a red-blue beacon and government board on her private vehicle, which is
unauthorized.
➢ She occupied an additional collector's chamber without permission and removed furniture.
❖ Questionable Disability Claim: There are concerns about the legitimacy of Khedkar's disability claim of
"blindness and mental illness."
➢ The process by which her disability was eventually confirmed appears to have been contentious, with
initial rejections and legal battles.
❖ Potential misuse of affirmative action policies: Questions have been raised about Khedkar's eligibility for
Other Backward Classes (OBC) non-creamy layer status, given her family's apparent wealth.
➢ If true, this could represent an abuse of policies designed to help disadvantaged groups.
❖ Nepotism and undue influence: Khedkar's father allegedly pressured officials to fulfill his daughter's
demands, potentially misusing family connections and status.
❖ Integrity in public service: As an IAS officer trainee, Khedkar is expected to uphold high ethical standards.
The various allegations against her raise questions about her suitability for public service.
❖ Transparency and accountability: The controversies surrounding Khedkar's recruitment and behavior
highlight issues of transparency in the selection and training process for civil servants.
❖ Fairness in competitive examinations: If the allegations of misusing disability and OBC quotas are true,
it raises concerns about the fairness of the UPSC examination process and how it may disadvantage other
deserving candidates.
Conclusion:
The allegations against Khedkar highlight potential abuses of power, privilege, and affirmative action, raising
significant concerns about fairness, integrity, and transparency in public service.

156
 10. Important Personalities of Modern India
10.1 Lessons in Forgiveness from Mandela's Life
Context:
Despite facing 27 years of imprisonment, ❖ Relevancy for Prelims: About Nelson Mandela,
Mandela emerged without bitterness, Mahatma Gandhi, etc.
advocating for reconciliation and ❖ Relevancy for Mains: Lessons from Mandela's Life,
understanding rather than retribution. Current relevance of Nelson Mandela’s ideology, etc.
Lessons in Forgiveness from Mandela's
Life:
❖ Nelson Mandela, the iconic South African leader, symbolises peace, resilience, and unwavering
commitment to non-violence in the face of oppression and injustice.
❖ July 18, 2024, marks the 106th birth anniversary of Nelson Rolihlahla Mandela - a poignant reminder of his
enduring legacy and the principles he championed throughout his life, having had the inspiration of none
other than Mahatma Gandhi.
❖ Mandela's evolution from a young civil rights activist to a global statesman who promoted reconciliation
and peaceful coexistence has left an indelible mark on humanity.
❖ His significant contributions to peace and non- violence, the influence of Mahatma Gandhi's principles on
his ideologies, and the continued relevance of his message in today's conflict- ridden world underscore the
importance of knowing about his sacrifices and courage.
Conclusion:
Nelson Mandela’s legacy of peace, inspired by Gandhi, underscores the transformative power of forgiveness,
resilience, and non-violence in today’s conflict-ridden world.


157
158
 

159